· 2019. 4. 15. · © 2002 group 1 software, inc. all rights reserved. group 1, group 1 software,...

Tbe Marketing Software Company T )I

Generalized Selection Plustrade Userrsquos Guide

Software Release 621

October 2002

For the AS400

dgsp621Rpusg

copy 2002 Group 1 Software Inc

All rights reserved Group 1 Group 1 Software the Group 1 logo The Marketing Software Company and Generalized Selection Plus are trademarks of Group 1 Software Inc All other trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective owners

You may make up to three copies of this publication without the express written permission of Group 1 Software for use at the authorized installation site Reproduction and distribution outside of the licensed site is strictly prohibited If you would like to make more than three copies you must contact the Group 1 Documentation Department for written permission The contents of this Guide are subject to the confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions in your license agreement with Group 1 Software

Group 1 Software makes a sincere effort to ensure that the information in our user guides is accurate at the time of publication If you think the information in this version of the Guide may have gotten out-of-date please contact Group 1 Technical Support at 800-367-6950 Group 1 products are warranted to perform as documented on hardware platforms running versionsreleases of operating systems subsystems compilers and facilities that are currently supported by their manufacturers Please see your license agreement for additional details

Address written requests to make copies of all or any part of this publication to

GROUP 1 SOFTWARE INC DOCUMENTATION DEPARTMENT STE 600 4200 PARLIAMENT PL LANHAM MD 20706-1844

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

BEFORE YOU BEGIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Purpose of This Guide xviii

Finding the Information You Need xx Related Publications xxi If You Need More Help xxii

Group 1 Web Site xxii Fax-on-Demand xxii

To Order Additional Users Guides xxiii Your Comments Are Welcome xxiii

Who Should Use This Guide xviii Conventions Used in This Guide xix

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS

What is Generalized Selection Plus 1-2 Check Sort Sequence of Input Files 1-2 Identify Duplicate Input Records 1-3 Ignore Certain Input Records 1-3 Sample Input Records 1-4 Perform Data Conversion and Mathematical Functions 1-4 Add Data to the Input Record 1-4 Generate a Custom Statistical Report 1-5 Generate StateProvince Counts Report 1-5 Generate Up to Five Output Files 1-6 Create Seed Name Records 1-6

Why Use Generalized Selection Plus 1-6 Decreases Development Time 1-6 Efficiently Uses Resources 1-7 Increases Target Marketing Responses 1-7 Eliminates Duplicate Records 1-7 Generates Extensive Reports 1-7

Generalized Selection Plus Concepts 1-8 Match Codes 1-8 Work Areas 1-9 Input and Output Files 1-10 Auxiliary Input Files 1-10

Match Code Files and Relational Databases 1-10 ZIP Code File 1-12 Kill File 1-12

Job Parameters and Instruction Parameters 1-13 Applications 1-14 Job Sets 1-15 Jobs and Instructions 1-15

How Do They Work 1-16 Operands 1-16

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 iii

Table of Contents

Sample Applications 1-17 Manipulate Your Mailing List 1-17 Match and Merge 1-19

Chapter Summary 1-20

CHAPTER 2 GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Using Generalized Selection Plus System 2-2 Generalized Selection Plus System 2-2 Screens 2-6 Program and Screen ID 2-7 Release Number 2-8 DateTime Stamp 2-8 Job ID 2-9 User-Defined System Heading 2-9 System-Defined Screen Heading 2-9 Fields 2-9 Function Keys 2-10

Saving to an External File 2-10 Online Help 2-10 Chapter Summary 2-11

CHAPTER 3 DEFINING YOUR INPUT

Defining Input 3-3 Step 1 Identify Input File and Details 3-4 Step 2 Specify Summary File Control Field Length (Optional) 3-7 Step 3 Identify Auxiliary Input Files 3-9 Step 4 Define Auxiliary Input File Default Record-MDATA (Optional) 3-11 Step 5 Define Seed Records (Optional) 3-13 Define Input Files Screen Reference 3-19 Input File and Auxiliary Input Files 3-21

Input Files 3-21 Sort Input Files 3-22

Exit Routines 3-23 Parameter EXITP1 3-23 Parameter EXITP2 3-24 Parameter EXITP3 3-24 Parameter EXITP4 3-24

Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05) 3-25 Work Area N 3-26 Clearing the Entire N Work Area 3-26 Fields 3-26 Function Keys 3-29

Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10) 3-30 Fields 3-31 Function Keys 3-33

Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) 3-34 Work Area M 3-35 Fields 3-36

621 - 102002 iv

Function Keys 3-37 MATCHx Files 2-9 (GSCPID30) 3-38

Work Area M 3-39 Fields 3-40 Function Keys 3-41

Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18) 3-42 Fields 3-43 Function Keys 3-44

ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-45 Work Area Z 3-46 Fields 3-46 Function Keys 3-47

ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) Screen (GSCPID18) 3-48 Fields 3-50 Function Keys 3-51

Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25) 3-52 Fields 3-53 Function Keys 3-53

Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41) 3-54 Fields 3-55 Function Keys 3-56

Add a Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID50) 3-57 Fields 3-58 Function Keys 3-58

SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72) 3-59 Fields 3-60 Function Keys 3-60

SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71) 3-61 Fields 3-62 Function Keys 3-62

Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61) 3-63 Fields 3-64 Function Keys 3-65

Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12) 3-66 Fields 3-67 Function Keys 3-67

CHAPTER 4 PROCESSING YOUR INPUT FILES

Input Files 4-2 Work Areas For Data 4-2 Input File Processing 4-3

Input Files 4-3 Auxiliary Input Files 4-4 Select an Input Record 4-5 Match with the Kill File 4-7 Match with the ZIP Code File 4-8

Sorting Your Input and Auxiliary Input Files 4-10 If You Use Match Code Files 4-11

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 v

Table of Contents

Execute Your Job and Instruction Parameters 4-12

CHAPTER 5 WHAT ARE JOBS AND INSTRUCTIONS

What Are Job and Instruction Parameters 5-3 What Do They Look Like 5-3 How Do They Work 5-5 How Do I Define Jobs and Instructions 5-6 Step 1 Define a Job Parameter 5-6 Step 2 Define an Instruction Parameter 5-9 Step 3 Manage Your Job and Instruction List 5-12

Copy Parameters 5-13 Define Jobs and Instructions Reference Screens 5-17 Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11) 5-20

Fields 5-22 Function Keys 5-23

Screen GSCPIP10 (to Copy Existing Data) 5-24 View 1 5-24

Fields 5-25 View 2 5-26



Split-Screen Mode Screen 5-29 Fields 5-30 Function Keys 5-30

Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45) 5-31 Fields 5-32 Function Keys 5-32

Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20) 5-33 Fields 5-34 Function Keys 5-35

Counts and Limits Screen (JOB) (GSCPJI21) 5-36 Fields 5-37 Function Keys 5-38

Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30) 5-39 What Are First and Second Operands 5-40

Comparing Data 5-41 For NumericNon-Numeric Testing 5-42 For Mathematical Functions 5-43 For Converting Data 5-44 For Moving Data 5-45 For Branching to a Different Job 5-45

Connector Word Field 5-46 Left Parenthesis Field and Right Parenthesis Field 5-48 Fields 5-49 Function Keys 5-52

Instruction Code Options Screen (GSCPJI32) 5-53 Instruction Field 5-54

621 - 102002 vi

Comparing Data Function 5-55 Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data 5-55 Performing Mathematical Functions 5-56 Converting Data 5-56 Moving Data 5-56 Branch to a Different Job 5-57 Fields 5-57 Function Keys 5-58

Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31) 5-59 Fields 5-60 Function Keys 5-61

View Work Areas Screen (GSCPJI80) 5-62 Work Areas 5-63 Function Keys 5-64

Prompt Function 5-65 Fields 5-66 Function Keys 5-67

Insert Remark Screen (GSCPJI50) 5-68 Fields 5-68 Function Keys 5-69

External Reference (EXTREF) Screen (GSCPJI70) 5-70 Fields 5-71 Function Keys 5-72

View External Reference (GSCPVX11) 5-73 Fields 5-74 Function Keys 5-74

CHAPTER 6 DEFINING JOBS AND INSTRUCTIONS

Defining Your Jobs and Instructions 6-2 Comparing Data 6-3

Character Data 6-3 Packed Data 6-4 Data Comparison Example 6-4 Current System Date Comparison Example 6-6

Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data 6-8 Performing Mathematical Functions 6-10

Non-packed 6-10 Packed 6-10

Converting Data 6-13 Moving Data 6-15 Branching to a Job 6-17 Grouping Your Instructions 6-20 Sampling Records 6-23

For a Job Parameter 6-23 For an Instruction Parameter 6-25

Producing Job and Instruction Counts 6-27 Statistics File Processing 6-28 For a Job Parameter 6-30

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 vii

Table of Contents

For an Instruction Parameter 6-32

CHAPTER 7 DEFINING A STATISTICAL REPORT

Defining Your Statistical Report 7-3 Step 1 Select Define Statistical Report Component 7-4 Step 2 Define Report Headers 7-6 Step 3 Define Constant Value(s) 7-9 Step 4 Define Break Levels 7-11 Step 5 Define Information to Move 7-14 Step 6 Define Print Columns 7-17 Step 7 Re-calculate Print Column 7-20 Step 8 Select Statistical Report Output File 7-22 Step 9 Review Statistical Report Layout 7-25 Define Statistical Report Screen Reference 7-27

Component Overview 7-27 Statistical Report Files 7-29

Work Library Files 7-29 Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05) 7-30


Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10) 7-33 Fields 7-34 Function Keys 7-35

Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15) 7-36 Fields 7-37 Function Keys 7-37

Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20) 7-38 Fields 7-39 Function Keys 7-41

Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25) 7-42 Fields 7-43 Function Keys 7-45

Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30) 7-46 Fields 7-47 Function Keys 7-48

Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31) 7-49 Fields 7-50 Function Keys 7-51

Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35) 7-52 Fields 7-53 Function Keys 7-53

Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45) 7-54 Fields 7-55 Function Keys 7-55

Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46) 7-56 Fields 7-57 Function Keys 7-58

Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65) 7-59

621 - 102002 viii

Function Keys 7-60

CHAPTER 8 EXAMPLE BATCH JOB

Analyzing the Job 8-3 Defaults for Print Output 8-3 Define Input Files 8-3

Input File Layout 8-3 Input File Data 8-4 ZIP Code File Layout 8-5 ZIP Code File Data 8-5

Define Jobs and Instructions 8-5 Define Statistical Report 8-5 Submit Batch Job 8-6

Tutorial Steps 8-7 Creating the Job 8-8 Specifying Defaults for Print Output 8-12 Identifying the Input Files 8-17 Defining the First Job 8-23

The Job 8-23 The Instructions 8-27

Defining the Second Job 8-30 The Job 8-31 The Instructions 8-32

Defining the Third Job 8-39 The Job 8-41 The Instructions 8-42

Defining the Statistical Report 8-46 Define Break Levels 8-48 Define Information to Move 8-50 Define Print Columns 8-52 Select Statistical Report Output File 8-57 Review Statistical Report Layout 8-58

Submitting the Jobs 8-60 Reading Our Output 8-63

Output File A 8-64 Output File B 8-64 Output File C 8-64 Statistics File 8-65 State Counts Report For Output File B 8-66 State Counts Report For Output File C 8-66 Statistical Report 8-67 Output Summary File 8-68 Run Control Totals 8-69 Job Control Totals 8-70 Execution Log 8-71

CHAPTER 9 SUBMIT BATCH JOB SCREENS

Component Overview 9-2

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 ix

Table of Contents

Files and File Names 9-4 Sort Files 9-5 Work Library Files 9-6


Submit Batch Job Screen 1(GSCPSB02) 9-9 Fields 9-10 Function Keys 9-11

Submit Batch Job Screen 2 (GSCPSB04) 9-12 Record Length Field 9-13 Fields 9-14 Function Keys 9-16


Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95) 9-23 Fields 9-24 Function Keys 9-24

Sort Option Screen (GSCPSB10) 9-25 Fields 9-26 Function Keys 9-26 Sorting to a New File 9-27 Fields 9-28 Function Keys 9-30

Serial Numbering Screen (1) (GSCPSB88) 9-31 Fields 9-32 Function Keys 9-34


CHAPTER 10 DEFAULTS FOR PRINT OUTPUT SCREENS

Component Overview 10-2 Types of Headers and Footers 10-3 Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01) 10-5


Define headers and footers Screen (GSCPPX03GSCPPX04) 10-7 Fields 10-8 Function Keys 10-8

CHAPTER 11 ADMINISTRATIVE SCREENS

Overview 11-2 Screen GSCPIP10 (to Copy Existing Data) 11-3

621 - 102002 x

View 1 11-3 Fields 11-4 View 2 11-5 Fields 11-5 View 3 11-6 Fields 11-7 Function Keys 11-7

Screen GSCPOP10 (to Save to an External File) 11-8 Fields 11-9 Function Keys 11-9

Confirm Delete of Job Definition Screen (GSCPMM06) 11-10 Fields 11-10 Function Keys 11-10

Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03) 11-11 Fields 11-12

Function Keys 11-12 Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01) 11-13

Fields 11-13 Function Keys 11-14 Fields 11-15 Function Keys 11-15

Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01) 11-16 Fields 11-17 Function Keys 11-17

Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPRJ03) 11-18 Fields 11-19 Function Keys 11-19

Work with Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03) 11-20 Fields 11-21 Function Keys 11-22

CHAPTER 12 GENERATED REPORTS

Report Overview 12-2 Run Control Totals 12-2

Sample Run Control Totals Report 12-3 Job Control Totals 12-4

Sample Job Control Totals Report 12-5 StateProvince Counts Report 12-6

Sample StateProvince Counts Report 12-6 Statistical Report 12-7

Sample Statistical Report 12-7 Execution Log 12-8

Sample Execution Log Report 12-8

CHAPTER 13 SUBMITTING JOBS FROM THE COMMAND LINE

Submitting Jobs to Run Interactively or in Batch 13-2 Running a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSRUNJOB 13-2

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xi

Table of Contents

Submitting a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSSBMJOB 13-2 GSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB Screens 13-3

Define Processing Details and Output Files 13-3 Define Input File Sorting Options 13-5

Additional Parameters Screens 13-6 Override Input Files 13-6

APPENDIX A GSP10 PARAMETER RECORDS

DUPCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A-2 Example A-3

EXITOP Parameter Record (Optional) A-4 Additionally Using a FILEDF Output Exit Routine A-4 EXITOP Parameters A-4 Field-by-Field A-5 Example A-5

FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) A-6 File Names A-6

Input Files A-6 Output Files A-7

Exit Routines A-7 Input Exit Routines A-7 Output Exit Routines A-8

FILEDF Exit Routine Parameters A-8 Parameter EXITP1 A-8 Parameter EXITP2 A-9 Parameter EXITP3 A-9 Parameter EXITP4 A-9

Field-by-Field A-10 Example A-12

FILEZD Parameter Record (Optional) A-13 Field-by-Field A-13 Example A-13

FLCODE Parameter Record (Optional) A-14 Field-by-Field A-14 Example A-14

HEADER Parameter Record (Optional) A-15 Field-by-Field A-15 Example A-15

Job Instruction Parameter Records (Required) A-16 Begin Job Instruction Parameter Record (JOBBGN) A-16

Field-by-Field A-16 Job Parameter Record A-17

Job Set Sampling A-17 Field-by-Field A-18 Nth Record Sampling Example A-20 Fractional Record Selection Example A-20 Limiting Records Example A-21 StateZIP Code Counts Example A-21

Job Detail Parameter Record A-22

621 - 102002 xii

Instruction Sampling A-22 Length of Operand Field (Position(s) 40 through 41) A-23 Field-by-Field A-23 Comparison Example with State Counts A-28 Sampling Example A-28

End Job Parameter (JOBEND) A-29 Field-by-Field A-29

JOBCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A-30 Clearing the Entire N Work Area A-30 Field-by-Field A-31 Example A-31

LISTOF Parameter Record A-32 Field-by-Field A-32

LISTON Parameter Record A-33 Field-by-Field A-33

MATCHI Parameter Record (Required) A-34 Field-by-Field A-34 Example A-35

MATCHx Parameter Records (Optional) A-36 Field-by-Field A-37 Example A-40

MDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A-41 Field-by-Field A-41 Example A-43

PAGESZ Parameter Record (Optional) A-44 Field-by-Field A-44 Example A-44

SEEDED Parameter Record (Optional) A-45 Field-by-Field A-45 Example A-46

SEEDED MARK Parameter Record (Optional) A-48 Field-by-Field A-48 Example A-48

SEEDED CODE Parameter Record (Optional) A-50 Field-by-Field A-50 Example A-50

SEEDED Match Code Parameter Record (Optional) A-52 Field-by-Field A-52 Example A-53

SEQERR Parameter Record (Optional) A-54 Field-by-Field A-54 Example A-54

SEQUN Parameter Record (Optional) A-55 Field-by-Field A-55 Character Sequence Number Example A-56

SMFILE Parameter Record (Optional) A-57 Field-by-Field A-57 Example A-57

TESTIT Parameter Record (Optional) A-58

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xiii

Table of Contents

Field-by-Field A-58 UFT Parameter Record (Optional) A-59


UHD Parameter Record (Optional) A-60 Field-by-Field A-60 Example A-60

ZDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A-61 Field-by-Field A-61 Example A-62

ZIPIN Parameter Record (Required) A-63 Field-by-Field A-63 Example A-63

ZIPINM Parameter Record (Required with Match Code File) A-64 Field-by-Field A-64 Example A-64

ZIPINZ Parameter Record (Required with ZIP Code File) A-65 Field-by-Field A-65 Example A-65

Reports A-66 Parameter Record Listing A-67 Job Request Summary A-68 Run Control Totals A-69 Job Control Totals A-70 State Count A-71

APPENDIX B GSP90 PARAMETER RECORDS

BREAK Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-2 Field-by-Field B-3 Example B-4

CONST Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-5 Field-by-Field B-5 Example B-5

DETL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-6 Field-by-Field B-6 Example B-8

FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) B-9 File Names B-9

Input Files B-9 Output Files B-10 Statistical Report Files B-10

Exit Routines B-11 Input Exit Routines B-11 Output Exit Routines B-11

FILEDF Exit Routine Parameters B-12 Parameter EXITP1 B-12 Parameter EXITP2 B-12 Parameter EXITP3 B-13 Parameter EXITP4 B-13

621 - 102002 xiv

Field-by-Field B-13 Example B-15

HEAD Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-16 Field-by-Field B-16 Example B-17

HEADER Parameter Record (Optional) B-18 Field-by-Field B-18 Example B-18

MOVE Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-19 Field-by-Field B-19 Example B-21

PRINT Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-23 Default Columns B-23 Field-by-Field B-24 Example B-26

PRTDTL Parameter Record (Optional for Statistical Report) B-27 Field-by-Field B-27 Example B-27

RECAL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-28 Field-by-Field B-28 Example B-29

TESTIT Parameter Record (Optional) B-30 Field-by-Field B-30

UFT Parameter Record (Optional) B-31 Field-by-Field B-31 Example B-31

UHD Parameter Record (Optional) B-32 Field-by-Field B-32 Example B-32

Reports B-33 Parameter Record Listing B-34 Statistical Report B-35

APPENDIX C COMMON QUESTIONS

APPENDIX D RECORD LAYOUTS

File Layouts 15-2 Statistics File Record Examples 15-2 Statistics File Layout 15-3 Detail File Layout 15-7 Summary File Layout 15-8

GLOSSARY

INDEX

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xv

Table of Contents

621 - 102002 xvi

B E F O R E Y O U B E G I N

Important Information

This chapter describes the purpose and use of the Generalized Selection Plus Users Guide conventions used in this guide and how to obtain assistance from Group 1 Software Inc

Purpose of This Guide xviii Who Should Use This Guide xviii Conventions Used in This Guide xix Finding the Information You Need xx Related Publications xxi If You Need More Help xxii



Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xvii


Purpose of This Guide

This Users Guide is intended to provide you with all of the information you need to effectively use Generalized Selection Plus With this guide you will learn about Generalized Selection Plus concepts as well as defining and running jobs

This guide has three sections

Part I Concepts mdash Provides basic information about Generalized Selection Plus including terminology and concepts This section describes each component of the Generalized Selection Plus system

Part II Tasks mdash Provides instructions for preparing a job creating a sample job defining jobs and instructions and using Generalized Selection Plus in the supported environments

Part III Reference mdash Provides complete reference for every field on every parameter record a glossary of terms common questions and how to resolve parameter record problems

Who Should Use This Guide

This guide was developed for both new and experienced Generalized Selection Plus users Novice users will find parts I and II most useful while experienced users may want to refer to the reference section in Part III

xviii 621 - 102002

Conventions Used in This Guide


This guide uses the following typefaces and symbols for presentation purposes

TYPEFACE This typeface is used for system generated information such as parameter records

Italics This typeface is used for emphasis and for the titles of publications

Bold This typeface is used for emphasis

^^^ Indicates spaces (blanks) in parameter records or example data

1

2

3 Indicates steps in a process or a numbered list

NOTE Indicates important information or warnings

This space is used for references to other sections of the userrsquos guide

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xix


Finding the Information You Need

The following table summarizes the chapters in this guide The shaded rows indicate the different sections of the book

Table 1 Overview of Chapters

Chapter Descriptions

Part I Concepts

Chapter 1 Introducing Generalized Selection Plus

Describes Generalized Selection Plus features and benefits and presents three sample applications describing how organizations can use Generalized Selection Plus

Chapter 2 Generalized Selection Plus Overview

Provides an overview of Generalized Selection Plus terms and components and describes the ldquomatching processrdquo which Generalized Selection Plus performs

Chapter 3 Defining Your Input

Explains how to define your Generalized Selection Plus input files and describes information you should know before you develop your Generalized Selection Plus application This information includes input file layout file names processing requirements parameter record files parameter records and work areas

Part II User Tasks

Chapter 4 Processing Your Input Files

Describes how Generalized Selection Plus processes your input files and auxiliary input files

Chapter 5 What are Jobs and Instructions

Describes step-by-step all the possible functions you can perform with job and instruction parameter records

Chapter 6 Defining Jobs and Instructions

Provides instructions on using the Define Jobs and Instructions component to define a job list

Chapter 7 Defining a Statistical Report

Describes step-by-step how to define a custom Statistical Report The parameter records you develop are included in the tutorial files on the installation tape

Chapter 8 Example Batch Job

Provides step-by-step instructions in a tutorial format for creating a Generalized Selection Plus job

Chapter 9 Submit Batch Job Screens

Provides a complete reference for the Submit Batch Job component

Chapter 10 Defaults for Print Output Screens

PRovides a complete reference for the Defaults for Print Output component

Chapter 11 Administrative Screens

Provides a complete reference for the administrative Generalized Selection Plus screens

Chapter 12 Generated Reports

Provides examples of the reports taht are automatically generated by Generalized selection Plus

Chapter 13 Submitting Jobs from the Command Line

Provides instructions for running and submitting Generalized selection Plus from the system command line

Part III Reference

Appendix A GSP10 Parameter Records

Provides the layout and fields for each of the parameters used by Generalized Selection Plusrsquos processing program GSP10 Examples of each parameter are also included

Appendix B GSP90 Parameter Records

Provides the layout and fields for each of the parameters used by Generalized Selection Plusrsquos report program GSP90 Examples of each parameter are also included

621 - 102002 xx

Related Publications



Appendix C Common Questions

Provides answers to some commonly asked questions about Generalized Selection Plus

Appendix D Record Layouts

Shows the layouts of the Statistics File which is used to generate the user-defined Statistical Report and the Detail File and Summary File which you can generate from the Statistical Report

Glossary Provides definitions for terms used in this book

Index Provides easy access to the subjects covered in this guide


The publication listed below may assist you in understanding and complying with postal regulations

Table 2 Canadian Publications

Title Description Availability

Group 1s AS400 Job Management Guide

A guide that describes the administrative tasks you must perform to create and run jobs

httpwwwg1com (in the documentation section of the Technical Support area)

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xxi


If You Need More Help

If you are unable to resolve a problem Group 1s Technical Support Representatives can help guide you to a solution When you call Group 1 Technical Support please have the following information ready

A description of the task you were performing at the time the error condition occurred

The resulting reports (specifically the Execution Log Parameter Record Listing and Job Log if one exists)

Reporting complete details to Technical Support enables you and the Technical Support Representative to pinpoint and quickly resolve the problem

Use the information below to contact Group 1rsquos Technical Support Department

Technical Support Hotline (United States and Canada) mdash 800-367-6950

Facsimile (address your cover sheet to Technical Support) mdash 301-918-0462

Technical Support E-mail Address mdash supportg1com

Group 1 Web Site

You can obtain information about Group 1 products services and technical support through the Group 1 web site To gain access to the technical support area you must have a user ID and password To obtain a ID and password contact the Technical Support Department by phone or by e-mail

Group 1 Web Site mdash httpwwwg1com

Fax-on-Demand

Group 1rsquos Fax-on-Demand (FOD) system allows you to have information about Group 1 products and services faxed directly to your site Available documents include product alerts and announcements information on training classes promotions and authorized re-sellers The FOD system is constantly updated with the latest information

Fax-on-Demand mdash 301-918-0781

621 - 102002 xxii

To Order Additional Users Guides


If you wish to order additional Generalized Selection Plus Users Guides or any other Group 1 system manuals a Documentation Order Form is provided at the back of this publication Complete the form and send it to

GROUP 1 SOFTWARE INC ATTN DOCUMENTATION MANAGER 4200 PARLIAMENT PL STE 600 LANHAM MD 20706-1844

FAX 301-918-0735

To obtain electronic copies of Group 1 product manuals go to the Group 1 Web site at httpwwwg1com and click on Support Log in with your user ID and password to download copies (pdf files) of available user guides

NOTE To view pdf files you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader version 40 or later installed on your PC If you do not have Acrobat Reader you can download it free at httpwwwadobecom

Your Comments Are Welcome

We appreciate and welcome your comments concerning this guide If you have suggestions please let us know For your convenience a Documentation Comment Form is provided at the back of this publication

If the Documentation Comment Form is missing from the back of this book address your comments to

GROUP 1 SOFTWARE INC DOCUMENTATION DEPT 4200 PARLIAMENT PL STE 600 LANHAM MD 20706-1844

We also include a System Enhancement Form on which you may request enhancements to Generalized Selection Plus If the System Enhancement Form is missing from the back of this book please address your comments to

GROUP 1 SOFTWARE INC CUSTOMER SERVICES DEPT 4200 PARLIAMENT PL STE 600 LANHAM MD 20706-1844

Thank you

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 xxiii


xxiv 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1

Introducing Generalized Selection Plus

This chapter describes and lists the features and benefits of Generalized Selection Plus and presents three example Generalized Selection Plus applications









Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 1-1

1 Introducing Generalized Selection Plus

What is Generalized Selection Plus

Generalized Selection Plus is a powerful and flexible tool that enables you to develop complex applications that can manipulate and build effective mailing lists With Generalized Selection Plus you can skip records match and merge against other files append data to your records and generate up to five output files

You can develop these types of applications with the following Generalized Selection Plus features

Input record sampling

Data conversion

Mathematical functions

Custom Statistical Report generation

Seed name usage

Besides the many applications for which you can use Generalized Selection Plus there are other basic features that allow you to manipulate your input and output files These features include the ability to

Identify duplicate input records

Ignore certain input records

Sample records

Convert data and perform mathematical functions

Add information to an input record

Generate custom Statistical Report

Generate StateProvince Counts Report

Generate up to five output files

Create seed name records

Check Sort Sequence of Input Files

Generalized Selection Plus provides a feature to check the sort sequence of your input files and your auxiliary input files (Match Code File(s) ZIP Code File and Kill File) Auxiliary input files are the files to be compared to the regular nameaddress Input files Note that you can also sort these files to a new file to retain the format of your original file

When you sort input nameaddress files or Match Code Files you sort according to match code A match code can be one or more fields on the input record If you sort your ZIP Code File you must sort it by ZIP Code and if you sort your Kill File it is sorted based on the entire record

621 - 102002 1-2

1 What is Generalized Selection Plus

IMPORTANT It is very important that you sort your input files and auxiliary input files by match code when you are matching against auxiliary input files or identifying input record duplicates Sorting ensures that the matching and duplicate detection processes work accurately

Identify Duplicate Input Records

When you use Generalized Selection Plus you can process up to three input nameaddress files at once If you are processing multiple input files you may want to identify and count duplicate records When Generalized Selection Plus identifies duplicates it identifies them according to a field or group of fields that you define For example you could identify duplicates according to an account number or you could identify duplicates according to account number and date Below is a list of Generalized Selection Pluss duplicate handling options

Identify intra-file duplicates mdash Duplicates within the same input file

Identify inter-file duplicates mdash Duplicates between input files

Process the first duplicate in a group all duplicates in a group or no duplicates in a group

To define your duplicate options see the Define Input Files section

Ignore Certain Input Records

Do you have a list of accounts that were taken off your mailing list With Generalized Selection Plus you can place these customer records in an auxiliary input file called the Kill File If an input record matches the Kill File Generalized Selection Plus automatically ignores that input record and selects the next input record for processing This is a simple way to keep your company from mailing unnecessary mail pieces

To define a Kill File see the Define Input Files section



Sample Input Records

For instructions on converting data refer to ldquoSampling Recordsrdquo in Chapter 6

Generalized Selection Plus allows you to conduct record sampling so that you can limit the number of records that meet the criteria of your job The three sampling functions available are

Nth record selection mdash Includes or excludes every nth record that meets the criteria of a job or instruction

Fraction of records mdash Includes a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of a job or instruction

Record limit mdash Controls the number of records that can meet the criteria of a job or instruction

Perform Data Conversion and Mathematical Functions

Generalized Selection Plus has the capability to convert data from packed to unpacked data For instructions on and from unpacked data to packed data You can also perform mathematical functions converting data refer to with data or constant values You can use the addition subtraction multiplication and ldquoConverting Datardquo in Chapter 6 division functions

Add Data to the Input Record

Generalized Selection Plus allows you to move data from an auxiliary input file to a matching input record For our example if a recordrsquos ZIP Code matches an auxiliary input filersquos ZIP Code the customer resides in the vicinity of a local dealership For this application the matching auxiliary input file record consists of a dealership name and address of a local dealership for marketing purposes Refer to Figure 1-1

Input Record+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 John Smith 18473 Blue Sky Lane Gaithersburg MD 20879

Auxiliary Input File Record+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 Williams Cars 2837 Kane Road Gaithersburg MD 20879 January 14th

Input Record and Auxiliary Input File

ZIP Code

Figure 1-1 Input Record Matching

621 - 102002 1-4


Z

The information from the matching auxiliary input file record is moved to the end of the input record Refer to Figure 1-2

Auxiliary Input File Record+1+2=3+4+5+6+7 Williams Cars 2837 Kane Road Gaithersburg MD 20879

IP Code data placed Input Recordat end of the input +1+2+3+4+5+6+7

record John Smith 18473 Blue Sky Lane Gaithersburg MD 20879

+8+9+10+11+12+13+14 Williams Cars 2837 Kane Road Gaithersburg MD 20879

Figure 1-2 Appending Data to the Input Record

The entire input record is then moved to an output file When the job completes there is an output file consisting only of customers in the vicinity of the dealership sale and the appropriate dealership information for each potential customer

Generate a Custom Statistical Report

A very powerful feature is the ability to define your own custom Statistical Report This report allows you to generate statistics about your input files and the records selected by your job criteria You can also manipulate the statistics using mathematical functions (adding subtracting dividing multiplying)

To produce a custom Statistical Report refer to Chapter 8 ldquoStatistical Report Tutorialrdquo

Note that to produce a Statistical Report you must have a complete understanding of Generalized Selection Plus processing


To generate a State Province Counts Report refer to Chapter 7 ldquoGenerating Standard Outputrdquo

Another type of report you can produce with Generalized Selection Plus is the State Province Counts Report You can generate record counts by state or province counts based on the records selected by your job criteria For example if you have an output file containing records with potential female customers who are making $30000 or more and in your target market you can produce StateProvince Counts Reports to show you the number of potential customers in each stateprovince



Generate Up to Five Output Files

As you can see from the example applications listed at the beginning of this chapter you can produce output files containing very specific types of information An output file can contain data based on one set of criteria and the next output file can contain data based on another set of criteria With this capability you can generate up to five output files and produce lists of very specific data all in one pass of your input files

To define your output files see the Submit Job section

Create Seed Name Records

To define seed name records refer to Chapter 4 ldquoPreparing Your Jobrdquo

Seed names are records that you can place in mailing lists you generate Brokers and mailers often place seed names in their mailing lists Every time a mailing list client conducts a mailing a mail piece is sent back to the broker and the broker can ensure that the mailing list is not being misused If you conduct mailings through a service bureau you may also want to place your name as a seed name record in the file you give to the service bureau You will then receive a mail piece and know if the service bureau has conducted the mailing on time

Why Use Generalized Selection Plus

Generalized Selection Plus provides you cost savings both before and after the application is developed Generalized Selection Plus provides the following benefits

Reduces development costs and testing time

Efficiently uses resources

Increases target marketing responses

Provides extensive reporting

Decreases Development Time

Generalized Selection Plus provides a more efficient method of developing complex applications than using a programming language Coding time can be cut in half when you use Generalized Selection Plus because using mathematical operations compares data moves and ldquoifthenrdquo logic is as simple as typing a few commands instead of writing a program

621 - 102002 1-6

Why Use Generalized Selection Plus 1

Efficiently Uses Resources

You do not have to be a programmer to develop a Generalized Selection Plus job Office personnel familiar with Generalized Selection Plus can develop their own applications

Increases Target Marketing Responses

Generalized Selection Plus allows you to define record selection criteria to target specific members of the demographic population to mail a sales offer You can select records by reviewing data in a record by value ranges or greater thanless thanequal to comparisons This enables you to ldquoweed outrdquo the customers that are least likely to be interested in your product

Eliminates Duplicate Records

Generalized Selection Plus eliminates duplicate records within your input file This eliminates the embarrassment of sending the same mailpiece to the same residence It also saves you in postal costs for redundant mail pieces

Generates Extensive Reports

Generalized Selection Plus provides standard and user-defined reports to generate state province totals 3-digit and 5-digit ZIP code totals and any other information about your selection criteria



Generalized Selection Plus Concepts

Now that you know what Generalized Selection Plus can do this section will give you an overall description of the important concepts of Generalized Selection Plus and how they work Important components of Generalized Selection Plus that you need to be familiar with include

Match codesmdashUsed to determine matches betweenamong files

Work areasmdashAreas where Generlized Selection Plus stores matched records during processing

Auxiliary input filesmdashFiles that contain records to be compared to the input name address file(s)

ApplicationmdashA group of tasks that perform a function such as generating multiple output files

Job setsmdashOne task within an application

Job and instructionsmdashOne step within a task

OperandsmdashFields within an instruction that are used to perform the step such as comparing two values

The following sections discuss these components in detail

Match Codes

If you use an auxiliary input file the match code is the data in your input record that the auxiliary input record used to test for a match Match codes are also used for

Checking the sequence of your input files according to the match code

Sorting your input files according to the match code

Detecting duplicate input records according to the match codes within the same input file or between two input files

A match code can be one field of data such as an account number or a string of up to ten fields of data (up to 99 bytes) such as a combination of the account number and the date field If you define more than one field and use an auxiliary input file you have to match both fields in the auxiliary input file If you are sorting your input files by multiple match code fields the files will be sorted by the first match code field and then by the second match code field etc

NOTE It is important that the auxiliary input files and the input files are sorted by match code prior to running your Generalized Selection Plus job

621 - 102002 1-8

Generalized Selection Plus Concepts 1

Work Areas

Work areas are locations where Generalized Selection Plus stores data during processing By storing these matching records you can access the data and perform the following tasks

Append data from a match code to an input record

Move the data

Convert the data to a different format

Compare the data

Test for the presence or absence of numeric or non-numeric data

Perform calculations

For an explanation of how and where Generalized Selection Plus stores data as it processes your input files and auxiliary input files refer to Chapter 4 ldquoPreparing Your Jobrdquo

The following table identifies the Generalized Selection Plus work areas

Table 1-1 Generalized Selection Plus Work Areas

Work Area Description

M The M work area is a 10000-byte area where Generalized Selection Plus automatically moves up to nine Match Code File records if it matches the input record

N The N work area is a 10000-byte area where Generalized Selection Plus automatically moves the input record Work area N is the only area from which you can send data to an output file

S The S work area is a 1000-byte area where the Statistics File records are constructed

W The W work area is a 1000-byte area to use for any function Generalized Selection Plus does not move any data here automatically

X The X work area is a 1000-byte area to use for any function Generalized Selection Plus does not move any data here automatically

Y The Y work area is a 1000-byte area to use for any function Generalized Selection Plus does not move any data here automatically

Z The Z work area is a 1000-byte area where Generalized Selection Plus automatically moves the ZIP Code File record if it matches the input record

NOTE All work area names are pre-defined by Generalized Selection Plus Any data changes must be moved to work area N before it is sent



Input and Output Files

Generalized Selection Plus allows you to process up to three input files Based on your job criteria you can then generate up to five output files In addition to the five output files you may generate other output files including the following

Duplicates File mdash Contains all of the duplicate records that Generalized Selection Plus encountered in the input file(s)

Master File mdash Contains all of the input records processed from all of the input files

Report Files mdash Includes parameter listings and control totals for all output files generated

StateProvince Counts Report mdash Records the number of input records per state or province based on the first three digits of the input record ZIP Code or postal code

Statistics File mdash Records the number of input records per ZIP Code postal code or a portion of the input match code (This file is used to generate your custom report)

If you choose to define a custom Statistical Report Generalized Selection Plus uses the Statistics File as input for the report The following is a list of the possible output you can generate Note that you can generate a Detail File or a Summary File but not both

Statistical Report mdash Shows custom totals that you define

Detail File mdash Contains one record for each record processed

Summary File mdash Contains the totals for the lowest Statistical Report break level

Auxiliary Input Files

Auxiliary input files are files containing information that you can match against your input files There are three possible types of auxiliary input files

Match Code File (nine available)

ZIP Code File

Kill File

Match Code Files and Relational Databases

You can define up to nine Match Code Files which contain records that you compare to input file records Each Match Code File record contains a match code and any data associated with the match code which is compared to the input record match code You must define the same match code in every Match Code File but the match code data does not have to reside in the same position

1-10 621 - 102002


For example if you define your match code as a combination of the ZIP Code and account number these two fields of information can reside in different positions in each Match Code File record Match Code File 1s ZIP Code could reside in positions 50-54 while Match Code File 2s ZIP Code could reside in positions 80-84 Match Code File 1s account number could reside in positions 1-4 while Match Code File 2s account number could reside in positions 10-14

The capability to define up to nine Match Code Files allows you to take advantage of a relational database You can define your relational database files as Match Code Files and then each Match Code File would contain the same match codes but with different associated data

For example you have Match Code File 1 containing account numbers (match codes) with the associated phone numbers and Match Code File 2 containing the same account numbers but with the associated mailing addresses When a Match Code File account number matches against an input file account number you have access to both the phone number and the mailing address for that account number in specific positions in work area M

At this point you can use the associated data from any of the Match Code File records for any function including

Adding data to the input record

Using the data for data comparisons numeric testing andor mathematical functions

NOTE The match code for a Match Code File can consist of up to ten fields that are no longer than 99 bytes

The following figure shows an example of a Match Code File record For this example the Account Number field and the Date field is the match code The remaining record data is associated with the account number and the date

Match Code File Record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+

03985 131999 153 Target Marketing Conference Dallas Texas (Acct) (Date)

Match code fields

Data associated with match code

Figure 1-3 An Example Match Code File Record



ZIP Code File

The ZIP Code File contains ZIP Codes and any data associated with the ZIP Code The ZIP Code File is different from the Match Code File because the only data in the ZIP Code File that can be matched against an input record is the ZIP Code When the ZIP Code Filersquos ZIP Code matches an input filersquos ZIP Code the ZIP Code File record is placed in work area Z At this point you can use the associated data for any function including



NOTE If you process an auxiliary ZIP Code File you can specify whether to match against a 5-digit ZIP Code or a 3-digit Sectional Center Facility (SCF) code

Figure 1-4 shows an example of a ZIP Code File record For this example the ZIP Code File record consists of a ZIP Code and the information associated with that ZIP Code

ZIP Code File Record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20879 Retail Exclusive March 14 1999ZIP Code

Data associated with ZIP Code

Figure 1-4 An Example ZIP Code File Record

Kill File

The Kill File is used to compare its match code to the match code in an input file If an input record matches the Kill File the record is ignored automatically The Kill File contains only match code information and no other data The entire Kill File record has to match an input recordrsquos match code for the input record to be automatically ignored The Kill File is useful for listing any accounts that you wish to eliminate from the mailing

Figure 1-5 shows an example of a Kill File record For this example the account number file code and phone number in the input record have to match this information to be ignored automatically

1-12 621 - 102002

1 Generalized Selection Plus Concepts

Kill File Record

Figure 1-5 An Example Kill File Record

Job Parameters and Instruction Parameters

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 (Acct) (File Code) (Phone number) 67254 012 301-999-9999Match code

For detailed instructions on defining job and instruction parameters refer to Chapter 6 ldquoDefining Jobs and Instructionsrdquo

You define job and instruction parameters to define how to test and manipulate the data available to you In the example for ldquoManipulate Your Mailing Listrdquo on the next page Lauren needs to mail a brochure concerning a retail store to a group of customers To do this she writes a set of job and instruction parameters to check for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo (female) and an income level of $35000 a year

A possible name for her job parameter could be MAILING The first instruction parameter would identify the location of the gender code in the input record and test for an ldquoFrdquo for female The second instruction parameter would identify the location of the annual income level in the input record and test for $35000 or more

Besides doing simple comparisons like those described above you can also do the following

Compare character data or packed or unpacked numeric data to test if it is equal to not equal to less than less than or equal to greater than or greater than or equal to another field of data or a constant value

Test for the presence or absence of numeric and non-numeric data

Add or subtract a constant or field value tofrom another piece of data or divide or multiply a constant or field value by another piece of data

Convert packed data to unpacked data or unpacked data to packed data

Move data to a different location

Branch to another job



Applications

An application or job is a group of Generalized Selection commands that produces some kind of result such as generating three targeted mailing lists Figure 2-1 is an application consisting of three job sets Each job set sends records to a different output file (A B C) Each job set consists of one job parameter record and one or more subsequent instruction parameter records

Job set JOBST1 sends records to output file A if the instruction criteria are met

Instructions in the JOBST1 job set test the input record file code for the presence of 012 024 and 036

Output File 1

Output File 2

Output File 3

JOBST1 01 A JOBST1 02 012 JOBST1 02 024 JOBST1 02 036

JOBST2 B JOBST2

JOBST3 C JOBST3

Figure 1-6 ApplicationJob Set Organization

1-14 621 - 102002


Job Sets

A job set consists of a group of functions which in combination perform a particular task A group of job sets represents an application that generates a result such as an output file to be used for a targeted mailing

As an example you can have a Generalized Selection Plus application consisting of three job sets

Job set FILECD selects only those input records that have a file code of 012 024 or 036 If a record meets any of these criteria it is processed by the next job FEMALE

Job set FEMALE tests for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female and an income level between $20000 and $40000 If a record meets these criteria the record goes to output file 1

Job set MINCST tests for an input record gender code of ldquoMrdquo for male and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo If a record meets these criteria the record goes to output file 2

A job set is made up of one job parameter record and one or more instruction parameter records

Jobs and Instructions

Job and instruction parameter records are Generalized Selection Plus commands The job parameter record names the job set and indicates the action to perform if a record fulfills the job set criteria The instruction parameters that follow have the same name as the job parameter record and define the processing steps to execute You can use instructions to

Limit the number of records sent to an output file

Compare character or packed data

Test for the presence or absence of numericnon-numeric data

Perform mathematical functions with character or packed data

Convert data to packed or unpacked data

Move data




How Do They Work

Its important to understand how job and instruction parameter records work For example we defined a job set to send input records to output file A if the record has all of the following elements

A gender code of M AND

An income level greater than or equal to $20000 AND

An income level less than or equal to $40000 AND

A state code of NY NJ or CA

Each of the above bullets represents one or more instruction parameter records in this job set All instruction parameter record criteria must be met for the input record to be sent to output file 1 because all of the instruction parameter records are connected by ldquoANDrdquo Note that you can also use ldquoORrdquo and parentheses to group instructions

The following input record will not be sent to output file 1 Why

John Smith 2300 Bellwood Dr Trenton PA 15237 M 35000

Although it does test true for the gender code criteria (M) and for the income level criteria (between $20000 and $40000) it does not test true for the state code criteria

The following input record will also not be sent to output file A Why

Paul Morton 6250 Monty Avenue Williamsburg CA 70362 M 50000

Although it does test true for the gender code criteria (M) and the state code of CA it does not test true for the income criteria All criteria have to be true because of the ldquoANDrdquo connector words

Operands

Operands are the parts of an instruction that perform a step in the job set For example in the bullets above the gender code value and the M are operands and are compared to one another to determine a match In the second bullet the income level value and $20000 are the operands that are also compared to each other

1-16 621 - 102002

1 Sample Applications

Sample Applications

The easiest way to show you what Generalized Selection Plus can do is to present some application examples We present sample applications

Using a single input file with selections to product a single output file

Using a single input file with selections to product multiple output files

Target a market

Each sample shows how Generalized Selection Plus can save your organization money

Manipulate Your Mailing List

Lauren works at an upscale retail chain in Maryland called Retail Exclusive Retail Exclusive has two stores in Montgomery County one in Rockville and one in Chevy Chase The Rockville store services ZIP Codes 20847 through 20859 and the Chevy Chase store services ZIP Codes 20813 through 20825 Lauren purchased a mailing list consisting of prospective customers from Montgomery County

Retail Exclusive wants to send a brochure to all prospective customers on this list that are female making more than $35000 a year and living in the ZIP Codes that each store services All of this information is available in the mailing list but Lauren has to select the addresses that fit the criteria The figure below shows what Lauren wants to do with her mailing list

Generalized Selection Plus

Selects only qualified prospects

Figure 1-7 Targeting Your Best Market



For this application Lauren will use the mailing list containing prospective customers as an input file and then set up her Generalized Selection Plus job to test for

ZIP codes in the vicinity of the Rockville store (ZIP Codes 20847 through 20859) or the Chevy Chase store (20813 through 20825)

Gender code of ldquoFrdquo (female)

Annual income level of $35000

If a record meets these criteria it goes to output file A

When the job completes Lauren has generated an output file containing customer mailing information for people most likely to shop at Retail Exclusive By mailing to a targeted list Retail Exclusive saves money Lauren saves time by only mailing to ldquoqualifiedrdquo prospects Thus Generalized Selection Plus has helped Lauren conduct a mailing that could bring increased financial success to her employer Figure 1-5 shows the results of the Retail Exclusive application of Generalized Selection Plus


Selects customers based on user-specified criteria

Targeted Mailing based on Output File A

Qualified Prospects

Retail Exclusive

Mailing List (Input File)

Qualified Prospects

(Output File A)

Figure 1-8 Manipulation Results

1-18 621 - 102002


Match and Merge

Bill works at the software company PC Inc The company sells a total of nine different software packages This month PC Inc is about to release a new version of its three best selling software packages MoneyVest Graphics Studio and Word Power Bill needs to mail an upgrade notice to all current users of these three software packages to inform them how much it will cost to upgrade

For this application Bill will use his customer file as an input file and then set up his Generalized Selection Plus job to test for customers who have

All three of the software packages (send these records to output file A)

Two out of the three software packages (send these records to output file B)

One out of the three software packages (send these records to output file C)

When the job completes Bill has three output files From these files Bill can generate three different personalized letters The first will begin ldquoPC Inc is currently releasing the following three software packages that you currently userdquo The letter will then list the three software packages and the upgrade prices Bill will then generate labels from these output files to provide a completely customized package for the release With this personal approach Bill will increase customer satisfaction generate a better response and contribute to PC Incrsquos financial success Figure 1-3 shows the results of PC Incrsquos application of Generalized Selection Plus



Output File C Customers with One Software Package

Output File ACustomers with All Three

Software Packages

Output File B Customers with Two Software Packages

PC Inc

PC Inc

PC Inc

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Word

Power30

Graphics

Studio 30

Money

Vest 3

0

Figure 1-9 Matching and Merging Results



Chapter Summary

Generalized Selection Plus is a powerful and flexible tool that allows you to develop simple or complex applications that you can use for target marketing mailing list manipulation and statistical analysis by ZIP Codes Generalized Selection Plus allows you to decrease development and testing time efficiently use your resources and increase target responses and eliminate duplicates By finding the people most likely to buy your goods and use your services you are able to produce highly targeted marketing efforts that help you get the best use of your marketing dollars

Besides the many applications for which you can use Generalized Selection Plus there are other basic features that you can use to manipulate your input and output files



Sample records



Generate a custom Statistical Report




Generalized Selection Plus comprises the following

Match codes mdash This is the data in your input record and auxiliary input record that tests for a match the data used for checking the sequence of your input files and the data for determining duplicates by match code

Work areas mdash These are locations where Generalized Selection Plus stores data during processing or where you can test data while processing your job criteria

Input files mdash You can process up to three input files at one time

Auxiliary input files mdash These are files containing information that you can match against your input files

Output files mdash You can generate up to five output files plus the files listed on page 1-10 and also generate a Master File containing every input record used in the job

Job and instruction parameters mdash These parameters are what you use to define how to test the data available to you and define your job criteria

1-20 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 2

Generalized Selection Plus System Overview

This chapter provides an overview of the Generalized Selection Plus System It explains what each of the components are and explains some of the more complex ldquoglobalrdquo concepts about using Generalized Selection Plus




2 Generalized Selection Plus System Overview

Using Generalized Selection Plus System

Generalized Selection Plus is a screen driven system Note that online help is available from any Generalized Selection Plus screen To obtain online help press ltF1gt or your ltHELPgt key

Generalized Selection Plus System

The Generalized Selection Plus System processes up to three input nameaddress files and can access corresponding records from three types of auxiliary input files Auxiliary input files include up to nine Match Code files one ZIP Code file and one Kill File Based on job and instruction criteria you can produce up to five separate output files

There are five main components (see the figure on page 2-4) of Generalized Selection Plus

Defaults for Print Output

Define Input Files

Define Jobs and Instructions

Define Statistical Report

Submit Batch Job

The Defaults for Print Output component allows you to specify headers and footers for the Generalized Selection Plus reports as well as define the number of lines that are to be printed on each page of the reports

The Define Input Files component allows you to

Define up to three input files to be processed

Define your input record match code field locations and ZIP Code field location which can be compared to the auxiliary input file match code fields

Define up to nine Match Code files and match code field location(s) to be used for comparison (If an input record match code matches against a Match Code File the Match Code File record is read into specific positions in work area M)

Define your ZIP Code file and ZIP Code location (If an input record ZIP Code matches against the ZIP Code file the ZIP Code file record is read into work area Z)

Define the Kill File match code fields (If an input record matches this file the input record is automatically ignored)

Specify how Generalized Selection Plus should deal with duplicates that occur between two input files or within the same input file

Specify how Generalized Selection Plus should deal with input or auxiliary input file records that are out of sequence

Define the location of a File Indicator field on the output record that indicates from which input file a record originates

621 - 102002 2-2

Using Generalized Selection Plus System 2

Define the location of a Duplicate Indicator field on the Duplicate File output record that indicates the first duplicate of a duplicate group

The Define Jobs and Instructions component allows you to define your job names and the instructions for each job With your jobs you can


Compare fields of data

Perform mathematical functions

Move data among the work areas

Send records to an output file if your job criteria is met

You can develop your instructions by typing parameters copying deleting and moving one or more parameters at a time or filling out the screen that produces the parameters

The Define Statistical Report component allows you to develop a custom Statistical Report which generates statistics about your input files and the records selected by your job criteria

The Submit Batch Job component allows you to

Define your output files

Indicate whether to sort your input files

Indicate whether to sort your input files to a new file

Define whether you want a sequence number written to each output file

Submit the job and perform the instructions that you defined in the Define Jobs and Instructions component

The diagram below shows the input files the Generalized Selection Plus components accessed from the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (except Define Statistical Report) and the output files that can be generated Refer to the next page for a diagram of the Define Statistical Report component



ZIP Code File Input Name amp (Optional)

Address File (1 Required)

Match Code File(s) Kill File (Optional) (Optional)

DefineSubmit Job

Define Input Files Define Jobs and Submit A Batch Print Output Defaults for

Instructions Job

Output Name and State Countsamp Statistics File Address File(s)

Reports (Optional)

Master File Duplicates File (Optional) (Optional)

Figure 2-1 The Components of Generalized Selection Plus

621 - 102002 2-4

2 Using Generalized Selection Plus System

The following diagram below shows the input file for the Define Statistical Report component which is an output file generated from your jobs and instructions and the output files generated by the Define Statistical Report component

NOTE You can generate an output Detail File or an output Summary File mdash not both

Statistics File

Required

Summary File Optional

Detail File Optional

Statistical Report


Figure 2-2 The Define Statistical Report Component



Screens

Each component of Generalized Selection Plus consists of a series of screens Each screen contains fields where you enter specifications about your job To move from screen to screen within the Generalized Selection Plus System you will use function keys

The figure below shows a sample screen and highlights ldquostandardrdquo Generalized Selection Plus screen components

Program and User-Defined System Screen IDs Heading

System-Defined DateTime ReleaseScreen Heading Stamp Number

Job ID

Fields

135923 Generalized Selection System Plus GSCPID00 09102002 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPID15 Job TEST Input File Definition R062M01

Match Code File Details Specify match code file details Press enter to calculate length Match File

Library Exit-routine Member FIRST [ZIPINM] Posn Len Fmt Match file ZIP code position and format C (default) [MATCHx] P Match file match code field(s)

F6=Update F9=More Files F10=MDATA Record F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

Function Keys

Figure 2-3 Screen Sample

621 - 102002 2-6


As you can see by the callouts in Figure 2-3 there are eight main elements that make up each screen

Program and screen IDs

Release number

Datetime stamp

Job ID

User-defined system heading

System-defined screen heading

Fields

Function keys

Program and Screen ID

The program and screen IDs are located in the upper-right corner of the screen The program ID is above the screen ID The program ID identifies the current program this screen is a part of The screen ID is a unique label that identifies the screen Each program and screen ID is eight characters The table below describes the possible values

Table 2-1 Program and Screen ID Characters

Characters Name Meaning Possible Values

1-4 System ID Identifies what Group 1 AS400 system this screen is a part of

GSCP mdash Generalized Selection Plus

5-6 Module ID Identifies what module within Generalized Selection Plus this screen is a part of (the modules are usually the component name)

CP Copy Job DS Define andor Submit F3 Exit Confirmation ID Define Input Files IP Copy from an external file JI Job and Instruction Definition MM Work with Jobs (main menu) NJ Create New Job OP Copy to an external file PX Defaults for Print Output RJ Rename Job RP Define Statistical Report SB Submit Batch Job VX View an external file

7-8 (screen ID only)

Screen Number

Identifies the screen within the module

Any 2-digit number

For example the program ID in the figure on page 2-6 is GSCPID00 and the screen ID is GSCPID15 We know then that this is screen number 15 in the Input File Definition component



NOTE The screen numbers are not always in sequence nor are they always continuous For example just because the screen ID is GSCPID15 that does not mean that this is the 15th screen you will encounter in the Input File Definition component nor does it necessarily mean that there are 15 screens total in the Input File Definition component

Release Number

The release number is at the top right corner of the screen directly below the screen ID This tells you the software release and modification level of Generalized Selection Plus In our sample screen on page 2-6 the release number is R062M01 which means this is release 62 modification 1

NOTE Except for our sample screen pictures of screens in this book do not show the release number This is done to avoid unnecessary updates to the documentation when there is a new release of the software but the screens themselves havent changed

DateTime Stamp

The datetime stamp located in the upper left corner of the screen shows you the current date and time In our sample screen on page 2-6 the time is 1010 and 34 seconds and the date is October 29 1999 (10291999)

NOTE The datetime stamp reflects the time at which the screen was accessed and will not change until you press a key that causes the screen to change For example if you were interrupted in the middle of your work and came back to your terminal after a few minutes the datetime stamp would not represent the current time

621 - 102002 2-8


Job ID

The job ID located just below the datetime stamp in the upper left corner of the screen uniquely identifies this Generalized Selection Plus job It is not unique to a specific screen while you are working with a particular job that job ID will be displayed on every screen In the figure on page 2-6 our job ID is ldquoTESTrdquo In our example screens throughout the rest of this book we will not be showing the job IDs

User-Defined System Heading

The user-defined system heading is always ldquoReplace with screen heading desiredrdquo unless you change it The user-defined system heading is not unique to a particular screen or job mdash the same heading will be displayed on each screen regardless of the screen ID or job ID This feature is provided so that you may customize the Generalized Selection Plus to contain your companys name or any other text across the top

System-Defined Screen Heading

The system-defined screen heading tells the name of the specific screen that is displayed on your monitor In addition to the screen heading there is often a subheading that more uniquely identifies the screen For example all of the screens in the Input File Definition component have ldquoInput File Definitionrdquo as the main system-defined screen heading but only one screen has the subheading ldquoMatch Code File Detailsrdquo

Fields

Fields are underlined ldquoblanksrdquo on the screen for you to fill in with information Each field is labeled with a field name and has space for you to type data All of the information that you type about your Generalized Selection Plus job will be entered through fields Some fields are optional and some fields have default values that will be used if you leave them blank

Note also that there is complete online help for each field Simply position your cursor to the field in question and press ltF1gt or your ltHELPgt key On our sample screen the first field has the name Match File ZIP Code Position and Format and has space for you to type up to a 4-digit location and a 2-character format code



Function Keys

Each screen has a specific set of function keys associated with it These function keys allow you to move to a different screen save information you have typed on this screen or perform some task with the data you have typed on the screen At the bottom of each screen you will find a list of the valid function keys On our example screen on page 2-6 the function keys listed are ltF6gt ltF9gt ltF12gt and ltF24gt

There are some function keys that are global to the entire Generalized Selection Plus System These function keys work the same for every screen on which they are available (though not every global function key is available from every screen) These global function keys are

F1 mdash Obtain online help

F3 mdash Exit the system or module

F5 mdash Refresh the screen (put the last-saved values back in the fields)

F6 mdash Update the job or module by saving the information in the current component

F12 mdash ldquoBack-uprdquo one level to the previous screen usually without saving your changes

F17 mdash Position the list at the top

F18 mdash Position the list at the bottom

F19 mdash Shift left to see more information

F20 mdash Shift right to see more information

F24 mdash Display additional function keys or field search option

Saving to an External File

Generalized Selection Plus provides you with the ability to save job parameters to an external file Once you have saved the data you may then load the data from the file into other jobs The file you are saving to must be created before you submit the job to run The file must be a source physical file with a record length of 92

Online Help

Each screen in Generalized Selection Plus has online help available at the touch of a function key Any time you are unsure what you are supposed to type for a particular field or what a specific function key does you can press ltF1gt Context-sensitive information will be displayed about the purpose of the screen the fields on the screen and the function keys you can use from the screen The help text displays information about the field your cursor was on when you pressed ltF1gt

2-10 621 - 102002

Chapter Summary 2

Chapter Summary

Generalized Selection Plus can utilize up to three nameaddress input files and can compare input records for duplicates within the same input file and between other input files You can also compare input records with records within a Match Code file ZIP Code file and Kill File which you define Generalized Selection Plus also allows you to produce reports and generate output files based on the comparisons The system has four main components


Define Input Files

Job and Instruction Definition


Submit a Batch Job

Each component consists of a series of screens These screens have fields into which you enter information about your job You will use function keys to move from screen to screen

Online help is available with the Generalized Selection Plus System



2-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 3

Defining Your Input

This chapter explains how to define your input files default records seed records and how to specify input file options Additionally this chapter provides a complete reference for the Define Input Files component of Generalized Selection Plus Each screen is presented along with its fields options and function keys

Defining Input 3-3 Step 1 Identify Input File and Details 3-4 Step 2 Specify Summary File Control Field Length (Optional) 3-7 Step 3 Identify Auxiliary Input Files 3-9 Step 4 Define Auxiliary Input File Default Record-MDATA

(Optional) 3-11 Step 5 Define Seed Records (Optional) 3-13 Define Input Files Screen Reference 3-19 Input File and Auxiliary Input Files 3-21





Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) 3-33 Work Area M 3-34 Fields 3-35 Function Keys 3-36

MATCHx Files 2-9 (GSCPID30) 3-37 Work Area M 3-38 Fields 3-39 Function Keys 3-40

Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18) 3-41 Fields 3-42


3 Defining Your Input

Function Keys 3-43 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-44

Work Area Z 3-45 Fields 3-45 Function Keys 3-46









621 - 102002 3-2

Defining Input 3

Defining Input

There are five steps to defining Generalized Selection Plus input

1 Identifying input nameaddress files

2 Specifying Statistics File control field length (Optional)

3 Identifying auxiliary input files

4 Defining an auxiliary input file default record (Optional)

5 Defining seed records (Optional)

The following sections describe these steps in detail



Step 1 Identify Input File and Details

For our first step we will define two input nameaddress files and specify the input file processing options First display the Define andor Submit a Job screen (GSCPDS01)

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPDS00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPDS01

Define andor Submit a Job

Type options press Enter 2=Edit 6=Create

- - - - -Last Activity- - - - -Opt Function Date Time User

Defaults for Print Output 03182001 105014 D1DEF 2 Define Input Files



Submit Batch Job

F3=Exit F12=PrevScrn

1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Define Input Files and press ltENTERgt

621 - 102002 3-4

Step 1 Identify Input File and Details 3

The Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) is displayed

163525 Generalized Selection System GSCPID00 01082001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPID05 Job IVP Input File Definition

Input File Identification Details

Specify input files andor exit routine details Press enter to calculate lengths IA File G1IVPGS Library G1IVP Exit-routine Member FIRST

IB File G1IVPGS Library G1IVP Exit-routine Member G1IVPGS2

IC File Library Exit-routine Member FIRST [JOBCTL] Clear entire N work area N Y N (default) Write record immediately N Y N (default)More

F3=Exit F6=Update F7=Match Code File Details F8=ZIP Code File Details F9=Kill File Details F10=Seed Names F11=SMFILE Control F24=Field Search

2 Identify the input file names libraries and members

3 Specify the processing options

The Clear entire N work area field specifies whether to clear the entire N work area each time an input record is processed or to clear only the defined input record length

The Write record immediately field specifies whether to write the record immediately after it meets the criteria of a job to the defined output file or to wait until the entire job list is executed

4 Press your ltPAGE DOWNgt key to move to the next screen



The Input File Details screen is displayed


Input File Details [ZIPIN] Posn Len Fmt ZIP Code location 133 C [MATCHI] Input file match code location(s) 133 5 C C (DFT)

[DUPCTL] P Specify input file duplicate handling

Intra-file C C E C = CountprocessInter-file C C E X E = Countprocess 1st

X = Countprocess none Duplicate indicator 145 1 Value

[SEQERR] Out-of-sequence handling I B = Bypass

C = Processcheck E = Terminate I = Processignore

[FLCODE] File indicator field position 142 3


5 Define the input file ZIP Code location

6 Define the Match Code field locations

7 Specify the input file processing options

Input file duplicate handling and duplicate indicator mdash allows you to indicate how to handle duplicates between two input files (Inter-file Dupes) and within one input file (Intra-file Dupes) If you specify input file duplicate handling duplicate input records are sent to the Duplicates File To specify if an input record is the first in a duplicate group define a Value to be placed in the Duplicate indicator field location on the Duplicate File output record

Out-of-sequence handling mdash specifies how to handle input records that are not in match code sequence

File indicator mdash field defines an output record location where Generalized Selection Plus will place the input file indicator (A B or C) for the current record

621 - 102002 3-6

3 Step 2 Specify Summary File Control Field Length (Optional)

Step 2 Specify Summary File Control Field Length (Optional)

The next step is to define the Statistics File control field length The Statistics File will contain counter records and the control field length represents the first nth characters of your match code (the default is 5) Each counter record contains the first nth characters (control field value) of your match code and any counts accumulated for that control field value (You define what is to be counted within your selection criteria (job and instruction list)) When the control field value changes Generalized Selection Plus generates another counter record and set of counts

NOTE If you do not enter a control field length on this screen the default is five

For example if you define a control field length of 5 (default) and the first five characters of your match code is the ZIP Code Generalized Selection Plus will accumulate counts by ZIP Code Each Statistics File record will contain a ZIP Code and the counts accumulated for that ZIP Code

1 To define the control field length go to the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


Input File Details

[ZIPIN] Posn Len Fmt ZIP Code location 133 C

[MATCHI] Input file match code location(s) 133 5 C C (DFT)[DUPCTL] P

Specify input file duplicate handling Intra-file C C E C = CountprocessInter-file C C E X E = Countprocess 1st






2 Press ltF11gt



You will see the Summary File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12)

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPID00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPID12

Input File Definition Summary File Control Field (SMFILE)

Specify details for Statistics File

Control field length (of input match code) 10

Control field output position (if len gt 5) 70

F5=Refresh F6=Save F12=Cancel

3 Enter the length of the entire match code

4 Enter the location for the control field on each Statistics File record

5 Press ltF6gt to return to the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)

NOTE To keep counts for postal codes instead of ZIP Codes type 6

621 - 102002 3-8

3 Step 3 Identify Auxiliary Input Files

Step 3 Identify Auxiliary Input Files

After you define your Statistics File control field length the next step is to define the auxiliary input files As an example we will define a Match Code File (You can define up to nine Match Code Files) Display the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)








[FLCODE]File indicator field position 142 3


1 Press ltF7gt



You will see the Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15)


Input File Definition Match Code File Details

Specify match code file details Press enter to calculate length Match File Library Exit-routine Member FIRST [ZIPINM] Posn Len Fmt Match file ZIP code position and format C (default) [MATCHx] P Match file match code field(s)


2 Identify the Match Code File

3 Indicate the ZIP Code position and format

4 If your match code consists of multiple fields define the field positions lengths and formats across Match Code File match code field(s)

NOTE These match code fields must contain the same information as the input record match code fields but the fields can reside in different locations

5 To define Match Code Files 2-9 press ltF9gt

If you must define more than one Match Code File consider the size of your input record Generalized Selection Plus places Match Code File records in work area M at 1000-byte intervals except for the first Match Code File record which has 2000 bytes If your records are larger than 1000 bytes define your Match Code Files so that records are placed in work area M at larger intervals For example if your Match Code File records are 2000 bytes long use Match Code Files 1 3 and 5 This arrangement will not overlap any records even if Generalized Selection Plus places all three records in work area M at the same time

3-10 621 - 102002

3 Step 4 Define Auxiliary Input File Default Record-MDATA (Optional)

Step 4 Define Auxiliary Input File Default Record-MDATA (Optional)

After you identify your Match Code File(s) you can define a Match Code File default record Generalized Selection Plus will place the default record in work area M if no Match Code File record corresponds with an input file record Display the Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15)





1 Press ltF10gt



Generalized Selection Plus displays the Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) screen (GSCPID18)


Input File Definition Match Code File Default Record (MDATA)

[MDATA] Specify values for the field desired

Posn Match Code file default data +10+20+30+40+50

001-050 0 1 623 23 20879 DEFAULT NAME DEFAULT 051-100 STREET CITY ST 834 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450

451-500 More

F5=Refresh F6=Update F12=Cancel

2 Fill in the default record according to your Match Code File layout

3 To display the next Match Code File Detail Record screen (GSCPID18) press ltPAGE DOWNgt or ltPAGE UPgt

To update your default record press ltF6gt twice

Generalized Selection Plus displays the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)

To identify the ZIP Code File ZIP Code File processing options and a ZIP Code File default record press ltF8gt

To identify the Kill File press ltF9gt

3-12 621 - 102002

3 Step 5 Define Seed Records (Optional)

Step 5 Define Seed Records (Optional)

After defining the input files and auxiliary input files you can define up to ten seed records to be placed in your output files in match code sequence Display the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


Input File Definition Input File Details

[ZIPIN] Posn Len Fmt ZIP Code location 71 C [MATCHI] Input file match code location(s) 71 5 C C (DFT)

[DUPCTL] 90 3 C P Specify input file duplicate handling


X = Countprocess none Duplicate indicator 210 1 Value [SEQERR] Out-of-sequence handling C B = Bypass




1 Press ltF10gt



You will see the Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID41)


Input File Definition Seed Name Definition

[SEEDED CODE] [SEEDED MARK] [SEEDED]Type options press Enter

4=Delete 5=Display 12=Work with Opt Seed name rec

F6=Update F10=Add Seed Name Record F12=Cancel

2 To add a seed record press ltF10gt

Note that when you add seed record information this screen allows you to edit display and delete the information

3-14 621 - 102002


You will see the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)


Input File Definition Add a Seed Name Definition

[SEEDED CODE] [SEEDED MARK] [SEEDED] Specify which type of seed name set to be added press Enter

Seed name type SR SC SM SR

SC = Seeded Code replacement SM = Seeded Mark replacement SR = Seeded name record

F12=Cancel

3 Enter SR in the Seed Name Type field



You will see the Edit SEEDED Record screen (GSCPID61)


Input File Definition Edit SEEDED Record

Specify values for the field position desired

Match Code value 20770

Posn Seeded record value +10+20+30+40+50

001-050 DA$$$ SMITH 6404 IVY LANE 051-100 GREENBELT MD 20770 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450 451-500

More


4 Specify a match code value for Generalized Selection Plus to use to place this seed record into an output file in match code sequence

For example if the first five characters of your match code consist of the ZIP Code type a ZIP Code When the same ZIP Code or higher is written in the output file Generalized Selection Plus will place the seed record in the output file in match code sequence

5 Type the seed record you want sent to the output file(s)

The dollar signs ($$$) indicate where you want to replace data according to the output file

6 To define seed record information for bytes 501-999 press ltPAGE DOWNgt

To update your seed record press ltF6gt

3-16 621 - 102002






Seed name type SC SC SM SR


F12=Cancel

7 Type SC in the Seed name type field

We typed three dollar signs ($$$) in the seed record We will define seeded codes to replace the $$$ using SC To replace up to nine dollar signs in a seed record enter SM and define seeded marks



You will see the SEEDED CODE Replacement Data screen (GSCPID72)


Input File Definition SEEDED CODE Replacement Data

Specify values to replace the $ in the seeded records

Replacement data for output file A VID

Replacement data for output file B NNY

Replacement data for output file C NA

Replacement data for output file D

Replacement data for output file E

F5=Refresh F6=Update F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

8 Fill in the seeded codes as shown above

The figure below shows our seed record and how the records will appear in the output files based on the our seeded codes

Defined Seed Record DA$$$ SMITH

Information to be replaced

6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

Output File A DAVID SMITH

Seed Record6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

Output File B DANNY SMITH

Output File C DANA SMITH

Seeded Codes

Seed Record6404 IVY LANE

Seed Record 6404 IVY LANE

GREENBELT

GREENBELT

MD 20770

MD 20770

Figure 3-9 SEEDED Code Example

We have finished defining our input

9 Press ltF6gt until the Define andor Submit a Job screen (GSCPDS01) appears

Refer to the remaining chapters of this guide to define your selection criteria

3-18 621 - 102002

Define Input Files Screen Reference 3

Define Input Files Screen Reference


Identify the input nameaddress file(s) and file details

Identify the input file exit routines if any

Identify the Match Code file(s) and file details

Identify the ZIP Code file and file details

Identify the Kill File and file details

Define any seed name records

You will define these items from the screens listed below The relationship between these screens is displayed on the following page

Input File Identification Detail screen mdashIdentify up to three input nameaddress files (GSCPID05)

Input File Details screen mdash Define how to process duplicate and out-of-sequence input file records identify the input file ZIP Code locations and any match code field locations and indicate the locations of a Duplicate Indicator field and a File Indicator field on the output record (GSCPID10)

Match Code File Details screen mdash Identify the file(s) and define the match code which is the data in the Match Code files that you want compared to the input records (GSCPID15)

More Match Code Files screen mdash Identify up to eight more Match Code files and the locations of each files match code fields (GSCPID30)

Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) screen mdash Define the values for the Match Code file default record (The default record is placed in work area M if the input record does not match any record in the Match Code file (GSCPID18))

ZIP Code File Details screen mdash Identify the file define the location and format of the ZIP code in the ZIP Code file and specify how to process duplicates and whether to match against five digits or three digits (GSCPID20)

ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) screen mdash Define the values for the ZIP Code file default record (The default record is placed in work area Z if the input records ZIP Code does not match any ZIP Code in the ZIP Code file (GSCPID18)

Kill File Details screen mdash Identify the Kill File (GSCPID25)

Seed Name Details screen mdash Define seed name records (GSCPID41)

Add A Seed Name Definition screen mdash Provide the option to type seeded code replacement data seeded mark replacement data or seed name record data (GSCPID50)

SEEDED CODE Replacement Data screen mdash Define the data to replace up to three dollar signs in the seed name record (GSCPID72)

SEEDED MARK Replacement Data screen mdash Define the data to replace up to nine dollar signs in the seed name record (GSCPID71)



Match Code File Details

GSCPID15

Match Code File x Details GSCPID30

ltF10gtltF12gtltF6gt ltF9gt ltF12gtltF6gt

SEEDED Record screen mdash Edit the seed name records entered and the match code values (GSCPID12)

Statistics File Control Field mdash Define the match code break field for the statistics file record (GSCPID12)

Edit SEEDED Record screen mdash Define the values for a new seed name record (GSCPID61)

The figure below shows the relationship between these screens


(Screen 1)

GSCPID05

Input File Details (Screen 2)

GSCPID10

DOWNgt

ltF3gt

Define Input Files

ltROLL ltF11gt UPgt ltF12gt

ltROLL ltF6gt

Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE)

GSCPID12

ltF7gt ltF12gt ltF8gt ltF12gt ltF9gt ltF12gt ltF10gtltF6gt ltF6gt ltF6gt ltF12gtltF6gt

ZIP Code File Seed Name Kill File Details Details Definition

GSCPID20 GSCPID25 GSCPID41

ZIP Code File Default Record

(ZDATA)

GSCPID18

Add a Seed Name Definition

GSCPID50

ltF10gtltF12gtltF6gt ltF10gtltF12gtltF6gt

ltF12gt ltF12gtSC ltF6gt SM ltF6gt SR ltF12gtltF6gt

Match Code File Default Record

(MDATA)

GSCPID18

SEEDED CODE Replacement Data

GSCPID72

SEEDED MARK Replacement Data

GSCPID71

Edit SEEDED Record

GSCPID61

Figure 3-10 Define Input Screens

3-20 621 - 102002

3 Input File and Auxiliary Input Files

Input File and Auxiliary Input Files

Generalized Selection Plus can process up to three nameaddress input files and up to nine Match Code files one ZIP Code file and one Kill File The program has internal names for each of these files These internal names will be printed on the Execution Log and on the FILEDF parameter regardless of the actual file library and member names of these files For more information about the FILEDF parameter card please refer to Appendix A ldquoGSP10 Parameter Recordsrdquo

Input Files

The following input file names appear on the FILEDF parameter and the Execution Log

Table 3-1 Output Program File Names

File Name Program Name Description

Nameaddress Files ABC GSPINA GSPINB GSPINC

Nameaddress input files

Match Code Files 1-9 GSPMAT1 GSPMAT2 GSPMAT3 GSPMAT4 GSPMAT5 GSPMAT6 GSPMAT7 GSPMAT8 GSPMAT9

A Match Code file contains any data to be compared to the nameaddress file records Use the Jobs and Instructions component discussed in the next chapter to specify what to do with any matched input record

ZIP Code File GSPZIP The ZIP Code file contains ZIP Codes to be compared to the nameaddress file(s) Use the Jobs and Instructions component discussed in the next chapter to specify what to do with any matched input record

Kill File GSPKIL The Kill File contains match codes to be compared to the name address files If there is a match in a nameaddress file that matched record is not processed You can use this file to store any customer records who were taken off your mailing list



Sort Input Files

You can sort your input files to new files using the Sort Option screen (GSCPSB10) in the Submit Batch Job component If you sort them to new files below is a list of the file names that the input and auxiliary input files are sorted into before they are returned to the original input file name

File Name Sort File Name

Input File A SRTIALC

Input File B SRTIBLC

Input File C SRTICLC

Match Code File 1 SRTIMLC

Match Code File 2 SRTM2LC








ZIP Code File SRTIZLC

Kill File SRTIKLC

3-22 621 - 102002

3 Exit Routines

Exit Routines

The Define Input Files component gives you the option to specify an input exit routine that Generalized Selection Plus should call each time it is ready to read a record from your input nameaddress file If you are using an input exit routine instead of reading the record Generalized Selection Plus will call your exit routine and wait for the exit routine to pass a record back

For example you might have an input exit routine named CODEIT that adds a special code to a record If you want to add that code to each record before the record is passed to Generalized Selection Plus you would specify CODEIT as the name of the exit routine Then every time Generalized Selection Plus is ready to accept a record control is passed to CODEIT CODEIT reads the record adds the code to the record and then passes the record to Generalized Selection Plus where the record may be processed

When you indicate that Generalized Selection Plus should call an exit routine it will call that exit routine with the four parameters in the parameter list at each IO request EXITP1 EXITP2 EXITP3 and EXITP4 Each of these parameters is described below

Parameter EXITP1

This parameter is a total of nine bytes and has two components as follows

Table 3-2 EXITP1 Parameter for EXITOP

Position Field Name Description

1-8 EXITFN The internal file name (GSPINA GSPINB GSPINC)

9 EXITFC Function indicator that contains one of the following codes to tell your program the type of processing to perform

O Open the input or output file

R Read a record from the input file

W Write a record to the output file

C Close the input or output file



Parameter EXITP2

This parameter is a total of ten bytes and has two components as follows



1-3 EXITRL If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoOrdquo or ldquoRrdquo this field which is a packed three-byte field must be filled by the exit routine

When byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoRrdquo the input exit routine signals the end of the file by setting this byte to ldquoOrdquo

O Maximum record length

R Current record length for each read set to zero (0) at end-of-file

W NA

C NA

4-10 EXITRSV Reserved

Parameter EXITP3

This parameter has one component as follows



1-xx (Depends on the length specified by EXITP2) Maximum 9999

EXITWK If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoWrdquo this field contains the input record to be passed from Generalized Selection Plus to your program

If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoRrdquo this field contains the input record to be passed from your program to Generalized Selection Plus

Parameter EXITP4




1-80 EXIITFD The image of your FILEDF parameter

3-24 621 - 102002

3 Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05)

Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05)

The Input File Identification Details screen shown below allows you to identify the name library and member of up to three input nameaddress files or any exit routines From this screen you can also indicate whether to clear the nameaddress work area (work area N) each time a record is processed and indicate whether to write a record immediately after each job or after all jobs are complete To access this screen choose the Define Input Files component from the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) or choose to submit a job from the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)


Input File Definition Input File Identification Details

Specify input files andor exit routine details Press enter to calculate lengths IA File CMMSTP Library MECLIB Exit-routine Member FIRST

IB File Library Exit-routine Member FIRST



When an input record is read into work area N it is read in by match code sequence For example if three input files are used the record with the lowest match code out of all three files is placed in work area N It is important that your input files are in match code sequence To sort your input files by match code refer to the Submit a Batch Jobrdquo and fill out the Sort Option screen

NOTE You do not have to sort your input files if you choose to ignore the sequence of your input files by selecting the Out-of-sequence handling field option I on the Input Files Details screen To access this screen page down from the first Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05)



Work Area N

When an input record is read into work area N an ldquoArdquo ldquoBrdquo or ldquoCrdquo is placed in position ldquo0 of work area N to indicate the input file from which the input record originated The input record is placed in work area N starting in position ldquo1rdquo You can reference this indicator in your job

Clearing the Entire N Work Area

One of the options on the Input File Identification Details screen is to clear the entire N work area after each record is processed When you clear the entire N work area the previous input record and any information added to the input record is cleared If you dont clear the entire N work area only the length of the input record is cleared If you added a field beyond the input records defined length such as a global value the added information is not cleared

Fields

There are fourteen fields on the Input File Identification Details screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-6 Fields on the Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05) (Part 1 of 3)

Field Name Format Description Comments

IA File

IA File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the first input file that contains your nameaddress records

Required if you dont use an exit routine

Library 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or _) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds your IA nameaddress file


Member 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or _) First character must not be 0-9

The member of the file that holds your IA names and addresses


Exit Routine 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or _) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the IA file exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection

Required if you donrsquot define IA File

3-26 621 - 102002




IB File

IB File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the second input file that contains your nameaddress records

Optional

Library (for IB File) 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds your IB nameaddress file

Required if you define IB file

Member (for IB File) 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The member of the file that holds your IB names and addresses

Required if you define IB File

Exit Routine (for IB File)

1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the IB file exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection Plus

Optional

IC File

IC File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the third input file that contains your nameaddress records

Optional

Library 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds the IC nameaddress file

Required if you define IC File

Member 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The member of the file that holds your IC names and addresses

Required if you define IC file

Exit Routine (for IC File)


The name of the IC file exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection Plus

Optional

[JOBCTL]

Clear Entire N Work Area

1 character A 1-byte code indicating whether to clear the entire nameaddress work area (work area N) after each record is processed Type one of the following

Y Yes clear the entire name address work area

N No do not clear the name address work area (clears only record area)

If the N work area is not cleared any information beyond the defined length of the input record is not cleared If you clear the N work area the input record is cleared as well as any information you added beyond the defined length of the input record

Optional Default is N





Write Record Immediately

1 character A 1-byte code indicating whether to write a record immediately to an output file after it meets the criteria of the present job or write the record after all jobs complete Type one of the following

Y Yes write the record immediately after each job completes

N No write the record after all of the jobs complete


Function Keys

There are seven valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 3-7 Function Keys on Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05)

Function Key Name Description

F3 Exit Return to the Work With Jobs screen (GSCPDS01) without updating the screens information

F6 Update Save the data and return to the previous screen

F7 Match Code File Details Go to the Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15)

F8 ZIP Code File Details Go to the ZIP Code File Details screen (GSCPID20)

F9 Kill File Details Go to the Kill File Details screen (GSCPID25)

F10 Seed Name Definitions Go to the Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID41)

F11 Statistics File Go to the Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12)

F24 Field Search Allows you to display the locations and lengths of the fields in an external file Type file name and library of external file

NOTE The Input Files Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the Input File Identification Details screen press ltPAGE DOWNgt

3-28 621 - 102002

3 Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10)

Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10)

The Input File Details screen shown below allows you to define the following input file information

Location of the input record ZIP Code

Locations of the input record fields that you want compared to the auxiliary input files (match codes)

Handling of duplicates within the same input file

Handling of duplicates between two input files

Location for a field on your output record indicating that it is the first duplicate within a duplicate group

Handling of out-of-sequence input records

Location for a code on your output record indicating the input file from which the record originated

To access this screen page down from the first Input File Definition screen (GSCPID05)



[ZIPIN] Posn Len Fmt ZIP Code location [MATCHI] Input file match code location(s) C (DFT)

[DUPCTL] P Specify input file duplicate handling Intra-file C E C = Countprocess Inter-file C E X E = Countprocess 1st

X = Countprocess none Duplicate indicator 1 Value [SEQERR] Out-of-sequence handling B = Bypass

C = ProcesscheckE = Terminate I = Processignore

[FLCODE] File indicator field position 3




Fields

There are thirty-eight fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

NOTE The combination of Match Code file match code fields 1 through 10 can be no more than 99 bytes

Table 3-8 Fields on the Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10) (Part 1 of 3)


Specify Input File ZIP Code [ZIP IN]

Psn 4 digits The location of the ZIP Code in the input record

Required No default

Fmt 1 character A code indicating the format of the ZIP Code in the input record Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format

Optional Default is C

Specify Input File Match Code Location(s) - Ten Possible Fields [MATCHI]

Psn 4 digits The location of a match code field on the input record to be compared with any auxiliary input file match code You can define up to ten match code fields and the combination of all of them can be no more than 99 bytes

At least 1 required No default

Len 3 digits The length of a match code field that you want to define on the input record

Required No default

Fmt 1 character A code indicating the format of a match code field on the input record Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format


Specify Input File Duplicates [DUPCTL]

Intra-File Dupes 1 character A code indicating whether to process any duplicates found within the same input file Type one of the following

C Count and process all duplicates

E Count and process only the first duplicate of a group

Required No default

3-30 621 - 102002




Inter-File Dupes 1 character A code indicating whether to process any duplicates found between two input files Type one of the following

C Count and process all duplicate records

E Count and process only the first record from each set of duplicates

X Count but do not process any duplicate records

Required No default

Beg Posn 4 digits The location for the Duplicate Indicator field on the Duplicates File output record

If you type a location in this field a code is placed in the first of a group of duplicate records in the Duplicate File

Optional No default

Len 1 digit Length is always one (ldquo1rdquo) Automatic

Value 1 character The value that is placed in the Duplicate Indicator field on the Duplicates File output record each time the first record of a set of duplicates is processed

Required if you type a location for the Duplicate Indicator field

Out of Sequence Handling [SEQERR]

Out-of-Sequence Handling

1 character A code indicating how to process any input records that are out of sequence Type one of the following

B Bypass or drop the record

C Process the record out of sequence and continue sequence checking

E Terminate the job as if an end-of-file was reached for all input files

I Process the record out of sequence and ignore further sequence errors

Optional No default





File Indicator Field [FLCODE]

Beg Posn 4 digits The location for the File Indicator field on the output record

If you type a location in this field a code is placed in each output records File Indicator field which indicates the file or files from which the matching records came Below is a list of the codes indicating where the records originated

NOTE ldquo^rdquo refers to a blank

For duplicated records AB^ Input files A amp B A^C Input files A amp C ^BC Input files B amp C ABC Input files A B amp C

For unduplicated records A^^ Input file A ^B^ Input file B ^^C Input file C

Optional No default

Len 1 digit Length is automatically typed as three Automatic

Function Keys

There are eight function keys on the Input File Details screen The table below describes the function of each key

Table 3-9 Function Keys on first Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10)






F9 Kill File Details Go to the Kill File Identification screen (GSCPID25)

F10 Seed Names Go to the Seed Name Definitions screen (GSCPID41)



3-32 621 - 102002

3 Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15)

Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15)

The Match Code File Details screen shown below allows you to identify one Match Code file the Match Code File ZIP Code location and format and the location length and format of the match code fields You can then press ltF9gt to define eight more Match Code files To access this screen press ltF7gt from either the Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) or the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)





NOTE When an input record match code corresponds with a Match Code File the Match Code File record is read into specific positions within work area M It is important that the Match Code file is in match code sequence for matching purposes To sort your Match Code File(s) by match code refer to the Submit a Batch Job component and fill out the Sort Option screen



Work Area M

When an input record match code corresponds with the Match Code File the Match Code File record is placed in work area M in a specific position You can define up to nine Match Code Files so Generalized Selection Plus can place up to nine matching records in work area M Generalized Selection Plus places these records at 1000-byte intervals

NOTE A ldquo1rdquo is placed in the matching indicator position to indicate that a match has occurred for the Match Code File record A ldquo0rdquo is placed in the matching indicator position if no match has occurred You can reference this indicator in your job or from any position in the record

Table 3-10 Where Match Code File Records are Placed in Work Area M

Match Code File 1 record placed here

M000 mdash Matching indicator M001-M1999 mdash First matching record

















IMPORTANT If your records are larger than 1000 bytes then define your Match Code Files so that records are placed in work area M at larger intervals For example if you have three Match Code Files with record lengths of 2000 bytes define your files as Match Code File 1 Match Code File 3 and Match Code File 5 This arrangement allows for three 2000-byte records with no overlap

3-34 621 - 102002


Fields

There are thirty-seven fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field


Table 3-11 Fields on the Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) (Part 1 of 2)


Match Code File

Match Code File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the file that contains your match code information

Optional No default


The name of the library that holds your Match Code File

Required if you use a Match Code File


The member of the file that holds your Match Code File records


Exit Routine 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the Match Code File exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection Plus

Optional

Match Code File ZIP Code [ZIPINM]

Psn 4 digits The location of the ZIP Code in the Match Code File If you dont have a ZIP Code in your Match File type 9999

Required if you identify a Match Code File

Fmt 1 character A code indicating the format of the ZIP Code in the Match Code File Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format


Match Code File Match Code Fields - Ten possible [MATCHx]

Psn 4 digits The location of the match code field in the Match Code File to compare to each input record match code You can define up to ten match code fields but the combination of the fields cannot exceed 99 bytes

At least 1 required if Match Code File defined No default

Len 2 digits The length of a match code field in the Match Code File

Optional No default





Fmt 1 character A code indicating the format of a match code field in the Match Code File Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format


Function Keys

There are four valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you each key and a description of its function

Table 3-12 Function Keys on the Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15)



F9 More Files Go to the Match Code File x Details screen (GSCPID30)

F10 MDATA Record Go to the Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) screen (GSCPID18)

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Input File Identification screen (GSCPID05) or the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


NOTE The Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15) numbered two through nine have ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the previous Match Code File x Details screen press ltPAGE DOWNgt

3-36 621 - 102002

3 MATCHx Files 2-9 (GSCPID30)

MATCHx Files 2-9 (GSCPID30)

There are eight of these screens numbered from 2 through 9 Each screen allows you to identify one Match Code file and the location length and format of the match code fields Note that you have to define the same type of match code field for each Match Code file but the fields do not have to be in the same position To access this screen press ltF9gt from either the Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15) Page down to define more Match Code files

NOTE When an input record match code corresponds with a Match Code File the Match Code File record is read into specific positions within work area M It is important that you sort the Match Code file into match code sequence for matching purposes To sort your Match Code file(s) by match code refer to the Submit a Batch Job component and fill out the Sort Option screen



Specify match code file details Press enter to calculate length Match File 2 Library Exit-routine Member FIRST

[MATCHx] Posn Len Fmt Match file match code field(s) C (default)

P

More

F6=Update F12=Cancel F24=Field Search



Work Area M

When an input record match code corresponds with the Match Code file the Match Code file record is placed in work area M in a specific position You can define up to nine Match Code Files so Generalized Selection Plus can place up to nine matching records in work area M Generalized Selection Plus places these records at 1000-byte intervals

NOTE A ldquo1 is placed in the matching indicator position to indicate a match A rdquo0rdquo is placed in the matching indicator position if no match has occurred You can reference this indicator in your job or any position in the record







M2000 mdash Matching indicator M2001-Ms999 mdash First matching record













IMPORTANT If your records are larger than 1000 bytes define your Match Code Files so that records are placed in work area M at larger intervals For example if you have three Match Code files with record lengths of 2000 bytes define your files as Match Code File 1 Match Code File 3 and Match Code File 5 With this arrangement you can allow for three 2000-byte records with no overlap

3-38 621 - 102002


Fields


Table 3-14 Fields on the Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID30)


Match Code File



Optional No default









Optional

Match Code File Match Code Fields - Ten possible


At least one required if Match Code File defined No default


Optional No default


C Character format

P Packed format




Function Keys

There are three valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you each key and a description of its function




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Match Code File Details screen (GSCPID15)


NOTE The Match Code File x Details screens (GSCPID30) numbered two through nine have ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the previous Match Code File x Details screen press ltPAGE DOWNgt

3-40 621 - 102002

3 Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)

Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)

The Match Code File Default Record screen shown below allows you to type values for a Match Code File default record If an input file record does not match a match code in the Match Code File the Match Code File default record will be placed in work area M To access this screen press ltF10gt from the Match Code File Identification Details screen (GSCPID15)





001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450 451-500


If you need to type more information for your default data scroll down to the next screen shown below



[MDATA]Specify values for the field desired


501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999

Bottom F5=Refresh F6=Update F12=Cancel



Fields

There are twenty fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-16 Fields on the Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18) (Part 1 of 2)


001-050 50 characters Information for bytes 1-50 of the Match Code File default record

Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

3-42 621 - 102002

Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18) 3




Optional


Optional

Function Keys


Table 3-17 Function Keys on the Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)


F5 Refresh Restore the data to its original state



NOTE The first Match Code File Default Record (MDATA) screen (GSCPID18) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen of default fields press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the first screen of default fields press ltPAGE DOWNgt



ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20)

The ZIP Code File Details screen shown below allows you to define the following ZIP Code File information

ZIP Code file name library and member or an exit routine

Location and format of the ZIP Code file ZIP Code

Five-digit ZIP Code or three-digit Sectional Center Facility (SCF) code matching

ZIP Code file duplicate handling

To access this screen press ltF8gt from either the Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) or the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)

NOTE When an input record ZIP Code matches against the ZIP Code file the ZIP Code file record is read into work area Z It is important that the ZIP Code file is in ZIP Code sequence for matching purposes To sort your ZIP Code file by ZIP Code refer to the Submit a Batch Job component and fill out the Sort Option screen


Input File DefinitionZIP Code File Details

Specify ZIP Code file details Press enter to calcutale length

ZIP Code File Library Exit-routine

Member FIRST [ZIPINZ]

Posn Fmt ZIP Code C P

[FILEZD] File IZ SCF Match S Blank

S = SCF (3-digit) match BLANK = 5-digit match (default)

File IZ Dupes X Blank X = Treat as sequence error

BLANK = Use first of set (default) Bottom

F6=Update F12=Cancel F10=ZDATA Record F24=Field Search

3-44 621 - 102002

3 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20)

Work Area Z

Fields

When an input record ZIP Code matches against the ZIP Code file a ldquo1rdquo is placed in position ldquo0rdquo of work area Z and the matching ZIP Code file record is placed starting in position ldquo1rdquo of work area Z If no match occurs a ldquo0rdquo is placed in position ldquo0rdquo You can reference this indicator in your job or any position in the record

There are six fields on this screen The following table shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-18 Fields on the ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) (Part 1 of 2)


ZIP Code File

ZIP Code File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the file that contains your ZIP Code information

Optional No default


The name of the library that holds your ZIP Code File

Required if you define a ZIP Code File


The member of the file that holds your ZIP Code File records



The name of the ZIP Code File exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection Plus

Optional No default

ZIP Code [ZIPINZ]

Psn 4 digits The location of the ZIP Code in the ZIP Code File to compare to the input record ZIP Code


Fmt 1 character A code indicating the format of a ZIP Code in the ZIP Code File Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format






Duplicate and Matching Options [FILEZD]

File IZ SCF Match 1 character A code indicating the type of ZIP Code match between the input file and the ZIP Code File Type one of the following

blank five-digit ZIP Code match

S three-digit Sectional Center Facility (SCF) code match

Optional Default is blank

File IZ Dupes 1 character A code indicating how to handle any duplicate ZIP Codes found within the ZIP Code File Type one of the following

blank Use the first of a set

X Treat as a sequence error


Function Keys


Table 3-19 Function Keys on the ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20)



F10 Default Record Definition

Go to the ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) (GSCPID18)


F24 Field Search Allows you to display the locations and lengths of the fields in an external file Type file name and library

3-46 621 - 102002

3 ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)

ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)

The ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) screen shown below allows you to type values for a ZIP Code File default record If an input file record does not have a corresponding ZIP Code in the ZIP Code File the ZIP Code File default record will be placed in work area Z To access this screen press ltF10gt from the ZIP Code File Identification Details screen (GSCPID20)


Input File Definition ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA)

[ZDATA] Specify values for the field desired

Posn ZIP Code file default data +10+20+30+40+50

001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450

451-500

More






Input File DefinitionZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA)



501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950

951-999

Bottom


3-48 621 - 102002


Fields


Table 3-20 Fields on the ZIP Code File Default Record Screen (GSCPID18) (Part 1 of 2)


001-050 50 characters Information for bytes 1-50 of the ZIP Code File default record

Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional

Function Keys


Table 3-21 Function Keys on the ZIP Code File Default Record Screen (GSCPID18)


F5 Refresh Restore the data to the state it was in when you accessed the screen


F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the ZIP Code File Details screen (GSCPID20)

NOTE The first ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) screen (GSCPID18) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen of default fields press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the first screen of default fields press ltPAGE DOWNgt

3-50 621 - 102002

3 Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25)

Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25)

The Kill File Identification screen shown below allows you to identify the Kill File name library and member and an exit routine associated with the Kill File if any With the Kill File you do not have to define a match code because each Kill File record is considered a match code Whenever an input record match code matches a Kill File record that input record is automatically ignored To access this screen press ltF9gt from either the Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) or the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


Input File Definition Kill File Identification

Specify Kill File andor exit routine details

Kill File -or- Exit-routine Library

Member FIRST




Fields

There are four fields on the this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-22 Fields on the Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25)


Kill File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or ) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the file that contains your Kill File information

Optional No default

Exit Routine 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or ) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the Kill File exit routine that should be used to pass records to Generalized Selection Plus

Optional if you dont define a Kill File

Library 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or ) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds your Kill File

Required if you define a Kill File

Member 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or ) First character must not be 0-9

The member of the file that holds your Kill File records


Function Keys


Table 3-23 Function Keys on the Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25)



F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Input File Identification screen (GSCPID05) or the Input Files Details screen (GSCPID10)


3-52 621 - 102002

3 Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41)

Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41)

The Seed Name Definition screen shown below allows you to view the seed name records that you defined in Generalized Selection Plus The screen displays the type of data defined (seed name record seeded code or seeded mark) For a seed name record the first 50 bytes of the record are shown For seeded code or seeded mark replacement data ldquoSeeded Code Replacementrdquo or ldquoSeeded Mark Replacementrdquo is displayed To access this screen press ltF10gt from either the Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05) or the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


Input File DefinitionSeed Name Definition

[SEEDED CODE] [SEEDED MARK] [SEEDED]Type options press Enter 4=Delete 5=Display 12=Work with

Opt Seed name rec Beginning of seed nameSeeded name record DA$$$ SMITH 6404 IVY LANE

Seeded Code replacement

NOTE You can define up to ten seed name records in Generalized Selection Plus



Fields

There are three fields on this screen Note that you can type data in only one of them The other two display data only The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-24 Fields on the Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41)


Opt 1 character A code indicating whether to display edit or delete an existing seed name record Type one of the following

4 Display the appropriate seed name screen and delete the seed name information

5 Display the appropriate seed name screen

12 Display the appropriate seed name screen and change the seed name information

Optional

Seed name rec Up to 23 characters The name of the type of seeded record defined on that line Displays one of the following

Seed name record

Seeded Code Replacement

Seeded Mark Replacement

Display only

Beginning of Seed Name Up to 50 alphanumeric characters

The first 50 bytes of data that you defined as your seed name record

Display only

3-54 621 - 102002

Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41) 3

Function Keys


Table 3-25 Function Keys on the Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41)



F10 Add Seed Name Record

Go to the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)




Add a Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID50)

The Add A Seed Name Definition screen shown below allows you to add a seed name record seeded code replacement data or seeded mark replacement data To access this screen press ltF10gt from the Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID41)




Seed name type SC SM SR


F12=Cancel

3-56 621 - 102002

Add a Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID50) 3

Fields

There is one field on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-26 Fields on the Add a Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID50)


Seed name type 2 characters A code indicating the type of seed name record information that you want to type Type one of the following

SC Seeded code replacement data that replaces up to three wild card characters ($$$) in the seed name record

SM Seeded mark replacement data that replaces up to nine wild card characters ($$$$$$$$$) in the seed name record

SR Define a seed name record

Optional No default

Function Keys

There is one valid function key on this screen The table below shows you the key and a description of its function

Table 3-27 Function Keys on the Add a Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID50)


F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID41)



SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72)

The SEEDED CODE Replacement Data screen shown below allows you to replace up to three dollar signs in the seed name record with different data for each output file To access this screen type SC in the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)



Specify values to replace the $ in the seed name records




Replacement data for output file D ___

Replacement data for output file E ___


3-58 621 - 102002

3 SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72)

Fields

There are five fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-28 Fields on the SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72)


Replacement data for output file A

3 characters or digits The data to replace the three $$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file A

Optional No default

Replacement data for output file B

3 characters or digits The data to replace the three $$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file B

Optional No default

Replacement data for output file C

3 characters or digits The data to replace the three $$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file C

Optional No default


3 characters or digits The data to replace the three $$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file D

Optional No default


3 characters or digits The data to replace the three $$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file E

Optional N default

Function Keys

There are four valid function keys on the screen The table below shows you the key and a description of its function

Table 3-29 Function Keys on the SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72)








SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71)

The SEEDED MARK Replacement Data screen shown below allows you to replace up to nine dollar signs with different data for each output file To access this screen type SM in the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)


Input File Definition SEEDED MARK Replacement Data



Replacement data for output file B ANNA





3-60 621 - 102002

3 SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71)

Fields


Table 3-30 Fields on the SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71)



9 characters or digits

The data to replace the nine $$$$$$$$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file A

Optional No default



The data to replace the nine $$$$$$$$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file B

Optional No default



The data to replace the nine $$$$$$$$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file C

Optional No default



The data to replace the nine $$$$$$$$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file D

Optional No default



The data to replace the nine $$$$$$$$$ for the seed name record to be placed in output file E

Optional No default

Function Keys

There are four valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you the key and a description of its function

Table 3-31 Function Keys on the SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71)








Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61)

The Edit SEEDED Record screen shown below allows you to edit the seed name records that you typed and define the match code value The match code value will be used to place the seed name records into the output file in match code order To access this screen type SR in the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)





Posn Seeded record value +10+20+30+40+50 001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450 451-500

More


If you need to type more information for your default data scroll down to the next screen






501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999

Bottom


3-62 621 - 102002

3 Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61)

Fields

There are twenty-one fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

NOTE You can define up to ten different seed name records

Table 3-32 Fields on the Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61) (Part 1 of 2)


Match Code Value 25 alphanumeric characters

Information that you are defining to be matched against up to the first 25 characters of the input record match code This option is used to place the seed records in correct sequence within the output file


Required

1-50 50 characters Information for bytes 1-50 in the seed name record

Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

751-800 50 characters Information for bytes 751-800 in the seeded name record

Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

Function Keys


Table 3-33 Function Keys on the Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61)




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50)

NOTE The first Edit SEEDED Record screen (GSCPID61) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen press ltPAGE UPgt To return to the first screen of default fields press ltPAGE DOWNgt If your keyboard does not have ltPAGE UPgt or ltPAGE DOWNgt keys ask your system administrator which keys you should use

3-64 621 - 102002

3 Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12)

Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12)

The Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen shown below allows you to define the following input file information

Length of the input file match code starting at the first position of the match code that you want defined as the break field for the Statistics File counter

Location for the contents of the match code break field on the Statistics file record if the break field length is less than five

If you type Statistics File counters in your job list using the Counts and Limits screen you will generate record counts per job andor instruction If you use this option you may want to type a control field length on this screen The control field length controls how much of your match code will be used as a break field and the length indicates where to place your enter break field on the Statistics File counter record Each time the control field length in the input record changes a new record will be generated in the Statistics File with new counts for the specified job andor instruction Note that the default break field length for the Statistics File is 5 For the layout of the Statistics File refer to Appendix D ldquoStatistics File Layoutrdquo

To access this screen press ltF11gt from the first Input File Definition screen (GSCPID05) or GSCPID10

112326 Generalized Selection System GSCPID00 01172001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPID12 Job DEMO Input File Definition

Summary File Control Field (SMFILE)

[SMFILE] Specify details for summary file

Control field length (of input match code) 1-99

Control field output position (if len gt 5) 6-994




Fields

There are two fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 3-34 Fields on the Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12)


Control field length (of input match code)

2 numeric digits The length of the input file match code starting at the first position that will be used as a break field in the Statistics File If you use this option you must sort your input files

Each time there is a change in this input record match code length a record will be generated for the Statistics File If the match code length doesnt change a counter is increased by one within the Statistics File record

NOTE If you want to count records by postal code type a control field length of six in this field

Optional Default is five (ZIP Code)

Control field output position (if len gt 5)

3 numeric digits The location on the S work area where the entire break field is placed If the length is less than five you can leave this field blank

Optional if length less than five No default

Function Keys


Table 3-35 Function Keys on the Statistics File Control Field Screen (SMFILE) (GSCPID12)


F5 Refresh Restore the data to its original


F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)

3-66 621 - 102002

Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12) 3



3-68 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 4

Processing Your Input Files

This chapter explains how Generalized Selection Plus processes your input files and auxiliary input files We also explain where Generalized Selection Plus stores data during processing






4 Processing Your Input Files

Input Files

For one job Generalized Selection Plus allows you to define up to three input files up to nine Match Code Files one ZIP Code File and one Kill File This chapter explains how Generalized Selection Plus processes the input files in conjunction with auxiliary input files and where Generalized Selection Plus stores input data during processing

Although the steps we describe occur automatically it is very important that you know how and where input data is stored so that you have access to the data when you define your job and instruction parameters Your job and instruction parameters define how you process the input data

Work Areas For Data

When input records are processed Generalized Selection Plus moves the data to work areas When data is in work areas you have access to it and you can manipulate the data to generate output files The most important Generalized Selection Plus work areas are described below

Work area N mdash Work area N holds each input record Work area N also holds any data you want sent to an output file

Work area M mdash Any time an input record matches one or more Match Code Files each matching Match Code File record is placed in specific positions within work area M

Work area Z mdash Any time an input record matches the ZIP Code File the matching ZIP Code File record is placed in work area Z

Work areas W X and Y mdash These work areas are reserved for any function such as holding data converting data testing data and performing mathematical functions

621 - 102002 4-2

4 Input File Processing

Input File Processing

To describe input file processing we present an example job For our example we will use three input files a Kill File and a ZIP Code File We show the contents of these files and then describe the processing steps taken by Generalized Selection Plus These steps include the following

1 Select the Input Record

2 Match with the Kill File

3 Match with the ZIP Code File

4 Execute your job and instruction parameters

Input Files

For our job we are processing three input files containing nameaddress records Our input record match code is the ZIP Code You can use the match code for auxiliary file comparison to sort your input files or to detect duplicate input records according to the match code

For our job the input record match codes will be matched against our auxiliary input files Below is a representation of the contents of our three input files Note that we are only displaying the ZIP Code of each input record the remaining input record information is presented using ldquo rdquo

Input File A Input File B Input File C

20814 20674 20674

20852 20714 20675

20879 20720 20676

Figure 4-1 Input File Contents




The two auxiliary input files for our job include the Kill File and the ZIP Code File Below is a representation of the records in each auxiliary input file Note that we are only displaying the ZIP Code of each record the remaining record information is presented using ldquo rdquo

Figure 4-2 Auxiliary Input File Contents

Kill File ZIP Code File

20714 20673

20720 20674

20879

4-4 621 - 102002

Input File Processing 4

Select an Input Record

The first step that Generalized Selection Plus takes during processing is to place the input record with the lowest match code of all three input files in work area N Because the input file match code is the ZIP Code the input record with the lowest ZIP Code is placed in work area N The lowest ZIP Code in our job out of all three input files is ldquo20674rdquo The ZIP Code however appears in two input files Refer to Figure 4-3

Input File C

20674

20675

20676

Input File B

20674

20714

20720

This record is placed in work area N

Input File A

20814

20852

20879

Figure 4-3 Input Record for Work Area N

Because the first occurrence of 20674 is in input file B (B is at the beginning of the alphabet and is read first) the matching record from input file B is placed in work area N

Generalized Selection Plus places the input record from input file B in work area N starting in position 1 The file indicator for that input record ldquoBrdquo is placed in work area N at position 0 Refer to Figure 4-4



Input Record in Work Area N

0+1+2+3+

B 20674

Figure 4-4 Input Record Placed in Work A

621 - 102002 4-6


Match with the Kill File

For the next step Generalized Selection Plus compares the input record match code from work area N to the auxiliary input file match code Generalized Selection Plus reads the Kill File first Our Kill File contains three ZIP Codes Refer to Figure 4-5

Kill File

20714

20720

20879


20674

No match

Figure 4-5 Input Record Doesnrsquot match Kill File

None of the Kill File ZIP Codes match the input record stored in work area N so the input record is not automatically ignored If the input record had a ZIP Code of 20879 20720 or 20714 the input record would have been ignored and the next lowest input record would have been stored in work area N



Match with the ZIP Code File

After reading the Kill File Generalized Selection Plus reads our ZIP Code File which contains two ZIP Codes Generalized Selection Plus will read the ZIP Code File until the ZIP Code is greater than or equal to the input record ZIP Code Refer to Figure 4-6

ZIP Code File

20673

20674


20674

A match

Figure 4-6 Input Record Matches ZIP Code

Since the input record matches the ZIP Code File the matching ZIP Code File record is placed in work area Z starting in position 1 then a 1 is placed in position 0 of work area Z (to indicate that a match has occurred) Refer to Figure 4-7

621 - 102002 4-8


ZIP Code File Record in Work Area Z

0+1+2+3+

120674

Figure 4-7 ZIP Code File Record Placed in Work Area Z

If this record had not matched the ZIP Code File Generalized Selection Plus would have placed a 0 in position 0 of work area Z instead of a 1 You can also define a default ZIP Code File record to fill work area Z if an input record doesnt match the ZIP Code File To define a default record fill out the ZIP Code File Default Record (ZDATA) Screen (GSCPID18)



Sorting Your Input and Auxiliary Input Files

If you are matching input files against auxiliary input files or identifying duplicates in files you must sort your input files Match Code File(s) and the Kill File by match code and sort your ZIP Code File by ZIP Code

Sorting is essential because Generalized Selection Plus checks against an auxiliary input file sequentially If the auxiliary input match code is greater in value than the input match code Generalized Selection Plus stops matching against that file As a result Generalized Selection Plus may miss a match lower in the file Refer to Figure 4-8

ZIP Code File

First record 20879

Second record 20674


20674

No match and larger

Figure 4-8 Why You Should Sort Files

For our example the ZIP Code File is not sorted so when Generalized Selection Plus reads the first ZIP Code in the ZIP Code File as higher than the input record ZIP Code Generalized Selection Plus assumes the ZIP Code File ZIP Codes can only become greater in value Thus the ZIP Code will never match with the lower input record ZIP Code To sort your input files fill in the Sort Option Screen within the Submit Job component

4-10 621 - 102002


If You Use Match Code Files

If you use Match Code Files (nine available) in your job Generalized Selection Plus processes them differently than your ZIP Code File Note the following processing differences

Generalized Selection Plus can compare up to ten fields of data up to 99 bytes long (match code) for Match Code File processing but can compare ZIP Codes only for ZIP Code File processing

Generalized Selection Plus places matching Match Code File records in work area M but places ZIP Code File records in work area Z

Generalized Selection Plus can place up to nine matching records into work area M but can place only one matching record in work area Z

For example if records from both Match Code File 1 and Match Code File 2 match against the input record both matching records are placed in work area M Generalized Selection Plus places Match Code File 1s record in bytes M001-M1999 and places Match Code File 2s record in bytes M2001-M2999 Refer to the next page for a graphic representation of this process Generalized Selection Plus places additional matching Match Code File records in work area M at 1000 byte intervals

NOTE Positions M000 M2000 M3000 M4000 M5000 M6000 M7000 M8000 and M9000 contain a ldquo1 to indicate a match or a ldquo0 to indicate no match for each Match Code File This is similar to position Z000 in ZIP Code File processing



Below is work area M after Generalized Selection Plus places the matching records from Match Code Files 1 and 2 in work area M

Work Area M Match Code File 1 Record Placed in Positions 1-80

0+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8

103985 Bill Robinson 18638 Blue Bird Lane Gaithersburg MD 20879

Match Code File 2 Record Placed in Positions 2001-2080

0+10+20+30+40+50+60+70+80

103985 Bill Robinson 301-939-9393

Figure 4-9 Match Code File Records in Work Area M

To define a default Match Code File record fill out the Match Code File Default Record Screen within the Define Input File component

Execute Your Job and Instruction Parameters

At this point the input record is in work area N and the matched ZIP Code File record is in work area Z Now Generalized Selection Plus will execute your sets of job and instruction parameters Refer to the next chapter for detailed instructions on defining job and instruction parameters to meet your processing needs

4-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 5

What Are Jobs and Instructions

This chapter defines a job parameter and an instruction parameter and indicates what they look like and how they work Additionally this chapter provides a complete reference for the Define Jobs and Instructions component of Generalized Selection Plus Each screen is presented along with its fields options and function keys














5 What Are Jobs and Instructions











621 - 102002 5-2

5 What Are Job and Instruction Parameters

What Are Job and Instruction Parameters

Job and instruction parameters allow you to make selections on your input files to generate mailing lists (output files) that fulfill your specific marketing needs One important distinction to know before using Generalized Selection Plus is that one set of job and instruction parameters may be referred to as a job This is not the same as a job created in the Create New Job screen

A job parameter is the first parameter defined in a job The job parameter identifies the name of the job and what should occur if a record meets the criteria of this job Instruction parameters are defined after each job parameter and have the same name as the job parameter Instruction parameters define the criteria of the job (what steps to execute) You can define instructions to do the following





Move data

Branch to another jobs

What Do They Look Like

Refer to the next page for an example job list appearing on the Job and Instruction Definition screen in Generalized Selection Plus Notice you can define multiple sets of job and instruction parameters to accomplish different tasks In this example there are three job and instruction parameter sets

Job FILECD selects only those input records that have a file code of 012 024 or 036 and if a record meets any of these criteria it is passed to the next job FEMALE

Job FEMALE tests for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female and an income level between $20000 and $40000 and if a record meets these criteria the record is sent to output file A

Job MINCST tests for an input record gender code of ldquoMrdquo for male and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo and if a record meets these criteria the record is sent to output file B

NOTE Each job parameter has ldquo01 next to it and all of its associated instruction parameters have a number between rdquo02 and ldquo99 next to them and the same name as the job parameter



Job parameter for job FILECD

Job parameter for job FEMALE

Job parameter for job MINCST

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPJI00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPJI11


Specify Gen Sel job and instruction details

Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ Beginning of data

_____ 1 FILECD 01 X _____ 2 FILECD 02 EQ N001 03-012 OR _____ 3 FILECD 02 EQ N001 03-024 OR _____ 4 FILECD 02 EQ N001 03-036 _____ 5 FEMALE 01 A _____ 6 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND

7 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND _____ 8 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 _____ 9 MINCST 01 B _____ 10 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND

11 MINCST 02 (EQ N068 02-NY MA _____ 12 MINCST 02 EQ N080 02-CA )

End of Data

F3=Exit F4=Prompt function F5=Refresh F6=Update F10=Add function F24=More Keys

Figure 5-1 Job Parameters on the Job and Instruction Definition Screen

Set of instruction parameters for job

FILECD



MINCST

Figure 5-2 Instruction Parameters on the Job and Instruction Definition Screen








End of Data


621 - 102002 5-4

How Do They Work 5

How Do They Work

Its important to understand how job and instruction parameters work before defining a job For example you define a set of job and instruction parameters to send an input record to output file A if the record has

A gender code of M and

An income level greater than or equal to $20000 and

An income level less than or equal to $40000 and


Each of the above bullets represent an instruction parameter in this job All instruction parameter criteria must be met for the input record to be sent to output file A because all of the instruction parameters are connected by ldquoANDrdquo Note that you can also use ldquoORrdquo and parentheses to group instructions in which case only one of the criterion must be true Below is an input record that will not be sent to output file A based on our example job



Below is another input record that will not be sent to output file A based on this job





How Do I Define Jobs and Instructions

The remainder of this chapter describes how to use the following screens to define your jobs and instructions

Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20)

Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)

Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11)

To define example parameters refer to the next chapter

Step 1 Define a Job Parameter

When you define a job parameter you can type a parameter in the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) or you can fill out the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) which will automatically generate the parameter We will define our job parameter by filling out the screen The job that we will define will check for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female If the input record gender code is ldquoFrdquo the input record will be sent to output file A Follow the instructions below

1 Go to the Define andor Submit a Job screen (GSCPDS01) This is where you have access to all of the Generalized Selection Plus components



Type options press Enter2=Edit 6=Create


Defaults for Print Output 03181998 105014 D1DEF Define Input Files 03181998 110225 D1DEF

2 Define Jobs and Instructions

Define Statistical Reports

Submit Batch Job


2 Enter 2 in the Opt field next to the Define Jobs and Instructions function Then press ltENTERgt

621 - 102002 5-6

5 Step 1 Define a Job Parameter

The Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI20) appears




Option+1+2+3+4+5+6+

Beginning of data End of Data


3 Press ltF10gt to add a job parameter

The Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45) appears


Job and Instruction Definition Function Menu

Specify the number of the Generalized Selection screen desired press enter

1 JOB Definition - Start a new job 2 Instruction Definition - Add an instruction to current job 3 REMARK - User-specified commentary 4 EXTREF - Import functions from an external file or job

Function 1

F12=Cancel

4 Enter 1 in the Function field then press ltENTERgt



Generalized Selection Plus displays the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) When you fill out the Job Card Parameters screen the parameter produced appears at the top of the screen in the form of an 80-byte parameter This automatically generated 80-byte parameter also appears on the Job and Instruction Definition screen

80-byte parameter automatically displayed

on the Job and Instruction Definition

Screen

Information entered on the screen


Job and Instruction Definition Job Card Parameters

Specify parameters for the JOB card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + FGENDR 01 AN

Job name FGENDR Card number 01 Job action A A-E = Output file

Q = Simulate end-of-file X = No additional action Z = End execution for the record

Skip following jobs N N = Process normally (default) Y = Perform action then end

End of data job BLANK = Process normally (default) E = Execute after end-of-file(s)

Job description

F5=Refresh F6=Update F9=Work Areas F15=LimitReports F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

5 Fill in the screen as displayed above

6 Press ltF6gt to save your information

The Job name field names this set of job and instruction parameters FGENDR The Job action field indicates what will happen if an input record meets the criteria of this job For this job contents of work area N will be sent to output file A

621 - 102002 5-8

5 Step 2 Define an Instruction Parameter

Step 2 Define an Instruction Parameter

Now that you have defined the job parameter for job FGENDR we will define the instruction parameter to test for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo





Function 2

F12=Cancel

1 Enter 2 in the Function field and press ltENTERgt

You will see the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) When you fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen the parameter produced appears at the top of the screen in the form of an 80-byte parameter This automatically generated 80-byte parameter also appears on the Job and Instruction Definition screen



80-byte parameter

automatically displayed on the Job and

Instruction Definition Screen

Information entered on the

screen


Job and Instruction Definition Instruction Card Parameters

Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + FGENDR 02 EQ N078 01-F

Job name FGENDR Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)First operand ( EQ N 78 1 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight

Second operand Par OR Constant F )

Connector word A=And O=Or M=Ma

Instruction description

F5=Refresh F6=Update F9=Work Areas F15=LimitReport F12=Cancel F24=Field Search


The First Operand field defines the location of the input record gender code which is located in work area N at position 78 for a length of 1

The Second Operand - OR Constant field defines the value that we want compared to the input record gender code (F) A ldquo-rdquo is automatically placed in position 42 of the parameter at the top of the screen to indicate that you are using a constant value

The Instruction field defines the EQ (Equal to) instruction code which tests whether the input record gender code (First Operand) is equal to ldquoFrdquo (Second Operand - OR Constant)


5-10 621 - 102002

Step 2 Define an Instruction Parameter 5






Function

F12=Cancel

4 Press ltF12gt

The Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) appears with the parameters generated from filling out the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) and the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)

Job parameter for job FGENDR

Instruction parameter for job FGENDR





_____ 1 FGENDR 01 A _____ 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F

End of Data




Step 3 Manage Your Job and Instruction List

Now that you have defined a set of job and instruction parameters by filling out screens we are going to define a set of instructions using the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) At this screen you can edit the list of parameters generated from the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) and Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) or type parameters directly onto this screen This screens functions are very flexible allowing you to do the following

Move to a parameter

Place a parameter in the list after a move or copy

Copy a parameter

Delete a parameter

Move a parameter

Correct a parameter

Edit a parameter

Insert a parameter

Insert a remark

Copy from an external file

To perform these tasks refer to the Job Management Guide a separate publication

For our example we will define a job that sends all input records with a gender code of ldquoMrdquo for male to output file B

5-12 621 - 102002

Step 3 Manage Your Job and Instruction List 5

Copy Parameters

Our first step is to make a copy of FGENDR because it is very similar to the first part of our second job To do this we will use the CC Editing option to copy the FGENDR parameters





CC 1 FGENDR 01 A CC 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F

End of Data


1 Type CC in the Option field across from line 1

2 Type CC in the Option field across from line 2 and press ltENTERgt

The instructions to be copied appear highlighted and the word ldquoPendingrdquo appears in the upper left corner of the screen followed by CC








B End of Data


3 Type B in the Option field across from the End of Data line and press ltENTERgt

A copy of FGENDRs job parameter and instruction parameter are placed on lines 3 and 4 of the job list





1 FGENDR 01 A 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F 3 MALINC 01 A 4 MALINC 02 EQ N073 01-F

End of Data


5-14 621 - 102002

5 Step 3 Manage Your Job and Instruction List

4 Press arrow keys to move the cursor to change the job name from FGENDR to MALINC the second job name

Now you can change the job parameter so that all records meeting this jobs criteria are sent to output file B





1 FGENDR 01 A 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F 3 MALINC 01 B 4 MALINC 02 EQ N073 01-F End of Data


5 Press the arrow keys to move to line 3 position 31

6 Change A to B

NOTE If you are not sure about the positions press ltF4gt



Now you can change the gender code to test for ldquoMrdquo for male instead of ldquoFrdquo for female





1 FGENDR 01 A 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F 3 MALINC 01 B 4 MALINC 02 EQ N073 01-M End of Data



8 Change F to M

9 Press ltF6gt

You have defined two sets of job and instruction parameters Refer to Chapter 6 ldquoDefining Jobs and Instructionsrdquo for other example parameters

5-16 621 - 102002

5 Define Jobs and Instructions Reference Screens

Define Jobs and Instructions Reference Screens

The Job and Instruction Definition component allows you to

Define multiple jobs to manipulate your records

Define instructions for each job

Import job instructions from an external file or job

Insert remarks in your job to clarify instructions

You will define these items from the screens described below Note that the relationship between these screens is displayed on the next page

Job and Instruction Definition screen mdash Displays a listing of the parameters generated by the Generalized Selection screens you used to define your job (GSCPJI11)

JobInstruction Definition Screen (to copy existing data) mdash Copies existing data into your job from another job or from an external file (GSCPIP10)

Function Menu screen mdash Allows you to select an option to define a job name define instructions for a job define remarks that you want in your job or import instructions from an external file or job (GSCPJI45)

Job Card Parameters screen mdash Defines the name of a job and standard job options such as what to do with records that meet this jobs criteria (GSCPJI20)

Counts and Limits (JOB) screen mdash Defines how many records to process for the current job and whether to generate a StateProvince Count Report or Statistics File counters (GSCPJI21)

Instruction Card Parameters screen mdash Defines the instructions you want in your current job (GSCPJI30)

Instruction Code Options screen mdash Defines whether to compare data test for numeric data move data pack or unpack data or perform mathematical functions (GSCPJI32)

Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) screen mdash Defines how many records to process for the current instruction and whether to generate a StateProvince Count Report or Statistics File counters (GSCPJI31)

View Work Areas screen mdash Displays the size and description of all work areas used in the Generalized Selection System (GSCPJI80)

Insert Remark screen mdash Defines any remarks to include in the job listing that will be ignored during processing (GSCPJI50)

External Reference (EXTREF) screen mdash Imports a job andor instructions from an external job or file (GSCPJI70)

View External Reference screen mdash Allows you to view the external job or file that you selected with the External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPVX11)



ltF3gt

Function Menu

GSCPJ145

Job Card Parameters

GSCPJ120

Insert Remark (REMARK)

GSCPJI50

ltF12gt ltF12gt1 ltF6gt 2 ltF6gt ltF6gt3 ltF12gt ltF6gtltF12gt4

The following figure shows the relationship between the Function Menu screens The screens used to copy existing job information are displayed on the next page



GSCPJI11

Prompt Function

Any Job amp Instruction Screen

ltF6gtltF12gt ltF4gt ltF12gt

ltF10gt

ltF12gt ltF15gt

Counts and Limits

(GSCPID21) (GSCPID31)

Instruction Card Parameters

GSCPJI30ltF12gt

ltF6gt

External Reference (EXTREF)

GSCPJI70

ltF4gt ltF12gtltF6gtltF6gt

Instruction Code Options

GSCPJI32

ltF10gtltF12gtltF6gt

ltF9gt

ltF15gt

View Work Areas

GSCPJI80

View External Reference

GSCPVX11

Figure 5-10 Job and Instruction Definition Screens

5-18 621 - 102002


ltF12gt

The figure below shows the relationship between remaining Jobs and Instructions screens



GSCPJI11

ltF3gt

ltF15gt ltF6gt

(To copy existing data) View 1

GSCPIP10

ltF6gtltF12gt3ltF6gtltF12gt2


GSCPIP10


GSCPIP10




Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11)

The Job and Instruction Definition screen shown below allows you to view the parameters generated by the Job and Instruction Definition screens as you fill them out to define your job This enables you to edit the parameters on this screen or move directly to the screen that you want to edit To access this screen choose the Define Jobs and Instructions component from the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Job screen (GSCPDS01)

NOTE For instructions describing how to use all the editing options for the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) refer to the Generalized Selection Users Guide

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPJI00 3312001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPJI11 Job and Instruction Definition


Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ _____ Beginning of data _____ End of data


Each screen you fill out in the Job and Instruction component generates a parameter on the Job and Instruction Definition screen This allows you to view your entire job list and make changes directly to the parameters

5-20 621 - 102002

5 Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11)



Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ _____ Beginning of data _____ 1 JOB001 01 A _____ 2 JOB001 02 LT N080 05-50000 _____ 3 JOB004 01 C _____ 4 JOB004 02 MV X050 02 N044 AND _____ 5 JOB004 02 MV Y111 02 X050 AND _____ 6 JOB004 02 MV W254 02 N001 AND _____ 7 JOB004 02 NM W254 _____ 8 JOB005 01 D _____ 9 JOB005 02 NNM X050 _____ 10 JOB006 01 B _____ 11 JOB006 02 ADE N036 53-100 _____ End of data




Fields

There is one type of field on this screen The number of fields depends on how many parameters are in your jobThe table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-1 Fields on the Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11)

FIeld Name Format Description Comments

Option Up to 4 alpha or numeric characters

A code indicating what editing option you want to use For more detailed instructions refer to the Generalized Selection Userrsquos Guide Type one of the following

1-9999 Line number of the job where you want to move the cursor

I Insert a blank line so you can type a parameter

IP Insert instructions with a prompt This takes you to the Function menu to select a function The definition that you add is inserted after the function where the IP option was placed

IR Insert a remark for your own use

C or M Block a single instruction (parameter) to be moved or copied

CC or MM Block a group of instructions to be moved or copied

D Delete a single instructions

DD Delete a block of instructions This must be paired with a second DD to finish the block

A Place an instruction or set of instructions after the current line

B Place an instruction or set of instructions before the current line

Optional

5-22 621 - 102002


Function Keys

There are ten valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 5-2 Function Keys on Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11)



F4 Prompt Function Place the cursor at the line of an instruction you want to edit When you press ltF4gt the instructions corresponding screen is displayed for you to modify

F5 Refresh Cancel a selected option For example if you block a function and change your mind refresh cancels the block option

F6 Update Save the definitions and if you specified external file details in the External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPJI70) saves the definitions to the external file

F10 Add Function Go to the Function Menu (GSCPJI45) screen to add an instruction to your job

F24 More Keys Display additional function keys

NOTE If the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom press ltPAGE UPgt to display the next screen of the job listing To return to the previous screen of the job listing press ltPAGE DOWNgt



Screen GSCPIP10 (to Copy Existing Data)

The GSCPIP10 screen is used to copy existing data into your job from another job or from an external file There are three views of this screen each with separate fields To access these screens press ltF15gt at the Job and Instruction Definition screen

View 1

The first view of screen GSCPIP10 is shown below

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPIP00 3312001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPIP10


Select one of the following

You are about to provide information for this function There are three possible choices for the information source as shown

1 Use existing information for this job if any2 Copy existing information from another job3 Copy information stored in an external file

Selection __

F5=Refresh F12=Cancel

5-24 621 - 102002

Screen GSCPIP10 (to Copy Existing Data) 5

Fields

There is one field on this view The table below shows you a description of the field including the fieldrsquos format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about the field There is no default for this field

Table 5-3 Fields on View 1 of Screen GSCPIP10


Selection 1 numeric digit The number of the option you want to invoke Type one of the following functions

1 Copy or view the information that existed for this job when it was typed (if no information has been previously defined you will be presented with blank or default fields)

2 Copy or view information from a job that has previously been defined When you type this option View 2 of this screen will be displayed

3 Copy or view information that has previously been stored in an external file When you type this option View 3 of this screen will be displayed

Optional No default



View 2

View 2 used to copy data from another job is shown below



Type source Job ID press Type

Copy existing information from another job Job ID _____


Fields

There is one field on this view The table below shows you a description of the fields format and the values you can type This field has no default



Job ID 1 to 5 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or )

The job ID for the job from which you want to copy data (The job must already exist in the system)

Required No default

5-26 621 - 102002


View 3

View 3 used to copy data from an external file is shown below

114403 Generalized Selection System GSCPIP00 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPIP10

Job DEMO Job and Instruction Defn

Specify external file press Enter

Copy information stored in an external file File Library

Member






Member




Fields

There are three fields on this view The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field



File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the external file that contains the data that you want to use for this job

Required No default


The library in which the external file resides

Required No default


The member of the external file that contains the data you want to use Type either the member name or a variable (such as FIRST) that indicates which member of the file is to be used

Required Default is FIRST

Function Keys

There are two valid function keys on screen GSCPIP10 (the function keys are the same for all three views) The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 5-6 Function Keys on Screen GSCPIP10


F5 Refresh Clear all data from the fields on the screen and return to View 1

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)

5-28 621 - 102002

5 Screen GSCPIP10 (to Copy Existing Data)

Split-Screen Mode Screen

The split-screen mode screen appears on the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) after you define an external file or job from which to copy information The external file is displayed in the bottom half of the Job and Instruction Definition screen while the top half of the screen displays your current Generalized Selection Job

NOTE You can only view and copy instructions from the displayed external file or job



Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ _____ Beginning of data _____ 1 JOB001 01 A _____ 2 JOB001 02 LT N080 05-50000 _____ 3 JOB004 01 B _____ 4 JOB004 02 MV X050 02 N044 AND _____ 5 JOB004 02 MV Y111 02 X050 AND _____ 6 JOB004 02 MV W254 02 N001 _____ End of data

________________________________________________________________________ _____ Beginning of data _____ 1 JOB005 01 A _____ 2 JOB005 02 NNM X050 02 N001 _____ 3 JOB006 01 B _____ 4 JOB006 02 ADE N036 53-100




Fields

This screen has all of the functionality of the normal Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) but in the external instructions area you have limited capabilities There is one field for each record on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-7 Fields on the Split-Screen Mode Screen


External Instruction Option Field

1 character Option indicating what you can do where the external instructions are listed Type one of the following


C Block a single instruction (parameter) to be copied

CC Block a group of instructions to be copied

Required No default

Function Keys

There is one valid function key on this screen The table below shows you a description of the keys function

Table 5-8 Function Key on Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI4)


F3 Exit

F4 Prompt function



F10 Add function

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation split screen mode

F24 More keys Allows you to see additional function keys

5-30 621 - 102002

5 Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45)

Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45)

The Function Menu screen shown below allows you to select from four options used to type definitions for your job To access this screen press ltF10gt from the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) to add to the bottom or type IP in the Option field where you want to type a new instruction in your job listing


Function Menu

Select the number of the Generalized Selection screen desired press type

1 JOB Definition - Start a new job2 Instruction definition - Add an instruction to current job3 REMARK - User-specified commentary4 EXTREF - Import functions from an external file or job

Function __



Fields

There is one field on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-9 Fields on the Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45)


Function 1 character Option indicating what function you want to type in your job Type one of the following

1 Defines the job name and job details

2 Adds an instruction to the current job

3 Adds a remark to the current job

4 Imports instructions from an external file or job

Required No default

Function Keys

There are no function keys on this screen

5-32 621 - 102002

5 Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20)

Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20)

The Job Card Parameters screen shown below allows you to define the job parameter that starts a set of instruction parameters A job parameter defines the following information about the job

Job name

The action you want to take if a record meets the criteria of this job

Whether to skip the remaining jobs if any records meet the criteria for this job

Whether this job should be run only after an end of file on all input files

Job description

To access this screen type 1 at the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)



Specify parameters for the JOB card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +

Job name JOB1 Card number 01 Job action A A-E = Output file




Job description




Fields

There are six fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-10 Fields on the Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20)


Job name 1 to 6 alpha numeric or blank characters

The name of the job All instructions associated with this job must have the same name as this JOB parameter

Required Default is the name of the JOB parameter

Card number 2 digits The card number for a JOB parameter is always 01

Default is 01

Job action 1 alpha character A code indicating what to do with any records that meet the criteria of this job If you are generating only statistics and not producing output files select option Z Type one of the following

A-E Write the record to output file OA OB OC OD or OE

Q Simulate end-of-file for all input files

X Perform no additional action

Z Perform no additional job or instructions are to be performed for this record

Optional No default

Skip following jobs 1 character A code indicating whether to skip any of the remaining jobs after performing the action specified in the previous field Type one of the following

Y Skip the following jobs

N Process the following jobs normally


End of data job 1 character A code indicating whether to perform the current job normally or perform the job after an end-of-file is detected on all input files Type one of the following

blank Process the job normally

E Process only after an end-of-file on all input files


Job description 25 characters A description that you want printed on the state count report

Optional No default

5-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys

There are six valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you each key and a description of its function

Table 5-11 Function Keys on the Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20)




F9 Work Areas Go to the View Work Areas screen (GSCPJI80)

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45) or the Job and Instruction Definition screen

F15 LimitReports Go to the Counts and Limits screen (GSCPJI21) too limit the number of records processed for the job

F24 Field Search Allows you to display the location and lengths of the fields in an external file Type file name and library of external file



Counts and Limits Screen (JOB) (GSCPJI21)

The Counts and Limits screen shown on the next page allows you to conduct sampling for the current job

Nth record selection mdash Includes or excludes every Nth record that meets the criteria of the job

Fraction of records mdash Includes a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of the job

Limit the number of records mdash Limits the number of records that meet the criteria of a job

NOTE When a job reaches its record limit any following records that meet the jobs criteria will still not continue to the next processing step Generalized Selection will treat them as if they didnt meet the jobs criteria

This screen allows you to generate a StateProvince Counts report for an instruction This report generates a count by state or province of records that meet the criteria of the job The stateprovince counts are determined according to the first three digits of the ZIP Code (Section Center Facility or ldquoSCFrdquo code) or the first 3 characters of the postal code To specify province counts refer to Chapter 4 ldquoDefine Input Filesrdquo under the heading ldquoStatistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12)rdquo and change the Control field length to 6

You can also generate a Statistics file With this option you generate a file of counters per job You can use the Statistics file as input to the Define Statistical Report component to produce a custom report This report can contain break level totals

NOTE Both stateprovince and statistic file counts can be generated at the same time

5-36 621 - 102002

5 Counts and Limits Screen (JOB) (GSCPJI21)

To access this screen press ltF15gt at the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20)


Job and Instruction Definition Counts and Limits (JOB)

Specify parameters for the JOB card

+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+

Counts by state or ZIP Code ___ S = State Counts for records selected Z = ZIP counter in summary record B = Both state and ZIP counts

Nth record select _____ _ I = Include every Nth selection-OR- E = Exclude every Nth selection

Fraction of record _____

Limit records _____

F5=Refresh F6=Update F9=Work Areas F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

Fields


Table 5-12 Fields on the Counts and Limits (JOB) Screen (GSCPJI21) (Part 1 of 2)


Counts by state or ZIP Code 1 character A code indicating whether to generate record counts by state or province andor Statistics File counts for the records that meet the criteria of the job Type one of the following

S Generate state or province counts

Z Generate Statistics File counts

NOTE If you want to keep counts by Canadian postal code refer to Chapter 4 under the heading ldquoStatistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12)rdquo

B Generate both state or province counts and Statistics File counts

Optional No default





Nth Record Select 3 digits

1 character

A number greater than one that indicates that every nth record selected will be included in or excluded from processing depending on the next parameter

A code indicating whether to include or exclude the nth records processed during the job Type one of the following

I Include every nth record

E Exclude every nth record

Optional No default

Optional No default

Fraction of Records 7 digits If you do not define an nth record in the Nth Record Select field you can type a number here to select a fraction of the total records

For example if you type 5 in the field 5000000 in positions 15-21 of the instruction or job parameter

Optional No default

Limit Records 7 digits The maximum number of records to process during this job

Optional No default

Function Keys

There are five valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you each key and a description of its function

Table 5-13 Function Keys on the Counts and Limits (JOB) Screen (GSCPJI21)





F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20)


5-38 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30)

Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30)

With the Instruction Card Parameters screen shown below you can define the data you want to manipulate in this job and what to do with the manipulated data if anything Below is a list of the following functions you can use to develop your jobs define your criteria and manipulate the data

Compare input data to other data or a constant value using greater than less than or equal to instructions


Use mathematical functions to add to and subtract from an input value or multiply and divide by an input value

Convert input data to packed or unpacked data

Move data to a different work area to conduct further testing

Skip to a different job

You can also use ldquoANDrdquo and ldquoORrdquo instructions to group instructions or use parentheses to control execution of instructions Note that all instructions except the last must have an ldquoANDrdquo or ldquoORrdquo at the end




Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +

Job name Card number 00 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( 0 Press F4 for Instruction optionsRight

Second operand Par OR Constant )






What Are First and Second Operands

The First and Second Operand fields define a data location or the constant value to be used in the following functions

Comparing data

Testing data for the presence or absence of numeric data

Performing mathematical functions

Converting data to packed or unpacked data

Moving data from one location to another

When you define a first or second operand location use the following fields

Work Area mdash A letter identifying the work area where the data resides

Beginning Position mdash The starting position of where the data resides on the work area

Length mdash The length of the first or second operand data being defined

If you want to define a constant value in the Second Operand field type the constant value in the OR Constant field

NOTE A constant value can be up to 20 characters and when you define a constant value Generalized Selection places a dash automatically in column 42 of the parameter

The following headings indicate the description valid work areas and valid lengths for first and second operands

Comparing data

NumericNon-numeric testing


Converting data

Moving data

Skipping jobs

5-40 621 - 102002


Comparing Data

When you compare two fields of data the first operand is the location of the data to be compared and the second operand is the comparison value which can be a field location or a constant You can also compare the current system date to a date in a specific location or a constant value To do this type a D in the Work Area field

For a list of the instruction codes to use for comparing data refer to the Instruction Code Options screen (GSCPJI32) later in this chapter Below is a table that presents a description of the first and second operand the work areas for first and second operands and the lengths to type when you are using comparison instructions

Table 5-14 Comparing Data with First and Second Operands

Operand Description Work Areas Lengths

First Operand The location of the data you want tested or compared to

or

the D to represent the system date

You have access to first operand field data in any of the following work areas

D Current system date

N nameaddress work area

M Match Code File work area

W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area

Z ZIP Code File work area

For character comparisons type up to 2 digits

For packed comparisons type 1 digit (actual length in file)

For system date comparison 6 compares the year month and date 4 compares the year and month and 2 compares the year only

Second Operand The location of the data or the constant value you want to compare to the first operand

or


You have access to second operand field data in any of the following work areas




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


For character comparisons you dont have to define a second operand length


OR Constant Constant value You can type any type of value Type up to 20 characters



For NumericNon-Numeric Testing

If you want to test for the presence or absence of numeric or non-numeric data the first operand is the location of the data you want tested You do not define a second operand For a list of the instruction codes to use for numeric testing refer to the Instruction Code Options screen (GSCPJI32) later in this chapter Below is a table that presents a description of the first operand the work areas for the first operand and the length to type

NOTE This function does not use a second operand

Table 5-15 NumericNon-Numeric Testing with First Operands


First Operand The location of the data you want to test

You have access to first operand data in any of the following work areas

N Nameaddress work area


W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


For all testing type up to 2 digits

5-42 621 - 102002


For Mathematical Functions

When you perform a mathematical function the first operand and second operand fields can be a location of the data you want used in the mathematical function or a value to be used in the mathematical function For a list of the instruction codes to use for mathematical functions refer to the Instruction Code Options screen (GSCPJI32) later in this chapter Below is a table that presents a description of the first and second operand the work areas for first and second operands and the lengths to type when you are using the mathematical instructions

Table 5-16 Mathematical Functions with First and Second Operands


First Operand The location of the data you want to use in the mathematical function



S Statistics File record work area

W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area

Type 1 digit (actual length in file)

Second Operand The location of the value you want to add to subtract from divide by or multiply by the first operand or a constant value




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit

OR Constant Constant value Must be numeric value Type up to 20 digits



For Converting Data

When you convert data the second operand is the location of the data before it has been converted (source) while the first operand is the location for the data after it has been converted (target) For a list of the instruction codes to use for converting data refer to Instruction Code Options screen (GSCPJI32) later in this chapter

Below is a table that presents a description of the first and second operand the work areas for first and second operands and the lengths to type when you are using the data conversion instructions

Table 5-17 Converting Data with First and Second Operands


First Operand The location for the data after it is converted




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Second Operand The location of the data you want to convert




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit

OR Constant For constant packed value Must be numeric value Type up to 20 digits

5-44 621 - 102002


For Moving Data

When you move data the First Operand field is the location for the data to be moved to while the Second Operand field is the location of the data you want moved ldquoMVrdquo is the instruction code used to move data Below is a table that presents a description of the first and second operand the work areas for first and second operands and the lengths to type when you are using the data conversion instruction

Table 5-18 Moving Data with First and Second Operands

Operand Description Word Areas Lengths

First Operand The location for the data after it has been moved




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area

Type up to 3 digits

Second Operand The location of the data you want to move




W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


You dont have to type a length because it is the same as the first operand

OR Constant For constant value You can type any type of value Type up to 20 characters

For Branching to a Different Job

When you want to skip to a different job you type GO in the Instruction field and the Job name field is displayed Type the name of the job you want to skip to and the rest of the fields will be blanked out If you type a job name that doesnt exist and you update your parameters you will receive an error message



Connector Word Field

In the Connector Word field you can use AND OR or MA to control the execution of the job For example you can test for only those records that have a ZIP Code greater than or equal to 20709 and less than or equal to 20714

NOTE All instructions in a job except the last instruction must have a connector word

For this example we define two instructions For the first instruction we define the location of the ZIP Code in the First Operand field in the Instruction field we indicate to use the Greater Than or Equal To (GE) instruction for the ZIP Code comparison and in the Second Operand field we define the ZIP Code comparison value of 20709 In the Connector Word field we indicate AND

Below is an example of how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen for this instruction



SSpecify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + JOB001 02 GE N080 05-20709 AND

Job name JOB001 Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( GE N 80 5 Press F4 for Instruction optionsRight

Second operand Par OR Constant 20709 )

Connector word A A=And O=Or M=Ma



For the second instruction we define the location of the ZIP Code in the First Operand field in the Instruction field we indicate to use the Less Than or Equal To (LE) instruction for the ZIP Code comparison and in the Second Operand field we define the ZIP Code comparison value of 20714

5-46 621 - 102002





Specify parameters for the Instruction card

+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + JOB001 02 LE N080 05-20714


First operand ( LE N 80 5 Press F4 for Instruction optionsRight





Now only the input records with ZIP Codes greater than or equal to 20709 (first instruction) and less than or equal to 20714 will cause the action to be performed This is how both instructions appear on the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11)






Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ _____ Beginning of data _____ 1 DKDKDD 01 GE N080 05-20709 AND _____ 2 DKDKDD 02 LE N080 05-20714 _____ End of data


Left Parenthesis Field and Right Parenthesis Field

With the Left and Right Parenthesis fields you can control execution of more than one instruction by grouping them with parentheses When you use the left and right parentheses you must use the same number of left parentheses as right parentheses

5-48 621 - 102002


Fields

There are fourteen fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-19 Fields on the Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30) (Part 1 of 3)


Job Number 1 to 6 alpha numeric or blank characters

The name of the job All definitions associated with this job must have the same name as the preceding JOB parameter

Required No default

Card Number 2 digits The card number for INSTRUCTION parameters is any number larger than 01 but must be greater than or equal value in the preceding instruction

Optional

Left Parenthesis 1 character If you need parentheses to group instruction parameters type a parenthesis here NOTE You must use an equal number of left and right parentheses

Optional No default

First Operand

Work Area 1 character The work areas that you have access to when you define the location of the first operand field data

NOTE To use the current system date as a first operand in a character comparison type D in this field

Below is a list of the work area identification codes

For data comparisons and numeric non-numeric testing

N Nameaddress (input record) work area

W X Y Work areas for data


M Match Code work area

Z ZIP Code work area

For mathematical functions data conversions and data moves

N Nameaddress (input record)



Optional No default

Beg Posn 4 digits The location on the work area identified in the previous field of the first operand field data

Required for all but the Null instruction





Length Up to 3 digits The length of the first operand field of data

For character comparisons and numeric tests type up to 2 digits for the first operand length

For packed comparisons mathematical functions and data conversions type 1 digit for the first operand length (actual length in file)

For data moves type up to three digits for the first operand length

Required No default

Default is 8 if the first operand is the current system date

Second Operand

Work Area 1 character The work areas that you have access to when you define the location of the second operand field data Below is a list of the work area identification codes





Required when prompted No default

Beg Posn 4 digits The location on the work area identified in the previous field of the second operand field data

Required No default

Length Up to 2 digits The length of the second operand field of data

For packed comparisons mathematical functions and data conversions type 1 digit for the second operand length (actual length in file)

Required for packed and character comparisons converting data or using mathematical functions

Constant 20 alpha numeric characters

A constant you can use to define the second operand

NOTE Leave this field blank if you want the second operand to be the number of blanks specified by the Length field

Optional No default

5-50 621 - 102002




Instruction Up to 3 characters A code indicating what operation to perform on the data specified in the First and Second Operand fields For a more detailed explanation refer to the beginning of this screens section Type one of the following

Comparing Data Character Data EQ NE LT LE GT or GE

Packed Data EQP NEP LTP LEP GTP or GEP

Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data

NM or NNM

Performing Mathematical Functions With Non-Packed Data ADE SUE MPE or DVE

With Packed Data ADP SUP MPP or DVP

Converting Data PK or UP

Branch Job GO

Moving Data MV

Null Operation NOP (Does nothing)

Required No default

Job name 6 alpha-numeric characters

This field is displayed only if you type GO in the Instruction field

Required if you type GO in the Instruction field

Right Parenthesis 1 right parenthesis

If you need parentheses to group instruction parameters together type parenthesis here

NOTE You must use an equal number of left and right parentheses

OptionalNo default

Connector Word 1 character A code indicating the connector word you want to use to connect this instruction to the next instruction Type one of the following

A For AND

M For MA

O For OR

Required except for the last instruction parameter of the job

Instruction Description 9 characters A description of this instruction that you want printed on the state count report if you select to have the state count report generated

Optional No default



Function Keys


Table 5-20 Function Keys on the Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30)





F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)

F15 LimitReports Specify to limit the number of records processed for the job

F24 Field Search Display the locations and lengths of the fields in an external file Type file name and library of external file

5-52 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Code Options Screen (GSCPJI32)

Instruction Code Options Screen (GSCPJI32)

The Instruction Code Options screen shown below allows you to select what code you want to use to define your instruction You can use instruction codes to compare data test for the presence or absence of numeric data move data to a different work area perform an arithmetic function or pack or unpack data To access this screen press ltF4gt at the Instruction Parameters Card screen (GSCPJI30)


Job and Instruction Definition Instruction Code Options


Character comparisons Character Math EQ NE LT LE GT GE ADE SUE MPE DVE

Packed field comparisons Packed Math EQP NEP LTP LEP GTP GEP ADP SUP MPP DVP Instruction LT

Numeric test comparisons Pack and UnpackNM NNM PK UP

Null operation Move OperationNOP MV

Branch to another jobGO




Instruction Field

In the Instruction field you define a two- and three-character code used in conjunction with the data defined in the First and Second Operand fields The functions and their descriptions are listed below

Comparing Data mdash Used to compare the Second Operand field data with the First Operand field data and test for a match

Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data mdash Used to test the First Operand field data for the presence or absence of numbers

Performing Mathematical Functions with Data mdash The Second Operand field value adds to subtracts from multiplies by or divides by the value in the First Operand field

Converting Data mdash Used to convert the Second Operand field data and move the converted data to the location defined in the First Operand field

Moving Data mdash Used to move the Second Operand field data to the location defined in the First Operand field

Branching to a Different Job mdash Used to skip to a job later in the job list

5-54 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field

Comparing Data Function

When you compare two fields of data (defined in the operand fields) you can use the instructions listed under this heading to compare character or packed data To compare character data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

EQ mdash Equal to comparison

NE mdash Not equal to comparison

LT mdash Less than comparison

LE mdash Less than or equal to comparison

GT mdash Greater than comparison

GE mdash Greater than or equal to comparison

To compare packed data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

EQP mdash Equal to comparison

NEP mdash Not equal to comparison

LTP mdash Less than comparison

LEP mdash Less than or equal to comparison

GTP mdash Greater than comparison

GEP mdash Greater than or equal to comparison


You can use the instructions listed under this heading to test fields for the presence or absence of numeric data To test for numeric data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

NM mdash Numeric test

NNM mdash Non-numeric test



Performing Mathematical Functions

You can use the instructions listed under this heading to manipulate character data by performing mathematical functions This gives you the flexibility to add the second operand value to the first operand value subtract the second operand value from the first operand value multiply the second operand value by the first operand value or divide the first operand value by the second operand value

To manipulate non-packed data by using mathematical functions type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

ADE mdash Add character data

SUE mdash Subtract character data

MPE mdash Multiply character data

DVE mdash Divide character data

To manipulate packed data by using mathematical functions type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

ADP mdash Add packed data

SUP mdash Subtract packed data

MPP mdash Multiply packed data

DVP mdash Divide packed data

Converting Data

You can use the instructions listed under this heading to convert data to unpacked data or packed data To convert data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

PK mdash Convert to packed from unpacked

UP mdash Convert to unpacked from packed

Moving Data

You can use the MV (Move) instruction to move data to different work areas within Generalized Selection

5-56 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field

Branch to a Different Job

You can use the GO instruction to skip to a different job in the job list

Fields


Table 5-21 Field on the Instruction Code Options Screen (GSCPJI32)




Packed Data EQP NEP LPT LEP GTP or GEP

Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data NM or NNM




Moving Data MV

Branching to a Job GO


Required No default



Function Keys


Table 5-22 Function Keys on the Instruction Code Options Screen (GSCPJI32)





F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Job and Instructions Card screen (GSCPJI30)


5-58 621 - 102002

Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31) 5

Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31)

The Counts and Limits screen shown below allows you to conduct sampling for the current instruction

Nth record selection mdash Includes or excludes every Nth record that meets the criteria of the instruction

Fraction of records mdash Includes a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of the instruction

Limit the number of records mdash Limits the number of records that meet the criteria of an instruction

NOTE When an instruction reaches its record limit any following records that meet the instructions criteria will not continue to the next processing step Generalized Selection will treat them as if those following records didnt meet the instructions criteria

This screen allows you to generate a StateProvince Counts report for an instruction This report generates a count by state or province of records that meet the criteria of the instruction The stateprovince counts are determined according to the first three digits of the ZIP Code (Section Center Facility or ldquoSCFrdquo code) or the first 3 characters of the postal code To specify province counts refer to Chapter 4 ldquoProcessing Your Input Filesrdquo

You can also generate a Statistics file With this option you generate a file of counters per instruction You can use the Statistics file as input to the Define Statistical Report component to produce a custom report This report can contain break level totals



To access this screen press ltF15gt at the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)


Job and Instruction Definition Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION)


+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+

Counts by state or ZIP Code ___ S = State Counts for records selectedZ = ZIP counter in summary recordB = Both state and ZIP counts



Limit records _____

F5=Refresh F6=UpdateF9=Work Areas F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

Fields


Table 10-23 Fields on the Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31) (Part 1 of 2)


Counts by state or ZIP Code 1 character A code indicating whether to generate record counts by state or province andor Statistics File counts for the records that meet the criteria of the instruction Type one of the following




B Generate both state or province and Statistics File counts

Optional No default

5-60 621 - 102002

5 Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31)




1 character

A number greater than one that indicates that every Nth record selected will be included in or excluded from processing depending on the next parameter

A code indicating whether to include or exclude the Nth records processed during the job Type one of the following

I Include every Nth record

E Exclude every Nth record

Optional No default

Fraction of records 7 digits If you do not define an Nth record in the Nth Record Select field you can type a number here to select a fraction of the total records


Optional No default


Optional No default

Function Keys


Table 5-24 Function Keys on the Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) Screen (GSCPJI31)





F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)




View Work Areas Screen (GSCPJI80)

The View Work Areas screen shown below allows you to view information about each of the Generalized Selection work areas To access this screen press ltF9gt from the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) Instruction Job Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) Insert Remark (REMARK) screen (GSCPJI50) or the External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPJI70)

NOTE Work area names are pre-defined in Generalized Selection Plus


Job and Instruction Definition View Work Areas

Available Work Areas

N000 Input file origination (A B or C) N001-N9999 Input file position

M000 Match file match flag (0 or 1) Press HELP for positions M001-M9999 Match file position for multiple Match files

Z000 ZIP Code File match flag (0 or 1) Z001-Z999 ZIP Code file position

S001-S999 ZIP summary file position

D Specifies DATE as an operand (current date in format CCYYMMDD)

W001-W999 One work area (W) of 999 contiguous positions (001-999) X001-X999 One work area (X) of 999 contiguous positions (001-999) Y001-Y999 One work area (Y) of 999 contiguous positions (001-999)

F12=Cancel

5-62 621 - 102002

5 View Work Areas Screen (GSCPJI80)

Work Areas

This screen is for informational purposes only and does not have any fields for you to type data For detailed information about each work area refer to the table below For the definition and purpose of a work area refer to the Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide

Table 5-25 Information on View Work Areas Screen (GSCPJI80) (Part 1 of 2)

Work Area Size Description

D Not a work area

Specifies to use the current system date for a character comparison

N 10000 bytes Work area N contains the input record and a code indicating from what input file (IA IB and IC) the input record originated This work area is also the source of the records written to the output file(s) OA OB OC OD and OE

N000 Contains an A B or C indicating the input file (IA IB or IC) where the input record originated

N001-N9999 Contains the input record being processed

M 10000 bytes If an input record match code matches with a Match Code File record that Match Code File record is stored in work area M Up to nine Match Code File records can be placed in work area M

If an input record match code does not match any Match Code File record the default record defined in the Match Code File Default Record screen (GSCPID18) is stored in work area M

You can reference this area but you cannot change the values within the area Note that a ldquo1rdquo in the matching indicator position indicates a match and a ldquo0rdquo indicates that no match has occurred

M000 mdash Matching indicator M001-M1999 mdash Match Code File 1 record M2000 mdash Matching indicator M2001-M2999 mdash Match Code File 2 record M3000 mdash Matching indicator M3001-M3999 mdash Match Code File 3 record M4000 mdash Matching indicator M4001-M4999 mdash Match Code File 4 record M5000 mdash Matching indicator M5001-M5999 mdash Match Code File 5 record M6000 mdash Matching indicator M6001-M6999 mdash Match Code File 6 record M7000 mdash Matching indicator M7001-M7999 mdash Match Code File 7 record M8000 mdash Matching indicator M8001-M8999 mdash Match Code File 8 record M9000 mdash Matching indicator M9001-M9999 mdash Match Code File 9 record





Z 1000 bytes If an input records ZIP Code matches a ZIP Code File record that ZIP Code File record is stored in work area Z

If an input records ZIP Code does not match any ZIP Code File record the default record defined in the ZIP Code File Default Record screen (GSCPID18) is stored in work area Z

You can reference this area but you cannot change the values within the area

Z000 For a matching record Z000 contains a ldquo1rdquo and for no match Z000 contains a ldquo0rdquo

Z001-Z999 For a matching record this area contains the ZIP Code File record and for no match this area contains the ZIP Code File Default Record

S 999 bytes Work area S is where each Statistics File record is generated before it is written to the Statistics File

S001-S005 mdash First five bytes of your break field S006-S009 mdash First counter S010-S013 mdash Second counter S015-S017 mdash Third counter S018-S021 mdash Fourth counter S022-S025 mdash Fifth counter S402-S999 mdash User area where you can move your own data

Each record can have up to 99 counters For the layout of counters 6 through 99 refer to Appendix D ldquoRecord Layoutrdquo

W X Y 999 bytes You can use work areas W X and Y for any function such as moving converting comparing and calculating data

Function Keys


Table 5-26 Function Keys on the View Work Areas Screen (GSCPJI80)


F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) Insert Remark screen (GSCPJI50) or External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPJI70)

5-64 621 - 102002

5 Prompt Function

Prompt Function

The Prompt Function allows you to edit existing job instructions directly from the screen where you typed the instruction To access this screen you have to be at the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) Place the cursor in the field beside the instruction you want to edit as shown below and press ltF4gt




Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ _____ Beginning of data _____ 1 JOB001 01 A _____ 2 JOB001 02 LT N080 05-50000 _____ 3 JOB004 01 C _____ 4 JOB004 02 MV X050 02 N044 AND _____ 5 JOB004 02 MV Y111 02 X050 AND _____ 6 JOB004 02 MV W254 02 N001 _____ 7 JOB005 01 D _____ 8 JOB005 02 NNM X050 _____ 9 JOB006 01 B _____ 10 JOB006 02 ADE N036 53-100 _____ End of data




The Instruction Parameter Card screen (GSCPJI30) is displayed because that is where that lines information was defined



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + EXMPLE 02 LT N080 05-50000

Job name EXMPLE Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( LT N 80 5 Press F4 for Instruction optionsRight





Fields

The only field that is specific to the prompt function is the Specify parameters for instruction card field This field is 80 characters and is filled in automatically or can be edited directly on the screen when you type values into the Generalized Selection Job and Instruction Definition screens Refer to Appendices A and B for more information about each parameter listed in your job

5-66 621 - 102002

Prompt Function 5

Function Keys


Table 5-27 Function Key on Prompt Function


F5 Refresh

F6 Update

F9 Work Areas

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation

F15 LimitReports

F24 Field Search



Insert Remark Screen (GSCPJI50)

The Insert Remark screen shown below allows you to type remarkscomments in your job list that will not be processed during the job To access this screen type 3 at the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)


Job and Instruction Definition Insert Remark (REMARK)

Specify the remark press F6

_________________________________________________________________________________


Fields


Table 5-28 Fields on the Insert Remark Screen (GSCPJI50)


Specify the Remark press F6

70 characters Text that you can type as a comment in your job

Optional No default

5-68 621 - 102002

5 Insert Remark Screen (GSCPJI50)

Function Keys


Table 5-29 Function Keys on the Insert Remark Screen (GSCPJI50)









External Reference (EXTREF) Screen (GSCPJI70)

The External Reference (EXTREF) screen shown below allows you to include entire job lists from external files or other jobs into your current Generalized Selection job list The external parameters are brought into the job at submission time You can also copy parameters that are performed in more than one job (such as house-format manipulation) and view the functions within the external file before processing To access this screen type 4 at the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)


Specify either external file or job to import functions

External File _______ Library _______ or JobID _____

Member _______

F5=Refresh F6=Update F9=Work Areas F10=View External Reference F12=Cancel F24=Field Search

5-70 621 - 102002

5 External Reference (EXTREF) Screen (GSCPJI70)

Fields

There are four fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 5-30 Fields on the External Reference (EXTREF) Screen (GSCPJI70)


External File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the file that contains your external file information

Optional No default


The name of the library that holds your external file

Optional No default


The member of the file that holds your external file information

Optional No default

Job ID 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the job ID that contains the functions you want to include

Optional No default



Function Keys


Table 5-31 Function Keys on the External Reference (EXTREF) Screen (GSCPJI70)





F10 View External Reference

Go to the View External Reference screen (GSCPVX11)


F24 Field Search Allows you to display the locations and lengths of the fields in an external file Type the file name and the library of the external file

5-72 621 - 102002

5 View External Reference (GSCPVX11)

View External Reference (GSCPVX11)

The View External Reference screen shown below allows you to view the external job or file that you defined in the External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPJI70) To access this screen press ltF10gt at the External Reference (EXTREF) screen (GSCPJI70)

NOTE You can not use this screen to edit an external file or job If you need to edit an external file place the file into a new job and edit it

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPVX00 3311999 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPVX11

Job and Instruction Definition View External Reference

JobID File Option + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7

Beginning of data 1 JOB001 01 A 2 JOB001 02 LT N080 05-50000 3 JOB004 01 B 4 JOB004 02 MV X050 02 N044 5 JOB004 02 MV Y111 02 X050 6 JOB004 0 MV W254 02 N001 7 JOB01 C 8 JOB005 02 NNM X050 02 N001 9 JOB006 01 D

10 JOB006 02 ADE N036 53-100 Beginning of data

F12=PrevScrn F17=Top F18=Bottom F20=Scroll Right



Fields

There are two fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field



File Automatic Lists the library name and member of the external file

Optional No default


Since editing is not allowed on this screen this field is used only to position the instruction on the screen rather than advancing a screen at a time Type one of the following

1-9999 Line number of the job where you want to move

Optional

Function Keys




F12 PrevScrn Restore the data to the state it was in when you accessed the screen

F17 Top Move to the top of the external files list of instructions

F18 Bottom Move to the bottom of the external files list of instructions

F20 Scroll Right Displays the right side of the external files instructions

5-74 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 6

Defining Jobs and Instructions

This chapter will provide instructions on using the Define Jobs and Instructions component to define your job list After reviewing this chapter you will know how to define parameters to compare data test for numeric and non-numeric data perform mathematical functions convert data and move data We will also show you how to generate state or province counts and perform record sampling for a job or instruction







Producing Job and Instruction Counts 6-27 Statistics File Processing 6-28 For a Job Parameter 6-30 For an Instruction Parameter 6-32


6 Defining Jobs and Instructions

Defining Your Jobs and Instructions

In this chapter we will show you how to use the Define Jobs and Instructions component We will present example instructions to





Move data

Branch to jobs

Group instructions (using AND OR or MA)

We will also show you how to produce StateProvince Count Reports and Statistics File counts and how to conduct record sampling by job and instruction

NOTE When you define an instruction you must type an AND OR or MA as a connector word at the end of each instruction except for the last instruction in a job

621 - 102002 6-2

Comparing Data 6

Comparing Data

The following lists shows you the possible comparisons you can perform

Two fields of character data (can be a constant value)

Two fields of packed data (can be a constant value)

Current system date (CCYYMMDD) with a field (can be a constant value)

NOTE You can compare just the year the year and the month or the year month and day

For this instruction the first operand defines the location of the data to be compared to and the second operand defines the location of the data or a constant value to be compared to the first operand Note that the length is the actual length of the packed data For a comparison instruction

The first operand data must be located in work areas N M W X Y or Z unless you are comparing against the current system date

The second operand data must be located in work area N M W X Y or Z (If you dont define a constant value as the second operand)

Character Data

To compare character data type one of the following instruction codes in the Instruction field







NOTE When you compare two character fields you enter only a first operand length because the second operand is assumed to be the same length



Packed Data

To compare packed data type one of the following instruction codes in the Instruction field







NOTE When you compare two packed data fields type a 1-digit first operand length (actual length in file) and a 1-digit second operand length

You can compare a packed field with a constant value (in character format)

Data Comparison Example

For our data comparison example we will compare the input records ZIP Code to the ZIP Code stored in work area Y Refer to Figure 6-1

Contents of Work Area N

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

MR JOHN SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

ZIP Code to be compared Contents of Work Area Y

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20770

Value to be compared to input ZIP Code

Figure 6-1 Comparing Data

621 - 102002 6-4

6 Comparing Data

The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) for this comparison instruction The first operand which is the input record ZIP Code is located in work area N at position 60 for a length of 5 It is being tested to see if it equals the second operand which is located in work area Y at position 001 In our example the values are equal so the record will be passed to the next processing step



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + COMPAR 02 EQ N060 05 Y001

Job name COMPAR Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( EQ N 60 5 Press F4 for Instruction options Right

Second operand Y 1 Par OR Constant )






Current System Date Comparison Example

For our date comparison example we will compare the input records date which is stored in work area N to the current system date Refer to Figure 6-2

Current System Date

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

930215

Current system date

Work Area N Contents

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

MR JOHN SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770 20020910

Date to be compared to current system date

Figure 6-2 Comparing Dates

The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) for this date comparison instruction The first operand is the current system date To compare the system date enter a D in the First Operand Work Area field and in the Length field type the number of digits in the date you want to compare

NOTE If you type 4 only the year is compared if you enter 6 the year and the month are compared and if you type 8 the year month and date are compared

621 - 102002 6-6

6 Comparing Data

For our example the entire date is compared to a date located in work area N at position 66 In our example the values are equal so the record will be passed to the next processing step



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + COMPAR 02 EQ DATE 08 N066


First operand ( EQ D 0 8 Press F4 for Instruction options Right

Second operand N 66 Par OR Constant )










For this instruction the first operand defines the location of the data to be tested for the presence or absence of numeric data The first operand data must be located in work areas N M W X Y or Z and you must type a 1- or 2-digit first operand length You do not define a second operand for this instruction

For our example we want to test the first four positions of the street address in work area X for the presence of numbers Refer to Figure 6-3

Contents of Work Area X

+1+2+3

2370 Bellwood Drive

Numbers in first four positions tested for Numeric data

Figure 6-3 Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data

621 - 102002 6-8

6 Testing for Numeric and Non-Numeric Data

The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30) for this numeric test instruction The first operand is the Street Address field which is located in work area X at position 1 for a length of 4 It is being tested for the presence of numeric digits (NM) Because numeric digits are present in our example the record will be passed to the next processing step



Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + NUMBER 02 NM X001 04

Job name NUMBER Card number 02 Left Work Beg

Par Inst Area Posn Len(s) First operand ( NM X 1 4 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight








You can use the instructions listed under this heading to perform mathematical functions You can add the second operand value to the first operand value subtract the second operand value from the first operand value divide the first operand value by the second operand value and multiply the second operand value by the first operand value For a mathematical instruction

The first operand data must be located in work areas N M S W X or Y

Second operand data must be located in work areas N M W X Y or Z (If you dont define a constant value as the second operand)

Non-packed

To perform mathematical functions using non-packed data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field

ADE mdash Add non-packed data

SUE mdash Subtract non-packed data

MPE mdash Multiply non-packed data

DVE mdash Divide non-packed data

NOTE When you use two non-packed data fields for a mathematical function type a 1-digit first operand length and a 1-digit second operand length

Packed

To perform mathematical functions using packed data type one of the following codes in the Instruction field





6-10 621 - 102002

6 Performing Mathematical Functions

NOTE When you use two packed data fields for a mathematical function type a 1-digit first operand length (actual length in file) and a 1-digit second operand length (actual length in file)

For our example we will multiply a selected field value in the input record by the value 1000 which is stored in work area W Refer to Figure 6-4


Contents of Work Area W After Calculation

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

1000

Value to be multiplied by 1000

Selected value multiplied by 1000

Figure 6-4 Performing Mathematical Functions



The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen for this mathematical instruction The first operand which is an input record value located in work area N at position 70 for a length of 1 is being multiplied by (instruction code MPE) the second operand which is located in work area W at position 001 for a length of 4



Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + MATHEM 02 MPE N070 14 W001

Job name MATHEM Card number 02 Left Work Beg

Par Inst Area Posn Len(s) First operand ( MPE N 70 1 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight

Second operand W 1 4 Par OR Constant )




6-12 621 - 102002

Converting Data 6

Converting Data




When you convert data the first operand is the location after the data is converted (target) and the second operand is the location of the data before it is converted (source) For a conversion instruction


Second operand data must be located in work area N M W X Y or Z (If you dont define a constant value as the second operand)

NOTE When you convert data fields type a 1-digit first operand length (length after conversion) and a 1-digit second operand length (length before conversion)

For our example we will pack the input record ZIP Code from work area N and move the converted version to work area W where the ZIP Code may be used in further data manipulation Refer to Figure 6-5



The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen for


Contents of Work Area W After Conversion

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

270 07F

ZIP Code field selected to be packed

ZIP Code packed

Figure 6-5 Converting Data

this conversion instruction The second operand which is the input record ZIP Code located in work area N at position 60 for a length of 5 is being converted to packed data (instruction code PK) and placed in the first operand location which is work area W starting in position 1 for a length of 3 (the length after it has been packed)



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + PACKNG 02 PK W001 35 N060

Job name PACKNG Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( PK W 1 3 Press F4 for Instruction options Right

Second operand N 60 5 Par OR Constant )




6-14 621 - 102002

6 Moving Data

Moving Data

You can use the MV (Move) instruction to move data to different work areas or to different positions within the same work area When you move data the first operand defines the location where the data will be moved (target) and the second operand defines the location of the data to be moved (source) For a move instruction

The first operand data must be located in work area N M S W X or Y


NOTE When you move data type up to three digits as a first operand length You dont have to type a length for the second operand

For our example we will move the input record ZIP Code from work area N to work area W where the ZIP Code may be used in further data manipulation Refer to Figure 6-6


Contents of Work Area W

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20879

ZIP Code to move

Where ZIP Code is moved to

Figure 6-6 Moving Data Between Work Area



The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen for this moving instruction The second operand which is the input record ZIP Code located in work area N at position 60 is being moved (instruction code MV) to the first operand location which is work area W starting in position 1 for a length of 5



Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + MOVING 02 MV W001 05 N060

Job name MOVING Card number 02 Left Work Beg

Par Inst Area Posn Len(s) First operand ( MV W 1 5 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight





6-16 621 - 102002

Branching to a Job 6

Branching to a Job

You can use the GO instruction to branch to a different job in the middle of the current job For this instruction you do not type operand information You type only the name of the job parameter to which you want to skip

For our example our first job FGENDR will test the input record for a gender code of ldquoFrdquo If it tests true we will branch to job INCLEV to test that same input record for an annual income level between $25000 and $50000

Skip to job INCLEV




Option + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + Beginning of data

1 FGENDR 01 X 2 FGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-F AND 3 FGENDR 02 GO INCLEV 4 5 MGENDR 01 XN 6 MGENDR 02 EQ N073 01-M 7 8 INCLEV 01 AY 9 INCLEV 02 GE N080 07-2500000 AND

10 INCLEV 02 LE N080 07-5000000 End of data

F3=Exit F4=Prompt Function F5=Refresh F6=Update F10=Add Function F24=More Keys

To skip to job INCLEV we need to type a GO instruction for job FGENDR after line 2 of the job list above

The example below shows you how to fill out the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI31) for this GO instruction When you type GO in the Instruction field Generalized Selection Plus prompts you to type the job name to which to skip and all other fields on the screen are blanked out



NOTE The job name must exist and be located after the current job when you press ltF6gt to update your information



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + FGENDR 02 GO

Job name FGENDR Card number 02 Left Work Beg Job name Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)

First operand ( GO 0 Press F4 for Instruction options Right





After you type the job name to skip to the generated parameter is displayed at the top

NOTE The GO instruction will only occur if the preceding instructions criteria are met

6-18 621 - 102002




Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + FGENDR 02 GO INCLEV

Job name FGENDR Card number 02 Left Work Beg Job name INCLEV Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)








Grouping Your Instructions

Once you start defining instructions you will want to develop more and more complicated sets of job and instruction parameters To do this you can use parentheses and connector words (AND OR or MA) to group your instructions By grouping your instructions you can define very specific criteria Below is a simple example of how to use these tools to control the execution of your instructions For this example you want to send the input record to output file A only if the input record tests true for

(Instruction 1 AND Instruction 2) OR (Instruction 3 AND Instruction 4)

For this instruction grouping if instruction 1 and instruction 2 test true the rest of the job is skipped and the record is sent to output file A If instructions 1 and 2 do not test true the next parenthesis group is executed If instructions 3 and 4 test true the criteria of the job is met

Below is an example of how these four instructions could appear on the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) Notice how the parentheses and connector words are entered

Instructions 1 2 3 and 4





_____ 1 MATCHS 01 A _____ 2 MATCHS 02 (EQ N001 03-012 AND _____ 3 MATCHS 02 EQ N020 01-3 )OR_____ 4 MATCHS 02 (EQ N001 03-024 AND _____ 5 MATCHS 02 EQ N020 01-5 )

End of Data


6-20 621 - 102002

6 Grouping Your Instructions

Below is another example of grouping techniques using parentheses and connector words

These have to be true (OR) these have to be true

( 1 and 2 ) OR ( 3 and 4 ) AND ( 5 or 6 )

Figure 6-7 Job Groupings and Job Levels

For this job if instructions 1 and 2 test true the rest of the job is skipped because the criteria of the job have been met

If instructions 1 and 2 do not test true the record is passed to the next set of parentheses If instructions 3 and 4 test true and instruction 5 or 6 tests true the criteria of the job has been met If instructions 3 and 4 and 5 or 6 do not test true the criteria of the job have not been met and the next set of job and instruction parameters is executed

Below is an example of how the instruction grouping on the previous page could appear on the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) Notice how the parentheses and connector words are entered



Instructions 1 2 3 4 5 and 6





_____ 1 MATCHS 01 A _____ 2 MATCHS 02 (EQ N001 03-012 AND _____ 3 MATCHS 02 EQ N020 01-3 )OR_____ 4 MATCHS 02 (EQ N001 03-024 AND _____ 5 MATCHS 02 EQ N020 01-5 )AND _____ 6 MATCHS 02 (EQ N010 01-B MA _____ 7 MATCHS 02 EQ N010 01-C )

End of Data


6-22 621 - 102002

Sampling Records 6

Sampling Records

For each job and instruction parameter you can sample the number of records that meet the job or instructions criteria There are three types of sampling techniques you can use

Nth record selection (include or exclude)

Fraction sampling

Record limit sampling

NOTE You may use record limit sampling in conjunction with nth record sampling

For a Job Parameter

The following section will show you how to perform record sampling for a job parameter First display the Job Card Parameters screen



Specify parameters for the JOB card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +

Job name GENDER Card number 01 Job action A A-E = Output file




Job description


1 Press ltF15gt



The Counts and Limits (JOB) screen will appear



Specify parameters for the JOB card+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+ NTHREC 01 005 I A

Counts by state or ZIP Code S = State Counts for records selected Z = ZIP counter in summary record B = Both state and ZIP counts

Nth record select 005 I I = Include every Nth selection-OR- E = Exclude every Nth selection

Fraction of record

Limit records


2 Type 005 and I in the Nth record select fields

For our example Nth record sampling sends (includes) every fifth record that meets the criteria of the job NTHREC to output file A Generalized Selection Plus enters the nth value in columns 15-17 and ldquoINCrdquo in columns 19-21 automatically

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 01 005 INC A

Fraction sampling selects a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of the instruction For example if 66 records meet the criteria of job FRACTN only 22 records will be sent to output file A The fraction number is entered automatically in columns 15-21

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 FRACTN 01 3333333 A

Record limit sampling limits the number of records that can meet the criteria of a job For example if you define a limit of 100 and 200 records meet the criteria of job GENDER records 101-200 will be passed to the next job for processing The limit number is entered automatically in columns 23-29

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 0000100 A

6-24 621 - 102002

6 Sampling Records

For an Instruction Parameter

The following section will show you how to perform record sampling for an individual instruction parameter First display the Instruction Card Parameters screen



Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + GENDER 02 EQ N065 01-F

Job name GENDER Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)






1 Press ltF15gt



The Counts and Limits (INSTRUCTION) screen will appear



Specify parameters for the JOB card+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+ NTHREC 01 010 E A


Nth record select 010 E I = Include every Nth selection -OR- E = Exclude every Nth selection

Fraction of record

Limit records


2 Type 010 and E in the Nth record select field

For our example Nth Record Sampling will exclude every tenth record that meets the NTHREC 02 instruction criteria Generalized Selection Plus enters 010 in columns 15-17 and ldquoErdquo in columns 19 automatically

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 02 010 E EQ N050 01-F

Fraction sampling selects a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of the instruction For example if we define a sampling fraction of 50 or 12 and 2000 records meet the SALARY 02 instruction criteria only 1000 records will be passed to the next instruction for processing The fraction is entered automatically in columns 15-21

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 SALARY 02 5000000 GE N075 03-030

Record limit sampling limits the number of records that can meet the criteria of an instruction For example if we define a record limit of 60 and 70 records meet the MARRIED 02 instruction criteria only 60 records will be passed to the next instruction The limit number is entered automatically in columns 23-29

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 MARIED 02 0000060 EQ N080 01-M

6-26 621 - 102002

Producing Job and Instruction Counts 6

Producing Job and Instruction Counts

For each job and instruction parameter in your job list you can generate a StateProvince Counts Report andor a counter record in the Statistics File Each counter record contains the first nth characters (control field value) of your match code and any counts (number of records that met the criteria for the job or instruction) accumulated for that control field value To define the control field length refer to Chapter 3 ldquo Defining Your Inputrdquo You define the counts to accumulate using the Counts and Limits screens described in this section

For example you could accumulate ZIP Code counts (control field length of 5) for records sent to an output file (at the job level) or counts for records that meet the criteria of a single instruction

NOTE The maximum number of stateprovince counters you can define in a job list is 50 You can type up to 99 Statistics File counters in an entire job list For more information on the Statistics File refer to Chapter 3 ldquoDefining Your Inputrdquo

Before you generate counts in the Statistics File we will provide detailed information about the Statistics File Note that this is an advanced function so you must understand fully how job and instruction parameters work and where data is moved during processing



Statistics File Processing

If you use the Counts and Limits screens to accumulate job andor instruction counts these counts will be sent to the Statistics File Note that Generalized Selection Plus uses the Statistics File as input for the Define Statistical Report component

For example in the following job list we have defined three jobs to send records to three output files Note that the instructions for these jobs are represented as ldquo rdquo

INCOME 01 ZIP A GENDER 01 ZIP B STATUS 01 ZIP C

Job GENDER sends records to output file A job INCOME sends records to output file B and job STATUS sends records to output file C ldquoZIPrdquo indicates that Generalized Selection Plus will generate counts for the job cards Our control field length is 5 and the value is a ZIP Code

1 When a record meets job INCOMEs criteria and goes to output file A Generalized Selection Plus increments a counter record in work area S for the current input record ZIP Code in work area S

The ZIP Code counter record will contain a counter for job INCOME GENDER and STATUS

2 As long as Generalized Selection Plus processes the same control field value (ZIP Code) the counters in work area S will be incremented

3 As soon as Generalized Selection Plus processes a different control field value the current counter record in work area S goes to the Statistics File and Generalized Selection Plus sets the count to zero

4 Generalized Selection Plus generates a new counter record in work area S to accumulate counts for the new control field value

NOTE You can move any input record data to work area S before the counter record is sent to the Statistics File

6-28 621 - 102002

6 Producing Job and Instruction Counts

The following figure presents an example of how our Statistics File records could appear when our jobs INCOME GENDER and STATUS complete

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+ 20706 FFFFF000000010001000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFCCCCC 20706000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F490082222

20714 FFFFF000100010001000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFCCCCC 20714000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F490082222



First five bytes of the Control field (ZIP Code)

4-byte packed counter for the third job STATUS

4-byte packed counter for the first job INCOME

4-byte packed counter for the second job GENDER

Figure 6-8 Statistics File Record Example

A counter record is generated for each ZIP Code (break field value) Within each ZIP Code counter record there are three counter fields the first is for the GENDER job (positions 6-9) the second is for the INCOME job (positions 10-13) and the third is for the STATUS job (positions 14-17) You cannot have more than 99 counters in your job list



For a Job Parameter

The following section will show you how to specify StateProvince Count Reports andor Statistics File counts for a job parameter First display the Job Card Parameters screen








Job description


1 Press ltF15gt

6-30 621 - 102002





Specify parameters for the JOB card+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+ GENDER 01 STE A

Counts by state or ZIP Code S S = State Counts for records selected Z = ZIP counter in summary record B = Both state and ZIP counts

Nth record select I = Include every Nth selection -OR- E = Exclude every Nth selection

Fraction of record

Limit records


2 Type S in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field

For our example we will generate only a StateProvince Count Report for job parameter GENDER Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoSTErdquo automatically in columns 11-13 of the job parameter

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 STE A

To generate Statistics File counts only for job ldquoGENDERrdquo type Z in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field If you are going to generate a Statistical Report a Statistics File is required Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoZIPrdquo automatically in columns 11-13

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZIP A

To generate state or province counts and Statistics File counts for job ldquoGENDERrdquo type B in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoZSTrdquo automatically in columns 11-13

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZST A




The following section will show you how to specify StateProvince Count Reports andor Statistics File counts for an individual instruction parameter First display the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI31)



Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + GENDER 02 EQ N065 01-F

Job name GENDER Card number 02 Left Work Beg

Par Inst Area Posn Len(s) First operand ( EQ N 65 1 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight





1 Press ltF15gt

6-32 621 - 102002





Specify parameters for the JOB card+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+ GENDER 02 ZST EQ N065 01-F

Counts by state or ZIP Code B S = State Counts for records selected Z = ZIP counter in summary record B = Both state and ZIP counts


Fraction of record

Limit records


2 Type B in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field

For our example we will generate a StateProvince Count Report and a Statistics File counter for instruction parameter GENDER 02 Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoZSTrdquo automatically in columns 11-13

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZST EQ N065 01-F

To generate state counts only for the ldquoGENDERrdquo instruction type S in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoSTErdquo automatically in columns 11-13

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 STE EQ N065 01-F

To generate Statistics File counts only for the ldquoGENDERrdquo instruction type Z in the Counts by state or ZIP Code field Generalized Selection Plus will enter ldquoZIPrdquo automatically in columns 11-13

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZIP EQ N065 01-F



6-34 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 7

Defining a Statistical Report

This chapter provides instructions on defining a Statistical Report Note that when you define your Statistical Report you must have a complete understanding of job and instruction parameters and Generalized Selection Plus processing Additionally this chapter provides complete reference for the Define Statistical Report component of Generalized Selection Plus Each screen is presented along with its fields options and function keys











7 Defining a Statistical Report





Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65) 7-59 Function Keys 7-60

621 - 102002 7-2

Defining Your Statistical Report 7

Defining Your Statistical Report

In this chapter we will show you how to use all options within the Define Statistical Report component A Statistical Report uses the Statistics File as input and based on the Statistics File records generates break totals Note that when you define your Statistical Report you dont have to use all the options We explain the following steps in detail

1 Select Define Statistical Report component

2 Define report headers

3 Define constant value(s)

4 Define break levels

5 Define information to move

6 Define the print columns

7 Recalculate print column for break levels

8 Select Statistical Report output file

9 Review Statistical Report layout



Step 1 Select Define Statistical Report Component

To define our Statistical Report we will use the Define Statistical Report component To access the Define Statistical Report component display the Define andor Submit a Job screen (GSCPDS01)





Defaults for Print OutputDefine Input FilesDefine Jobs and Instructions

2 Define Statistical Report

Submit Batch Job


1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Define Statistical Report then press ltENTERgt

621 - 102002 7-4

Step 1 Select Define Statistical Report Component 7

The Report Functions screen (GSCPRP05) will appear

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPRP00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPRP05

Statistical Report Definition Report Functions Menu

Type options press enter2=Edit

Opt Definition Column Headings

Constant Values

Break Level and MOVE Definitions

PRINTn - Column Definitions

Statistical Output File (Detail or Summary)

F3=Exit F6=Update F13=Layout (24 x 132) F14=Layout (24 x 80)

First we will define the headings for the Statistical Report



Step 2 Define Report Headers

In this step we will define the main report header the line description the column headers and where to place the page number on the print line




Opt Definition 2 Column Headings

Constant Values





1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Column Headings then press ltENTERgt

621 - 102002 7-6

Step 2 Define Report Headers 7

You will see Define Headers for Columns (HEADxx) screen (GSCPRP10)

132426 Generalized Selection System GSCPRP00 01092001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPRP10 Job IVP Statistical Report Definition

Define Headers for Columns (HEADxx)

[HEAD]Specify headers for columns on statistical report

Main Report Heading 151015202530354045505560657075

Line Information | Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4151015202530354045505560657075

F5=Refresh F6=Update F12=PrevScrn F20=Scroll right

2 Complete the fields on the screen

3 When you are finished press ltF6gt

The Report Functions Menu (GSCPRP05) screen will appear

NOTE You can define headers longer than one column and then place your column total accordingly For example you can define a header that spans columns 1 and 2 and then define the column total to be printed in column 2



The following figure shows how the headers defined on the previous page will appear on the Statistical Report

Column Headers Main Report Heading (8 maximum) Page numberLine Description

Customer Information

ZIP Code Income Income Income Income Information 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70

20714 1 6 3 2

20770 4 2 8 4

20771 6 3 2 5

20772 3 6 5 1

TOTAL 207 14 17 18 12

PAGE 1

Figure 7-4 Top of an Example Statistical Report

621 - 102002 7-8

7 Step 3 Define Constant Value(s)

Step 3 Define Constant Value(s)

Next we will define a constant value You can define up to nine constant values which are stored in work areas C1 through C9 You will use the constant values later to define your column totals along with the counter fields on the Statistics File record and mathematical function equations





2 Constant Values





1 Type 2 in the Opt field across from Constant Values and press ltENTERgt



You will see the Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) screen (GSCPRP15)


Statistical Report Definition Constant Value Definition (CONSTn)

Specify numeric values for the constant desired

Constant Value 1 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9


2 Fill in the fields as shows above

The constant value will be stored in the work area C1

3 Press ltF6gt to update the constant value

You will see the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)

7-10 621 - 102002

7 Step 4 Define Break Levels

Step 4 Define Break Levels

For the Statistical Report you can define a major intermediate and minor break level Each break level will generate a break level total for each defined column



Type options press enter 2=Edit


Constant Values

2 Break Level and MOVE Definitions




1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Break Level and MOVE Definitions and press ltENTERgt



The Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen (GSCPRP20) will appear


Statistical Report Definition Break Level Definition (BREAKn)

[BREAK] Specify parameters for the break levels

Print columns at detail level N N = No (default) Y = Yes

Location Len Spacing Break level 1 (major) STA 1-999 2 1-20 S D = Double (dft)

STA S = Single

Break level 2 (Intermediate) 1 3

Break level 3 (minor) 1 5

F5=Refresh F6=Update F10=Define MOVE functions F12=Cancel

2 Fill in the fields as shown above

For our example the ZIP Code is located in the first five bytes of the Statistics File record We defined a major level break as a state (STA) break an intermediate level break as a change in the first 3 digits of the input record ZIP Code (location 1 for a length of 3) and a minor level break as a change in the ZIP Code (location 1 for a length of 5)

NOTE We will not generate detail level information on our Statistical Report Detail level lines display only the information you defined to be moved at the detail level print column totals are not printed

7-12 621 - 102002


Below is an example of how the break levels defined on the previous screen could appear on a Statistical Report Detail level information shows each record that makes up the minor level break (ZIP Code)


ZIP Code Income Information 31-40

20714 1

20770 4 Minor Level (ZIP Code) 20771 6

20772 3

Intermediate Level (3-digit) 3-DIGIT 207 14

20814 8

20877 2

20878 8 Minor Level (ZIP Code)

20879 9

3-DIGIT 209 27 Intermediate Level (3-digit)

TOTAL MD 193 Major Level (State)

Figure 7-3 Example Break Level Totals



Step 5 Define Information to Move

Next we will define information to appear on the print line before the final column totals and before the major intermediate and minor break level column totals




Print columns at detail level N = No (default) Y = Yes

Location Len Spacing Break level 1 (major) 1-999 1-20 D = Double (dft)

STA S = Single

Break level 2 (Intermediate)

Break level 3 (minor)


1 Press ltF10gt to define information to move

7-14 621 - 102002

7 Step 5 Define Information to Move

The Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP15) will appear

Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move


Statistical Report Definition Move Data to Print Line (MOVE)

[MOVE] Specify MOVE functions for the level(s) desired

Position to line Stats File

Print Print Input Posn -or- Constant Detail Break Final Posn Length or STASTF Value Level 1 2 3 Total

1 1 5 001 P 2 1 7 3-DIGIT P 3 9 3 001 P 4 1 5 TOTAL P 5 7 19 STA P 6 FINAL TOT P 7 8 9 10

More



NOTE You can move input record data into work area S so the information will be moved onto your Statistics File record

For a minor break total (ZIP Code change) we will move the ZIP Code to the beginning of the print line

For an intermediate break total (SCF change) we will move ldquo3-DIGITrdquo and the first three digits of the ZIP Code to the beginning of the print line

For a major break total (state change) we will move ldquoTOTALrdquo and the state abbreviation (STA) to the beginning of the print line

For a final total we will move ldquoFINAL TOTrdquo and the final column totals

3 Press ltF6gt twice to update your move information and break levels

Generalized Selection Plus displays the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)



Figure 7-3 presents an example of how our defined move information could appear on a Statistical Report

NOTE If you move information that extends into a column total area the column total will always be printed and the moved information will be suppressed



20714 1

20770 4 Minor Level Info Moved (ZIP

20771 6 Code)

20772 3

Intermediate Level Info 3-DIGIT 207 14 Moved (3-digit)

20814 8

20877 2 Minor Level Info Moved (ZIP Code)20878 8

20879 9


TOTAL MD 193 Major Level Info Moved (State)

Major Level Info Moved (State) TOTAL VA 243

FINAL TOT 193 Final Level Info Moved

Figure 7-4 Example Moved Information

7-16 621 - 102002

7 Step 6 Define Print Columns

Step 6 Define Print Columns

Next we will define the totals to appear in your Statistical Report columns





Constant Values


2 PRINTn - Column Definitions



1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to PRINTn - Column Definitions and press ltENTERgt



The Column Selection (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP30) will appear


Statistical Report Definition Column Selection (PRINTn)

[PRINT] [RECAL]Type options press enter 4=Delete 5=Display 12=Work with

Opt Work area Column header Opt RECALn definition 12 Column 1

Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Column 6 Column 7 Column 8

F6=Update F12=Cancel

2 Type 12 in the Opt field across from Column 1

The Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31) appears


Statistical Report Definition Column Definition (PRINTn)

Column 1 Specify equations for the column being defined

1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Specify editing options for this column

Number of decimal points 1 0 (dft) 1-5 Rounding option N N (dft) Y

Recalculation for break levels has been defined for this column

F5=Refresh F6=Update F10=RECALn Definition F12=Cancel


7-18 621 - 102002

Step 6 Define Print Columns 7

Our example equations will refer to the following as input

Statistics File Counter Fields

Counter Field 01 02 03 04 05 Counter Field Value 10 16 15 25 05

Constant Value

Constant Area C1 Constant Area Value 5

The following line shows how our defined equations appear in a mathematical form

(counter 3 - counter 4) (counter 1 + counter 2) C1

The following steps explain what occurs when Generalized Selection Plus processes each equation

1 A01 mdash Places the value from Statistics File counter field 1 into the print work area (01)

2 A02 mdash Adds (A) the value in counter field 2 (02) to the print work area

3 H01 mdash Places the resulting total into hold area 1 (H01) for further use and sets the print work area to 0

4 A03 mdash Places the value in counter field 3 into the print work area (03)

5 S04 mdash Subtracts (S) the value in counter field 4 (04) from the value in the print work area

6 MH1 mdash Multiplies (M) the resulting total by the total stored in hold area H1

7 DC1 mdash Divides (D) the resulting total by the constant value stored in area C1 (We defined this constant under the heading ldquoDefining Constant Value(s)rdquo)



Step 7 Re-calculate Print Column

After you define your print column you can re-calculate the print column total to be used for break levels This option is different from defining your print columns because you can re-define a column total by manipulating multiple column totals with mathematical functions For example you can re-define the column 1 total by adding columns 1 and 2 together




1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15





1 Press ltF10gt to recalculate your column total

7-20 621 - 102002

7 Step 7 Re-calculate Print Column

The Column Re-definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) will appear


Statistical Report Definition RECALn (Column Re-definition)

Specify equations for the column being defined

1 A P2 2 A P3 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15


Number of decimal points 0 0 (dft) 1-5 Rounding option N (dft) Y



In our example we added column totals 2 and 3 together The resulting total will be placed in the current print column column 1

3 Press ltF6gt three times

The Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) will appear



Step 8 Select Statistical Report Output File

Next we will select the Statistical Report output file You can select either the Detail File or the Summary File The Detail File allows you to generate column totals for the detail level information on your Statistical Report To generate the same totals as your Statistical Report column totals you have the same mathematical equations hold areas constant values and Statistics File fields available The Summary File generates all the break total lines generated on the Statistical Report For our example we will select the Detail File





Constant Values



2 Statistical Output File


1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Statistical Output File and press ltENTERgt

7-22 621 - 102002

7 Step 8 Select Statistical Report Output File

The Detail File Field Seslection (DETLn) screen (GSCPRP45) will appear


Statistical Report Definition Detail File Field Selection (DETLn)

[DETL]Type options press enter

4=Delete 5=Display 12=Work with

Opt Work area Opt Work area 12 Field 1 Field 13

Field 2 Field 14 Field 3 Field 15 Field 4 Field 16 Field 5 Field 17 Field 6 Field 18 Field 7 Field 19 Field 8 Field 20 Field 9 Field 21 Field 10 Field 22 Field 11 Field 23 Field 12 Field 24


2 Define the column totals to be printed in each Detail File record Type 12 across from Field 1 and press ltENTERgt

The Detail File Field Definition (DETLn) screen (GSCPRP45) will appear


Statistical Report Definition Detail File Re-definition (DETLn)

Specify equations for the field being re-defined

1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15





For our example our Detail File will contain the value for the first in the Statistics File record as the first field in the Detail File record (A01)

4 Press ltF6gt until the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) is displayed

NOTE Only fields defined on this screen will be sent on each Detail File record

The summary report file will be automatically generated by Generalized Selection Plus (GSP90) when the statistical report option is selected in the submit batch job screen (GSCPSB02) This file is placed in your work library that is assigned to your job

7-24 621 - 102002

7 Step 9 Review Statistical Report Layout

Step 9 Review Statistical Report Layout

Now we will review the layout of our Statistical Report





Constant Values





1 Press ltF14gt to see the record layout




Statistical Report Definition Report Layout

151015202530354045505560657075 Line information | Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4Header lines Customer Information

ZIP Code Income Income Income Income Totals 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 Detail line(s)

Break line(s)XXXXX 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999 3-DIGIT XXX 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999 TOTAL XX 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999 Final line FINAL TOTAL 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999 15101520253035404550556065707580

F12=PrevScrn F20=Scroll right

2 Press ltF12gt to return to the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)

3 Press ltF6gt to update your Define Statistical Report component

7-26 621 - 102002

Define Statistical Report Screen Reference 7

Define Statistical Report Screen Reference

This section provides a complete reference for the Define Statistical Report component of Generalized Selection Plus Each screen is presented along with its fields options and function keys

Component Overview

The Define Statistical Report component allows you to accumulate statistics about your input files and print them on a report For the Statistical Report you define

Headers

Break levels

Column totals

Information describing break level totals

Data to move to the print line

The printed break level totals are based on changes in the Statistics File field values You can manipulate break level column totals by using mathematical functions constant values and hold areas to manipulate the values in the Statistics File counter fields Note that the Statistics File is used as input to generate the Statistical Report

The list below describes the screens associated with the Define Statistical Report component You will generate a Statistical Report using the following screens

Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) mdash Select the options to define your Statistical Report

Define Headers for Columns screen (GSCPRP10) mdash Define the main header and column headers to appear on your Statistical Report

Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) screen (GSCPRP15) mdash Define the constant values to be used to manipulate Statistical Report column totals

Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen (GSCPRP20) mdash Define the major intermediate and minor break level fields on the Statistics File record and whether to print at the detail level

Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP25) mdash Define information to describe each break level total line to appear on the Statistical Report

Column Selection (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP30) mdash Select the options to define your Statistical Report column totals

Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31) mdash Define equations to calculate your column totals

Column Re-definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) mdash Re-define the selected column total by manipulating break level totals with up to 15 equations



Detail File Selection (DETLnn) screen (GSCPRP45) mdash Select from up to 24 fields to be sent with each output Detail File record

Detail File Re-definition (DETLnn) screen (GSCPRP46) mdash Re-define the selected Statistics File field total with up to 15 equations

Report Layout screen (GSCPRP65) mdash Displays report layout

The figure below shows the relationships between the screens associated with the Define Statistical report component


Constant Value Definition (CONSTn)

GSCPRP15

Column Re-definition (RECALn)

GSCPRP35

Report Functions Menu

GSCPRP05

ltF3gt

Define Headers for Columns (HEADx)

GSCPRP10

Break Level Definition (BREAKn)

GSCPRP20

Column Selection (PRINTn)

GSCPRP30

Output File Definition

GSCPRP40

Update MOVE Functions

GSCPRP25

Detail File Selection (DETLnn)

GSCPRP45

2 ltF12gt ltF12gt 2

ltF12gt ltF10gt

ltF10gt ltF12gt ltF10gt ltF12gt

ltF6gtltF6gt ltF6gt

ltF6gtltF6gt

ltF12gt 2 ltF6gt

Column Definition (PRINTn)

GSCPRP31

ltF10gt ltF12gt ltF6gt

2 ltF12gt ltF6gt


Report Layout (24 X 132)

GSCPRP65

Detail File Re-definition (DETLnn)

GSCPRP46



GSCPRP652 ltF12gt ltF6gt

ltF13gt

ltF14gt

Figure 7-4 Screens used to Define Statistical Reports

7-28 621 - 102002

7 Statistical Report Files

Statistical Report Files

The following Statistical Report file names appear on the FILEDF parameter and on the Execution Log

Table 7-1 Statistical Report Program File Names


Statistics File GSPZSTAT The Statistics File with this identifier is used as input for the Define Statistical Report component

Parameter File GSPPARM The Parameter File lists all the parameters used for producing your Statistical Report

Summary File GSPRSUM The optional Summary File lists the major break totals generated in your Statistical Report

Detail File GSPRDET The optional Detail File contains all the Statistics File records with re-defined counter field totals

Work Library Files

When Generalized Selection Plus generates the files below the following files are created in your work library

Table 7-2 Work Library Files

File Name Name in Work Library

Summary File GSTSMLIC

Detail File GSTDTLIC



Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05)

The Report Functions Menu screen shown below allows you to select from the options used to define your custom Statistical Report To access this screen choose the Define Statistical Report component from the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01)

NOTE If an option on this screen has ldquogtrdquo next to it you have already selected and defined the option An ldquoSrdquo beside the Statistical Output File (Detail or Summary ) option indicates that you have already specified the output Summary File while a ldquoDrdquo indicates that you have specified the output Detail File




Opt Definition _ Column Headings

_ Constant Values

_ Break Level and MOVE Definitions

_ PRINTn - Column Definitions

_ Statistical Output File (Detail or Summary)

F3=Exit F6=Update F13=Layout (24X132) F14=Layout (24X80)

7-30 621 - 102002

7 Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05)

Fields


Table 7-3 Fields on the Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05)


Column Headings 2 or blank An option indicating whether to go to the Define Headers for Columns screen to define main headings and column headings for the Statistical Report

2 Define report headings

Blank Do not define report headings

Default is blank

Constant Values 2 or blank An option indicating whether to go to the Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) screen (GSCPRP15) On this screen you define constant values to use in Statistical Report calculations



Default is blank

Break Level and MOVE Definitions 2 or blank An option indicating whether to go to the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen (GSCPRP20) On this screen you define break levels to be printed on the Statistical Report You can also define information to be moved to describe each break level total created on the Statistical Report


Blank Do not define break levels

Default is blank You must define at least one break level and one print column and perform at least one move

PRINTn - Column Definitions 2 or blank An option indicating whether to go to the Column Selection (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP30) On this screen you select the print columns you want to appear on the Statistical Report

2 Select print columns

Blank Do not select print columns



2 or blank An option indicating whether to go to the Output File Definition screen (GSCPRP40) On this screen you define what output files to generate from the Define Statistical File component

2 Define output files

Blank Do not define output files

Default is blank



Function Keys


Table 7-4 Function Keys on the Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05)


F3 Exit Return to the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) without updating the screens information


F13 Layout (24X132) Display the layout of the Statistical Report you have defined up to this point for a 132-character terminal


7-32 621 - 102002

7 Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10)

Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10)

The Define Headers for Columns screen shown below allows you to define the main Statistical Report header the line description for your report lines and up to eight column headers

NOTE The positions for the eight columns are shown but you can define one header to span across more than one column area

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit Batch job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 next to Column Headings

134643 Generalized Selection System GSCPRP00 01182001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPRP10 Job DEMO Statistical Report Definition




Line Information | Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 151015202530354045505560657075




Fields

There are eleven fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

NOTE After you define your headers you can view your report layout Return to the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) and press ltF13gt or ltF14gt

Table 7-5 Fields on the Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10)


Main Report Heading 132 alphanumeric characters

The main report heading to appear at the top of your Statistical Report

Default is blanks

Line Information 2 lines of 132 bytes of alphanumeric characters

An area where you can type a line description and up to eight column headings The positions for the columns are shown for you

NOTE You can define column headings that span more than one of the suggested column lengths

Default is blanks

7-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys


Table 7-6 Function Keys on the Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10)




F12 PrevScrn Return to the Definitions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) without saving the information on the screen

F20 Scroll right Display bytes 80-132 of the print line Note that this button is active when bytes 1-798 are displayed



Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15)

The Constant Value Definition screen shown below allows you to define up to nine numeric constants to use in your print column equations (Refer to the Column Definition (PRINTn) screen) The constant values you define are stored in work areas C1 through C9 To use a constant value in a print column equation refer to the work area where the constant is stored (C1 - C9)

To access this screen display the define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report functions menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 across from Constant Values



[CONST]Specify numeric values for the constant desired

Constant Value 1 100

2 200 3 300 4 400 5

6 7 8 9


7-36 621 - 102002

Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15) 7

Fields

There are nine fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-7 Fields on the Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7 numeric digits

Constant values used to perform calculations in your Statistical Report print columns Below is a list of the work area where each constant value is stored

Work Area Field on Screen

C1 Constant value in field 1









No default

Function Keys


Table 7-8 Function Keys on the Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15)




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Definition Menu screen (GSCPRP05)



Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20)

The Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen shown below allows you to define a major intermediate and minor break level to be printed on your Statistical Report These break levels can be based on any part of your input match code When any or all the defined break levels change Generalized Selection Plus will print the accumulated break totals You can also specify to print information at the detail level which prints information for every record processed

As an example the first five bytes of our Statistics File record is the ZIP Code In the screen below the major break level is ldquoSTArdquo or a state break To determine a state break Generalized Selection Plus will read the first 3 bytes of each Statistics File record If the three bytes fall out of the 3-digit range for the current state a state break occurs In the screen below an intermediate break level is any change in the Sectional Center Facility (SCF) code and a minor break level is a change in the entire ZIP Code Each time a level break occurs break totals will be printed on your Statistical Report

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu (GSCPRP05) type 2 across from the Break Level and MOVE Definitions option



[BREAK]Specify parameters for the break levels


Location Len Spacing Break level 1 (major) STA 1-999 2 1-20 D D = Double (dft)

STA S = Single




7-38 621 - 102002

7 Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20)

Fields


Table 7-9 Fields on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20) (Part 1 of 2)


Print columns at detail level 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to print each column break total at the detail level Detail level information prints a line for each Statistics File record

NOTE Column totals will not be printed at the detail level Only information moved at the detail level will be printed

Default is N

Break Level 1 (major)

Location 3 alpha characters or 3 numeric digits

Location of the major break field on the Statistics File record Note your entire input match code is moved to the Statistics File record when you fill out the Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12) within the Define Input Files component

If the first five bytes of your Statistics File record is a ZIP Code you can use option STA to specify a state break Generalized Selection Plus will read the first three bytes of the ZIP Code Based on those three bytes Generalized Selection Plus will determine a state change

No default

Len 2 numeric digits The length of the major break field

If you typed ldquoSTArdquo in the Location field type 2 Otherwise type the length of your major break field

No default

Spacing 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to print major break level totals on the Statistical Report double-spaced or single-spaced We recommend single-spacing only for the lowest level being printed

Type one of the following

D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D





Break Level 2 (Intermediate)


Location of the intermediate break field on the Statistics File record Note your entire input match code is moved to the Statistics File record when you fill out the Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12) within the Define Input Files component


No default

Len 2 numeric digits The length of the intermediate break field

If you typed ldquoSTArdquo in the Location field type 2 Otherwise type the length of your intermediate break field

No default

Spacing 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to print intermediate break level totals on the Statistical Report double-spaced or single-spaced We recommend single-spacing only for the lowest level being printed


D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D

Break Level 3 (Minor)


Location of the minor break field on the Statistics File record Note your entire input match code is moved to the Statistics File record when you fill out the Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) screen (GSCPID12) within the Define Input Files component

If the first five bytes of your Statistics File record is a ZIP Code you can use option STA to specify a state break Generalized Selection Plus will read the first 3 bytes of the ZIP Code Based on those 3 bytes Generalized Selection Plus will determine a state change

No default

Len 2 numeric digits The length of the minor break field

If you typed ldquoSTArdquo in the Location field type 2 Otherwise type the length of your minor break field

No default

Spacing 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to print minor break level totals on the Statistical Report double-spaced or single-spaced If you are also printing at the detail level we recommend double-spacing for the break levels Type one of the following

D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D

7-40 621 - 102002


Function Keys


Table 7-10 Function Keys on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20)




F10 Define MOVE Functions

Go to the Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP25) to define move functions to perform during Statistical Report generation

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Definitions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)



Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25)

The Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen shown below allows you to define information to move to the beginning of each break total final total or detail level line on the Statistical Report You can move constant values state abbreviations or names or information you may have moved from your original input file to the S work area before the record was sent to the Statistics File In the screen below when a final total is printed ldquoTOTALrdquo will be moved to the beginning of that line

NOTE Although the screen below allows you to define ten MOVE functions if you continue to page down you can define up to 500 total move functions for one Statistical Report You can define no more than 100 move functions per break level

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 next to Break Level and Move definitions From this screen (GSCPRP20) press ltF10gt Define Move Functions



[MOVE]Specify MOVE functions for the level(s) desired



1 1 7 TOTAL P 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

More


7-42 621 - 102002

7 Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25)

Fields

The table below shows you a description of each field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-11 Fields on the Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25) (Part 1 of 2)


Position to Line 3 numeric digits The number of the move function to be defined Note that you can define up to 500 moves for a report and up to 100 moves for a single break level

No default

MOVE Functions

Print Posn 3 numeric digits The location for the information to be moved on the Statistical Report line You can move data into positions 1-132

No default

Print Length 2 numeric digits The length of the information to be moved Maximum is 132 bytes for the Print Posn and the Print Length

For example if you define a print position of 130 your length can only be a maximum of 3

No default

Input Posn or STASTF 3 numeric digits or 3 alpha characters

The data to be moved to the print line when the current level of information is printed Type one of the following

Location of the data on the Statistics File record

STA to move the current state code to the print line If you type STA you must type a print length of 2 Generalized Selection Plus uses the first 3 bytes of the ZIP Code to determine the state

STF to move the full state name to the print line If you type STF you must type a print length of 19 Generalized Selection Plus uses the first 3 bytes of the ZIP Code to determine the state

NOTE If you type a value in the Input Posn or STASTF field you cannot type a value in the Constant Value field

No default

Constant Value 10 alpha numeric characters

The constant to be moved to the print line when the current level of information is printed

NOTE If you type a value in the Constant Value field you cannot type a value in the Input Posn or STASTF field

No default

Detail Level 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to perform this move when detail level information is printed

NOTE You can perform up to 100 detail level moves and define more than one level per move The only information printed at the detail level is the information you move at the detail level column totals are not printed

P Perform this move when detail level information is printed

blank Do not perform this move when detail level information is printed

Default is blank

To use this option you must have the Print Columns at Detail Level field on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen filled as ldquoYrdquo





Break 1 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to perform this move when a major break total is printed

NOTE You can perform up to 100 major level moves and define more than one level per move

P Perform this move

blank Do not perform this move

Default is blank

To use this option you must have defined at least one break level on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen

Break 2 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to perform this move when an intermediate break total is printed

NOTE You can perform up to 100 intermediate level moves and define more than one level per move

P Perform this move


Default is blank

To use this option you must have defined at least two break levels on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen

Break 3 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to perform this move when a minor break total is printed

NOTE You can perform up to 100 minor level moves and define more than one level per move

P Perform this move


Default is blank

To use this option you must have defined three break levels on the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen

Final Total 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to perform this move when the final total is printed Type one of the following

NOTE You can perform up to 100 final total level moves and define more than one level per move

P Perform this move when a final total is printed

blank Do not perform this move when a final total is printed

Default is blank

7-44 621 - 102002

Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25) 7

Function Keys


Table 7-12 Function Keys on the Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25)




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen (GSCPRP20)

NOTE The Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP25) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen press ltPAGE DOWNgt To return to the Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP25) press ltPAGE UPgt until you see the Update MOVE Functions screen (GSCPRP25)



Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30)

The Column Selection (PRINTn) screen shown below allows you to select a print column to define or re-define the columns total The first defined header line for each column is displayed for your convenience The screen also indicates whether you have recalculated the column total using the RECALn (Column Re-definition) screen In the screen below we have already defined columns 1 and 2 The first line of the column 1 header is ldquoINCOME 25-40rdquo and column 2 header is rdquoINCOME 41-80rdquo Both columns have been recalculated

NOTE If an option on this screen has ldquogtrdquo next to it this means you have already defined the print column

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 across from PRINTn - Column Definitions


Statistical Report Definition Column Selection (PRINTn amp RECALn)

[PRINT] [RECAL] Type options press enter


Opt Work area Column header Opt RECALn definition gt Column 1 INCOME 25-40 gt Column 2 INCOME 41-80

Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Column 6 Column 7 Column 8


7-46 621 - 102002

7 Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30)

Fields

There are sixteen fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-13 Fields on the Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30)


Opt 1 numeric digit An option indicating whether to delete display or define or re-define the current print column information

4 Delete the current print column information

The Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31) or the Column Re-Definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) will be displayed with a delete confirmation message To delete press ltENTERgt and to cancel press ltF12gt

5 Display the current print column information

The Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31) or the Column Re-Definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) will be displayed with the current print column data filled in You cannot change this information

12 Define and change the information defined for the current print column

The Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31) or the Column Re-Definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) will be displayed with the current print column data filled in You can change the information on the screen

Default is blank

Print Column Display field A display field indicating whether the current column information has been defined

gt The column data is defined

blank The column data is not defined

None

Column Header Display field A display field showing the first line of the current column header (if any) You defined this information on the Define Headers for Columns screen (GSCPRP10)

NOTE To change this information use the Define Headers for Columns screen (GSCPRP10)

None





RECALn Definition Display field A display field indicating whether you have recalculated the current column total

gt The RECALn data is recalculated

blank The RECALn data is not defined

NOTE To change this information use the Column Re-definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35)

None

Function Keys

There are two valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you each key and a description of its function

Table 7-14 Function Keys on the Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30)



F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Report Functions screen (GSCPRP05)

7-48 621 - 102002

7 Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31)

Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31)

The Column Definition (PRINTn) screen shown below allows you to manipulate the counters in the Statistics File with mathematical functions or equations Based on the counters and equations you define Generalized Selection Plus will print the calculated total for the current print column Note that the current column is displayed on the right side of the screen below the screen ID For an example refer to ldquoExample Column Equationrdquo after this sections ldquoFieldsrdquo heading

In the screen below we are defining print column 1 for the Statistical Report (column 1 specified in upper-right corner) A 01 indicates the first counter field value on the Statistics File record will be sent to the print work area for column 1 This value will be used to accumulate the break totals printed in column 1 of the Statistical Report

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 next to Printn - Column definitions From the Column Selection Screen (GSCPRP30) type 12 next to Column



Column 1 1 Specify equations for the column being defined

1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






Fields

There are eighteen fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-15 Fields on the Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31) (Part 1 of 2)


Fields for the 15 Print Column Equations

Byte 1 of equations 1-15 1 alpha character Describes the function to be performed

A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

H Hold or store data

No default

Bytes 2 and 3 of equations 1-15 2 alphanumeric character

Defines the field or area that you want used in the function

01 through 99 mdash Specifies a counter field in the input Statistics File

01 through 09 mdash Used with the H (Hold or store data) option Generalized Selection Plus stores the current value in the specified hold area For example H 01 would store a current value in hold area 1

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 or C9 mdash Areas that contain the constant values you defined (up to nine) on the Constant Value Definition screen (GSCPRP15)

H1 through H9 mdash Hold areas where you can temporarily store data for a later calculation Note that if you use the H or hold data option in byte 1 of the equation you cannot use these hold areas here For example A H1 would add the value stored in hold area 1 to the current value

No default

7-50 621 - 102002




Specify Editing Options for this Column

Number of decimal positions 1 numeric digit An option indicating how many decimal places to be placed after the decimal point for the current column total

Values are 0 1 2 3 4 or 5

Default is 0

Rounding option 1 alpha character An option indicating whether to round up the total that is produced in the current print column

NOTE If negative values appear in this print column you may not want to select the rounding option Generalized Selection Plus rounds upward and the negative numbers would need to be rounded downward

Y Round the total calculated in this print column

N Do not round the total calculated in this print column

Default is N

Recalculation message Display field A message indicating whether you have defined a recalculation equation for the current print column

None

Function Keys


Table 7-16 Function Keys on the Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31)




F10 RECALn Definition Go to the Column Re-definition (RECALn) screen (GSCPRP35) to recalculate the current break level column totals for the break levels

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Column Selection screen (GSCPRP31)



Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35)

The Column Re-definition (RECALn) screen shown below allows you to re-define the total generated from the print column equation The current print column is displayed on the right side of the screen below the screen ID

NOTE If you do not use this function to re-define the current column only the accumulated totals will be printed

To access this screen press ltF10gt from the Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31)


Statistical Report Definition Column Re-definition (RECALn)

Column 1 Specify equations for the column being re-defined

1 2 3 4


7-52 621 - 102002

7 Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35)

Fields

There are four fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-17 Fields on the Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35)


Equations 1-4


A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

No default

Bytes 2 and 3 of equations 1-4

2 alphanumeric character

Defines the field or area that you want to use in the function

P1 through P9 mdash Specifies the print work area for a column total For example P1 represents the total for column 1

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 or C9 mdash These areas contain the constant values you defined (up to nine) on the Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) screen (GSCPRP15)

No default

Function Keys


Table 7-18 Function Keys on the Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35)




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31)



Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45)

The Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) screen shown below allows you to select from up to 24 Statistics File fields to be defined andor re-calculated and sent on each output Detail File record For an example Detail File refer to Appendix D ldquoRecord Layoutsrdquo

NOTE If an option on this screen has ldquogtrdquo next to it you have already defined the print column In the screen below print columns 1 through 4 have been defined

To access this screen go to the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 across from Statistical Output File option type 2 across from Output Detail File and press ltF10gt


Statistical Report Definition Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn)

[DETL]Type options press enter 4=Delete 5=Display 12=Work with

Opt Work area Opt Work area gt Field 1 Field 13 gt Field 2 Field 14 gt Field 3 Field 15 gt Field 4 Field 16

Field 5 Field 17 Field 6 Field 18 Field 7 Field 19 Field 8 Field 20 Field 9 Field 21 Field 10 Field 22 Field 11 Field 23 Field 12 Field 24


7-54 621 - 102002

Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45) 7

Fields

There are twenty-four fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of the field including its format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 7-19 Fields on the Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45)


Field 1 through Field 24 2 numeric digits An option allowing you to delete or display a Detail File field or define the field to be sent on the Detail File record

4 Delete the current field definition so the total is not sent on each Detail File record

5 Display the current equations used to define the field

12 Defineedit the current field with equations

No default

Function Keys


Table 7-20 Function Keys on the Detail File Field Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45)



F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Output File Definition screen (GSCPRP40)



Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46)

The Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) screen shown below allows you to generate field totals for each Statistics File record (This is like generating column totals for your detail level information) Using this screen you can define the selected Statistics File field with the same equations used to define your print columns

NOTE A Detail File record consists of the first five bytes of your Statistics File record and any fields you re-define using this screen For a Detail File layout refer to Appendix D ldquoRecord Layoutsrdquo

In the following screen the value in the first Statistics File counter field (01) is added (A) to the print work area the counter field 2 value (02) is also added to the print work area and then the total is stored in hold area 1 (H 01) The counter field 3 value (03) is added to (A) the print work area the counter field 4 value (04) is also added (A) to the print work area then total is multiplied (M) by the total stored in hold area 1 (01)

To access this screen display the Define andor Submit Batch job screen (GSCPDS01) and type 2 next to Define Statistical Report From the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05) type 2 next to Statistical Output File


Statistical Report Definition Detail File Field Definition(DETLnn)


1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 A 04 6 M H1 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15


7-56 621 - 102002

7 Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46)

Fields


Table 7-21 Fields on the Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46)



Byte 1 of equations 1-15 1 alpha character Describes the function to be performed Type one of the following

A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


No default

Bytes 2 and 3 of equations 1-15 2 alphanumeric characters

Defines the field or area that you want to use




H1 through H9 mdash Hold areas where you can temporarily store data for a later calculation When data is sent to a hold area the print work area is set to 0

NOTE If you use the H or hold data option in byte 1 of the equation you cannot use these hold areas here For example A H1 would add the value stored in hold area 1 to the current value

No default



Function Keys


Table 7-22 Function Keys on the Detail File Field Definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46)




F12 Cancel Cancel the operation and return to the Detail File Selection (DETLnn) screen (GSCPRP45)

7-58 621 - 102002

7 Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65)

Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65)

The Report Layout screen shown below allows you to display the main report header line description header column headers and information to be moved and displayed for each break level total on your Statistical Report Note that you can display your report in 80- and 132-character formats

To access this screen using an 80-character terminal access this screen by pressing ltF13gt at the Definition Menu screen (GSCPDS05) To access this screen using a 132-character terminal access this screen by pressing ltF14gt at the Definition Menu screen (GSCPDS05)


Statistical Report DefinitionReport Layout

151015202530354045505560657075 Line information | Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 Header lines Customer Information

ZIP Total with Total with Total with Total Code ldquoZrdquo ldquoXrdquo both A63A6Detail line(s)XXXXX-XXXXXXX

Break line(s)

XXXXX 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999Total XXX 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999Final line Final total 999999 99 99999999 99999999 9999999151015202530354045505560657075 80




Function Keys


Table 7-23 Function Keys on the Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65)


F12 PrevScrn Return to the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)

F20 Scroll Right Shows the right side of the Report Layout screen Note that this key is active only when the left side of the screen is displayed

7-60 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 8

Example Batch Job

This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for creating a Generalized Selection Plus Job We have structured this chapter as a tutorial










Output File A 8-65 Output File B 8-65 Output File C 8-65 Statistics File 8-66 State Counts Report For Output File B 8-67


8 Example Batch Job

State Counts Report For Output File C 8-67 Statistical Report 8-68 Output Summary File 8-69 Run Control Totals 8-69 Job Control Totals 8-70 Execution Log 8-71

621 - 102002 8-2

Analyzing the Job 8

Analyzing the Job

In this chapter we are going to create an example job that generates three output files with different types of information in each file The information in each file will be based on criteria defined in three sets of job and instruction parameters For this job we will use one input file and the auxiliary ZIP Code File

NOTE The input and ZIP Code File do not already exist for you to use in this example job You must create them yourself


We want the Execution Log and the Control Totals to print with the current date and the following headers and footers

Main Header Sample Job

Secondary Header Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial

Footer Generalized Selection Plus Users Guide

Each of the reports are 60 lines per page

Define Input Files

This section presents the layout and contents of our input file and ZIP Code File

Input File Layout

The following is the layout of our input file

Position Data Element 1-3 File code 5-23 Individual name 24-46 Street address 47-66 City name 68-69 State 71-75 ZIP Code 77 Gender code 79-83 Income amount


8 Example Batch Job

Input File Data

The following represents our complete input file

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 036 DEBORAH RAY 137 ABERDEEN AVE PEABODY MA 01960 F 35000 012 JOHNSON JUSTUS 93 AVERY RD STANFORD CT 06075 M 27000 024 LEONARD SMITH 34 ARCADIA RD HACK NJ 07601 M 35000 036 KENNETH KLEIN 98 ALAMAWR AVE TRENTON NJ 08648 M 43000 036 WILLIAM RANDOLF 25 DILLON ST HANCOCK NY 13783 M 33000 024 TIMOTHY BIBBY 42 STOCKPORT RD HANCOCK NY 13783 M 32000 024 JIM DODSON 52 SPRUCE ST HANCOCK NY 13783 M 40000 024 PATTY SANDERS 94 VESTAL AVE HANCOCK NY 13783 F 41000 036 RUSSELL JOHNSON 8 ARROWHEAD DR PITTSFORD NY 14534 M 43000 024 JOHN MURKEY 1200 ABBOTT DR PITTSBURGH PA 15227 M 32000 024 JANE SENTON 647 MACFARLANE DR PITTSBURGH PA 15235 F 30000 024 ROBIN TAIFEN 52 ABERDEEN CRT PITTSBURGH PA 15237 F 28000 036 LAURIE HALLIGAN 2450 BRANDT SCHOOL RD WEXFORD PA 15090 F 29000 024 SANDY STEWART 142 E SEVEN STARS RD PHOENIXVILLE PA 19460 F 35000 024 ROBERTA SMITH 7500 MACARTHUR BLVD CABIN JOHN MD 20818 M 35000 012 BEN CARLSON 5699 BUZZARD NECK RD BACKBAY VA 23457 M 39000 012 JONATHAN FRANK 235 BUTTONWOOD DR LOCAL FL 33149 M 40000 012 ELIZABETH SCHOENIG 198 ADAMS RD NADA TX 32571 F 25000 012 SUZANNE JENNINGS 1301 APACHE AVE LABBELLE FL 33935 M 39000 012 JANET CALVERT 310 ALDERBROOK RD FADETTE AL 36301 F 15000 024 ANN ODAY 44 CEDARWOOD LN SABINA OH 45169 F 25000 012 SAM MARINO 2598 ABBEY WAY EAGEN MN 55120 M 30000 012 ANISA BAILEY 436 N BISMARK ST KULM SD 57366 F 20000 024 ROBERT THOMPSON 301 BASKETT AVENUE MOBERLY MO 65270 M 30000 036 JAMIE JANSEN 401 BEECH ST CHADRON NE 69337 F 37000 036 LEE NAGEL 2850 ASPEN LN VAIL CO 81657 M 35000 036 JAMES GILBERT 14603 ASTORIA RD KAGEL CANYON CA 91342 M 45000 024 REYNOLDS STANTON 430 TECATE RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 012 BILL MANSON 525 TECATE RD TECATE CA 91980 M 34000 012 ERIC JOHNS 453 THING RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 012 SANDY WILLIAMS 24103 HUMPHRIES RD TECATE CA 91980 F 23000 024 SAM JANSON PO BOX 870130 TECATE CA 91987 F 33000 036 CHARLIE CROAN 11 PO BOX BAGDAD CA 92304 M 37000 036 JAMES GOLD 116 ALOHA ST DIAMOND CA 92704 M 45000 012 LAWRENCE HOMMELINE 16008 ARMSTRONG CRT VACATION CA 95446 M 26000

621 - 102002 8-4

Analyzing the Job 8

ZIP Code File Layout

The following is the layout of our ZIP Code File

Position Data Element 1-5 ZIP Code

ZIP Code File Data

The following represents our complete ZIP Code File

+1+2 01960 07601 13783 14534 32571 45169 57366 69337 91342 91980 92304 92704 95446


We will define a job to send all input records matching the ZIP Code File to output file A define a second job to send all input records with a gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female with income between $20000 and $40000 to output file B and define a third job to send every second input record with a gender code of ldquoMrdquo for male and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo to output file C We will also produce a State Counts Report for output files B and C


We will generate a Statistical Report containing break level totals for the records sent to output files B and C


8 Example Batch Job

Submit Batch Job

We will define three output files as follows

Output file A will contain records that matched against the ZIP Code File

Output file B will contain every record with female names and incomes between $20000 and $40000

Output file C will contain every second record with male names with a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo

621 - 102002 8-6

Tutorial Steps 8

Tutorial Steps

In this tutorial we will perform the tasks listed below

1 Create the Job

2 Specify Defaults for Print Output

3 Identify the input files

4 Define the first job

5 Define the second job

6 Define the third job

7 Define the statistical report

8 Submit the jobs

9 Read the output

Each of the steps listed above is explained in detail on the following pages


8 Example Batch Job

Creating the Job

In this tutorial we will start from the Group 1 Main Menu to create a new job Follow the steps listed below to create a job called TUTOR

NOTE In this tutorial we will be using a work library called DEMO Either create this library before starting the tutorial or specify a different library name (one that already exists on your system) You cannot specify a Group 1 product library

135542 Group 1 Application Selection G1MM01 01092001 Replace with screen heading desired G1MM0001


1 MailStream Plus Presorting and Reporting System 2 List Conversion System 3 Label Printing System

4 MergePurge System 5 CODE-1 Plus NameAddress Coding System

6 Generalized Selection System 7 EZ-CASE Plus

8 Geographic Coding Plus 9 IO-Jet Plus

10 Business MergePurge Plus 11 GeoTAX

60 CanadianInternational Products

Option 6

F3=Exit F10=Command entry

1 Type 6 in the Option field and press ltENTERgt

621 - 102002 8-8

8 Creating the Job

The Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03) will appear

92243 Generalized Selection System T GSCPMM00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired M GSCPMM03

Work with Jobs B Type options press Enter

3=Copy 4=Delete 7=Rename 12=Work with 16=Submit 99=Release Job Lock Position to job

Creation - - - - - - -Last Activity- - - - - - Work OPT JobID Date Date User Function Library

BRK01 03202001 03202001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST DEFAA 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EXMPL 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX001 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX002 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX003 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX004 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX005 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST

PROPS 01212001 01212001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts MYLIBR

F3=Exit F5=Refresh F6=Create F11=Display Descriptions F12=Cancel F19=Reclaim space F21=Print Summary F24=More keys

2 Press ltF6gt to create the new job

You will be prompted to enter the new job ID


Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TUTOR


BRK01 03202001 03202001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST DEFAA 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EXMPL 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX001 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX002 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX003 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX004 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX005 01072001 0218E2 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST



3 Type TUTOR in the Job ID field and press ltENTERgt


8 Example Batch Job

The Create New Job screen (GSCPNJ01) appears

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPNJ00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired N GSCPNJ01

Create New Job

Specify Library to hold job objects Library for job objects DEMO

Provide job details as required

Job description QDFTJOBD Library QGPL

F3=Exit F6=Create Job


Your cursor will move to the next field

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPNJ00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPNJ01

Create New Job






8-10 621 - 102002

Creating the Job 8

The job will be created and the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus screen (GSCPDS01) will appear

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPDS00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPDS01 Job TUTOR Define andor Submit a Job





Submit Batch Job


We created the new job Lets begin using Generalized Selection Plus


8 Example Batch Job

Specifying Defaults for Print Output

Our next task is to define the headers and footers for our reports We will define a main header of ldquoSample Jobrdquo the current system date (CURRENT) an additional header of ldquoGeneralized Selection Plus Tutorialrdquo and a centered footer line of ldquoGeneralized Selection Plus Users Guiderdquo We want the reports to be printed with 60 lines per page Follow the steps below




2 Defaults for Print OutputDefine Input FilesDefine Jobs and Instructions


Submit Batch Job


1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Defaults for Print Output and press ltENTERgt

8-12 621 - 102002

8 Specifying Defaults for Print Output

The first Defaults for Print Output screen (GSCPPX01) will appear

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPPX00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPPX01 Job TUTOR Defaults for Print Output

[HEADER] Specify appearance for all reports

Heading for all Reports SAMPLE JOB

Date for all Reports CURRENT

Specify user-defined HeadersFooters press F11

[PAGESZ] Override print file page size if required

Reports (file PRNTRPT) 25-255

Execution Log (file PRNTXLG) 25-255

F3=Exit F6=Update F11=HeadersFooters


NOTE The print file page size default is 60 lines-per-inch


8 Example Batch Job


92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPPX00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPPX01

Job TUTOR Defaults for Print Output









3 Press ltF11gt to define the additional header and the footer

You will see the second Defaults for Print Output screen (GSCPPX03)


Job TUTOR Defaults for Print Output Define headers and footers

Specify lines to surround all reports

[UHDxx] Header Lines 151015202530354045505560657075 GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS TUTORIAL

[UFTxx] Footer Lines

151015202530354045505560657075 GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS USERS GUIDE

F12=PrevScrn F13=Remove all F20=Scroll right

4 Fill in the header and footer as shown below

8-14 621 - 102002




Define headers and footers



[UFTxx] Footer Lines GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS USERS GUIDE

151015202530354045505560657075


5 Press ltF12gt to save your header and footer

You will see the first Defaults for Print Output screen (GSCPPX01) again






Modify user-defined HeadersFooters press F11

HeadersFooters have been defined





6 Press ltF6gt to save your Defaults for Print Output data


8 Example Batch Job

Generalized Selection Plus saves the data and displays the GSCPOP10 screen prompting you to save your data to an external file

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPOP00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPOP10


The information you provided has been saved for this job If you wish to save it also in an external file for future use by other jobs enter the appropriate File Library and Member names below and press F6 If you do not wish to save this information in any other place press F12

External File Library Member

F6=Save F12=Cancel

7 Press ltF12gt

The DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) will appear again




Defaults for Print Output 01212001 092245 D1DEF Define Input Files Define Jobs and Instructions


Submit Batch Job

3=Exit F12=PrevScrn

We have completed the defaults for print output

8-16 621 - 102002

8 Identifying the Input Files

Identifying the Input Files

Next we will identify the input files to be used for this job These input files include one nameaddress file and an auxiliary ZIP Code file that contains 5-digit ZIP Codes We will specify the location of the ZIP Code in both the input nameaddress file and the ZIP Code file so that they can be compared to each other







Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job

You will see the Input File Identification Details screen (GSCPID05)

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPID00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPID05 Job TUTOR Input File Definition


Specify input files andor exit routine details Press enter to calculate lengths IA Exit-routine IA File TUTOR Records to Skip Library DEMO Decimal Fraction Member FIRST Record Limit

IB Exit-routine IB File Records to Skip Library Decimal Fraction Member FIRST Record Limit

IC Exit-routine IC File Records to Skip Library Decimal Fraction Member FIRST Record Limit

[JOBCTL] Clear entire N work area N Y N (default) Write record immediately N Y N (default) More


2 Identify the input file name library and member


8-18 621 - 102002


You will see the Input File Details screen (GSCPID10)


Job TUTOR Input File Definition Input File Details

Posn Len Fmt [ZIPIN] Posn Len Fmt ZIP Code location 71 C [MATCHI] Input file match code location(s) 71 5 C C (DFT)

[DUPCTL] 90 3 C P Specify input file duplicate handling Intra-file C E C = Countprocess Inter-file C E X E = Countprocess 1st




F3=Exit F6=Update F7=Match Code File Details F8=ZIP Code File Details

4 Type the position and format of the ZIP Code in the input file

5 Enter the position length and format of the ZIP Code in the Specify input file match code location(s) field so that Generalized Selection Plus knows you are using the ZIP Code as a match code

6 Press ltF8gt to access the ZIP Code File Details screen (GSCPID20)


8 Example Batch Job

The ZIP Code File Details screen (GSCPID20) is displayed


ZIP Code File Details

Specify ZIP Code file details Press enter to calcutale length ZIP Code File ZIPFILE Library DEMO Exit-routine Member FIRST [ZIPINZ]

Posn Fmt ZIP Code 1 C C P [FILEZD] File IZ SCF Match S Blank





7 Type the ZIP Code File name library and member You may need to ask your system administrator for these itemsrsquo names

8 Type the position and format of the ZIP Code and leave File IZ Dupes and File IZ SCF Match options blank

8-20 621 - 102002


The cursor will move to the next field


Job TUTOR Input File Definition ZIP Code File Details

Specify ZIP Code File file details ZIP Code File ZIPFILE -or- Exit-routine Library DEMO Member FIRST

Posn Fmt ZIP Code 001 C C P

File IZ Dupes E E X E = Use first of set (default) X = Treat as sequence error

File IZ SCF Match Z Z S Z = 5-digit match (default) S = SCF (3-digit) match

Bottom

F6=Update F12=Cancel F10=Default Record Definition F24=Field Search

9 Press ltF6gt to save your data and return to the Input File Details screen

10 Press ltF6gt to save all of your defined input file information


8 Example Batch Job

Generalized Selection Plus saves the data and displays the Define andor Submit a Job screen (GSCPDS01)




Defaults for Print Output 01212001 092245 D1DEF Define Input Files 01212001 093045 D1DEF Define Jobs and Instructions


Submit Batch Job


You have completed the input file definition

8-22 621 - 102002

8 Defining the First Job

Defining the First Job

Now we will define the first of three jobs The first job does the following

Sends all of the input records matching the ZIP code file to output file A

Places a ldquo1rdquo in position 0 of work area Z

Places the matching ZIP code file record starting in position 1 of work area Z

We will write an instruction to check if position 0 contains a ldquo1rdquo If it does the input record will be sent to output file A







Submit Batch Job


The Job

1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Define Jobs and Instructions and press ltENTERgt


8 Example Batch Job

You will see the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) This is where the job list appears when you define the job and instruction parameters


Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition


Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ Beginning of data End of Data


1 Press ltF10gt to define your job information

8-24 621 - 102002


Generalized Selection Plus displays the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45) Now we can define the job parameter for the first job

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPJI00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPJI45 Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition

Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel

2 Type 1 in the Function field and press ltENTERgt


8 Example Batch Job

You will see the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20)


Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition Job Card Parameters


Job name ZMATCH Card number 01 Job action A A-E = Output file




Job description



4 Press ltF6gt to save your data

8-26 621 - 102002


The Instructions

The Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45) appears Now we can define the instruction parameters for the first job


Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition Function Menu



Function 2

F12=Cancel

ltENTERgt



8 Example Batch Job

You will see the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)


Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition Instruction Card Parameters

Specify parameters for the Instruction card + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1

Job name ZMATCH Card number 02 Left Work Beg

Par Inst Area Posn Len(s) First operand ( EQ Z 0 1 Press F4 for Instruction

optionsRight






This instruction tests to see if position 1 of work area Z says ldquo1rdquo If so it means that the input record matches the ZIP Code File


8-28 621 - 102002


You will see the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)





Function

F12=Cancel

8 Press ltF12gt

You will see the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) with the parameters of the first set of job and instruction parameters




_____ 1 ZMATCH 01 A _____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1

End of Data


9 Press ltF10gt to return to the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45)


8 Example Batch Job

Defining the Second Job

Now we will define the second job which sends to output file B all the input records with a gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female and an income level between $20000 and $40000


Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel


8-30 621 - 102002

8 Defining the Second Job

The Job

You will see the Job Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI20) With this screen we define the job parameter for the second job




Job name FEMALE Card number 01 Job action B A-E = Output file




Job description


1 Fill in the screen as displayed above indicating the job name and designating an output file



8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions

You will see the Function Menu screen (GSCPJI45) Now we can define the instruction parameters that will send to output file B records that have a gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female and an income level between $20000 and $40000





Function 2

F12=Cancel


8-32 621 - 102002


Generalized Selection Plus displays the Instruction Card Parameters screen (GSCPJI30)


Instruction Card Parameters Specify parameters for the Instruction card+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +

Job name FEMALE Card number 02 Left Work Beg Par Inst Area Posn Len(s)






2 Fill in the screen as shown above

This instruction tests for an input record gender code of ldquoFrdquo for female The gender code is located in work area N at position 78 for a length of 1 The AND indicates that this instructions criteria and the next instructions or group of instructionsrsquo criteria must be met for the record to be sent to output file B



8 Example Batch Job






Function 2

F12=Cancel







First operand ( GE N 0080 07 Press F4 for Instruction options Right





8-34 621 - 102002



This instruction tests to see if the input record income level mdash located in work area N at position 80 for a length of 5 mdash is greater than or equal to the constant 20000 The AND indicates that this instructions criteria and the next instructions criteria must be met for the record to be sent to output file B







Function __

F12=Cancel

7 Press ltF12gt to go to the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11)


8 Example Batch Job

The Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11) appears with the parameters of the job FEMALE added after job ZMATCH For job FEMALE you still have one more instruction to define So far job FEMALE tests for the gender code ldquoFrdquo and an income level that is greater than or equal to $20000 Your last instruction will test for an income level that is less than or equal to $40000 To define this instruction follow the steps below




_____ 1 ZMATCH 01 A _____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 _____ 3 FEMALE 01 B _____ 4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND

C 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND End of Data


8 Press the arrow keys to move the cursor to the Option field across from line 5

9 Type C to copy that instruction and press ltENTERgt

8-36 621 - 102002


Generalized Selection Plus highlights the instruction to be copied and the word ldquoPendingrdquo appears in the upper left corner of the screen followed by the letter C

ltENTERgt






C 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND B End of Data




8 Example Batch Job

Generalized Selection Plus places the copied instruction on line 6





5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000

End of Data


11 Change the added instruction code from GE (greater than or equal to) to LE (less than or equal to)

12 Change the 20000 income level to 40000 and delete ldquoANDrdquo

13 Press ltF6gt to save your information and then press ltF10gt

This instruction tests to see if the input record income level mdash located in work area N at position 80 for a length of 5 mdash is less than or equal to the constant ldquo40000rdquo We deleted the ldquoANDrdquo because this is the last instruction in this job

8-38 621 - 102002

Defining the Third Job 8

Defining the Third Job

Next we will define the third job which sends to output file C input records with a gender code of ldquoMrdquo for male and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo for New York or ldquoCArdquo for California

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPJI 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPJI11 Job TUTOR Job and Instruction Definition




CC 3 FEMALE 01 B 4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND

CC 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 End of Data




This task copies the job FEMALE so you can change it to develop the new job

The instructions to be copied appear highlighted and the word ldquoPendingrdquo appears in the upper left corner of the screen followed by ldquoCCrdquo


8 Example Batch Job







CC 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 B End of Data


The copied instructions are placed starting on line 7




_____ 1 ZMATCH 01 A _____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 _____ 3 FEMALE 01 B

4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 B 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 9 MINCST 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 10 MINCST 02 LE N080 05-40000

End of Data

F3=Exit F4=Prompt function F5=Refresh

4 Press the arrow keys to the Name field and change the name from FEMALE to MINCST

8-40 621 - 102002

8 Defining the Third Job

The Job

Now we will modify the first line of job MINCST line 7 so records that meet the criteria of this job will be sent to output file C




_____ 1 ZMATCH 01 A _____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 _____ 3 FEMALE 01 ZST B

4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 9 MINCST 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 10 MINCST 02 LE N080 05-40000

End of Data


1 Type ZST in columns 11-13 of line 3


3 Type 002 INC in columns 15-21

4 Press the arrow keys to move the cursor to line 7 position 31 and then change the B in position 31 to a C

ldquoZSTrdquo in columns 11-13 for job parameters FEMALE and MINCST indicates that Generalized Selection Plus will generate a State Counts Report for each job and counts in the Statistics File Each State Counts Report will indicate the number of records per state for output files B and C You can also define this option on the Counts and Limits (JOB) screen (GSCPJI21) defined in Chapter 6 ldquoDefining Jobs and Instructionsrdquo

002 INC in columns 15-21 of the job parameter indicates that every second record (002) that meets the criteria of this job will be included (INC) and sent to output file C You could also define this information on the Counts and Limits (JOB) screen (GSCPJI21) defined in Chapter 6 ldquoDefining Jobs and Instructionsrdquo


8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions

Now we will modify the second line of job MINCST line 8 to test for gender code ldquoMrdquo for male





4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND 9 MINCST 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 10 MINCST 02 LE N080 05-40000

End of Data


1 Press the arrow keys to move the cursor to line 8 position 43

2 Change the F to M

8-42 621 - 102002


Now we will modify the third line of job MINCST line 9 to test for a state code of ldquoNYrdquo for New York



Option +1+2+3+4+5+6+ Beginning of data 1 ZMATCH 01 A

_____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 _____ 3 FEMALE 01 ZST B

4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND 9 MINCST 02 (EQ N068 02-NY MA 10 MINCST 02 LE N080 05-40000 )

End of Data



4 Type a left parenthesis in position 30 before GE

5 Change the GE to EQ N080 to N068 05 to 02 20000 to NY and AND to MA

NOTE Make sure your information is lined up with the previous lines and if you are not sure how the parameters should line up press ltF4gt for a prompt

This instruction tests to see if the input record state code mdash located in work area N at position 68 for a length of 2 mdash is equal to the constant of NY The MA indicates that this instructions criteria or the next instructions criteria must be met for the record to be sent to output file C


8 Example Batch Job

Now we will modify the fourth and last line of job MINCST line 10 to test for a state code of ldquoCArdquo for California





4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND 9 MINCST 02 (EQ N068 02-NY MA 10 MINCST 02 EQ N068 02-CA )

End of Data



7 Change the LE to EQ N080 to N068 05 to 02 and 40000 to CA

8 Type a right parenthesis in position 63

NOTE Make sure you type the same number of left parentheses as right parentheses

With this instruction added any record with ldquoMrdquo as the gender code and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo will be sent to output file C

8-44 621 - 102002


Your three jobs appear in the Job and Instruction Definition screen (GSCPJI11)




_____ 1 ZMATCH 01 A _____ 2 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 _____ 3 FEMALE 01 ZST B _____ 4 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND

5 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 6 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 7 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C

_____ 8 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND 9 MINCST 02 (EQ N068 02-NY MA 10 MINCST 02 LE N068 02-CA )

End of Data



You again see the DefineSubmit a Job screen (GSCPDS01)

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPJI00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPDS01 Job TUTOR Define andor Submit a Job



Defaults for Print Output 01212001 092245 D1DEF Define Input Files 01212001 093045 D1DEF Define Jobs and Instructions 01212001 095045 D1DEF


Submit Batch Job


We have defined the last job


8 Example Batch Job

Defining the Statistical Report

For our next task we will define the Statistical Report The Statistical Report will generate break totals for the records sent to output files B and C Our break levels will be by ZIP Code SCF code and then state These break totals will be based on the Statistics File The Statistics File which is generated when we submit our job contains each input record ZIP Code (first five bytes of our match code) and two counters ZIP Code records sent to output file B and the number of matching ZIP Code records sent to output file C We defined these counters by typing ZST in the job parameters for job FEMALE and job MINCST

For our Statistical Report we will define the following

Main and column report headers

Break levels for Statistical Report totals

Information to move to the beginning of each break level total line and final total line

Column totals

Output Summary File

We will also review our Statistical Report layout


Job TUTOR Define andor Submit a Job





Submit Batch Job


1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Define Statistical Report and press ltENTERgt

8-46 621 - 102002

8 Defining the Statistical Report



Job TUTOR Statistical Report Definition Report Functions Menu



Constant Values



Statistical Output File


2 Type 2 in the Opt field across from Column Headings and press ltENTERgt

Generalized Selection Plus displays the Define Headers for Columns (HEADxx) screen (GSCPRP10)



[HEAD] Specify headers for columns on statistical report

Main Report Heading 151015202530354045505560657075 Totals by ZIP and SCF


Female Male Inc 20-40 NY and CA




8 Example Batch Job

A page number will be printed on the Statistical Report at position 108 on the print line

The main heading will be TOTALS BY ZIP AND SCF

The column headings will be Female Inc 20-40 (records sent to output file B) and Male NY and CA (records sent to output file C)

4 Press ltF6gt to update your headers

5 You will see the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)

Define Break Levels

Next we will define the break levels for our Statistical Report

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPRP00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPRP05 Job TUTOR Statistical Report Definition



Opt Definition gt Column Headings

Constant Values

2 Break Level and MOVE definitions

PRINTn - Column definitions

Statistical output file



8-48 621 - 102002


You will see the Break Level Definition (BREAKn) screen (GSCPRP20)






STA S = Single


Break level 3 (minor) 001 5 S


Define the major level break as a change in the state (STA)

Define an intermediate level break as a change in the first 3 digits of the input record ZIP Code (location 1 for a length of 3)

Define a minor level break as a change in the ZIP Code (location 1 for a length of 5)

NOTE The ZIP Code is located in the first five bytes of the Statistics File record


8 Example Batch Job

Define Information to Move

Now we will define information to move to the beginning of the final total line and the major intermediate and minor break level total lines on the Statistical Report This function allows you to provide a description of the different types of totals






STA S = Single





8-50 621 - 102002


Generalized Selection Plus displays the Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) screen (GSCPRP15)

Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move


Move Data to Print Line (MOVEE)




1 1 5 001 P 2 1 7 3-DIGIT P 3 9 3 001 P 4 1 5 TOTAL P 5 7 19 STF P 6 1 7 TOTAL P 7 8 9 10

More



When a minor break total is printed (ZIP Code change) we will move the ZIP Code to the beginning of the print line

When an intermediate break total is printed (SCF change) we will move ldquo3-DIGITrdquo and the first 3 digits of the ZIP Code to the beginning of the print line

When a major break total is printed (state change) we will move ldquoTOTALrdquo and the full state name (STF) to the beginning of the print line

When a final total is printed (total of all break levels) we will move ldquoTOTALrdquo to the beginning of the print line

3 Press ltF6gt twice to update your move information and break levels and display the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)


8 Example Batch Job

Define Print Columns

Next we will define the two column totals that will be printed for each break level total The first column will print the total for records sent to output file B the second colum will print the total for records sent to output file C





Constant Values

gt Break Level and MOVE definitions

2 PRINTn - Column definitions




8-52 621 - 102002


You will see the Column Selection (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP30)









8 Example Batch Job

You will see the Column Definition (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP31)




1 A 01 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






A 01 indicates that the first counter total in the Statistics File record will be used for column 1 totals on the Statistical Report Counter 1 counts the number of records with that ZIP code were sent to output file B

4 Press ltF6gt to update column 1 and to display the Column Selection (PRINTn) screen (GSCPRP30)

NOTE A ldquogtrdquo appears next to Column 1 because we already defined it

8-54 621 - 102002





Opt Work area Column header Opt RECALn definition gt Column 1

12 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Column 6 Column 7 Column 8




8 Example Batch Job





1 A 02 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15





A 02 indicates the second counter total in the Statistics File record will be used for column 2 totals on the Statistical Report Counter 2 shows the number of records with the matching ZIP Code that were sent to output file C

4 Press ltF6gt twice to update the columns and to display the Report Functions Menu screen (GSCPRP05)

8-56 621 - 102002


Select Statistical Report Output File

Next we will select the Statistical Report output file to generate For our job we will select the Summary File which will contain the break totals printed on the Statistical Report





Constant Values

gt Break Level and MOVE Definitions






8 Example Batch Job

Review Statistical Report Layout






Constant Values


gt PRINTn - Column definitions

gt Statistical output file


1 Press ltF14gt

8-58 621 - 102002

Defining the Statistical Report 8

The report layout is displayed


Job TUTOR Statistical Report Definition Report Layout

151015202530354045505560657075 Line information | Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4Header lines TOTALS BY ZIP AND SCF

Detail line(s) Female Male Inc 20-40 NY and CA






8 Example Batch Job

Submitting the Jobs

Our eighth task is to submit the job To do this we have to define our output files We will define three output files as follows

Output file A mdash FILEA

Output file B mdash FILEB

Output file C mdash FILEC

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPDS00 12012001 Define andor Submit a Job GSCPDS01 Job TUTOR




Define Statistical Report 01212001 102045 D1DEF

2 Submit Batch Job


1 Type 2 in the Opt field next to Submit Batch Job and press ltENTERgt

8-60 621 - 102002

8 Submitting the Jobs

You will see the first Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB02)

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPSB00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPSB04

Job TUTOR Submit a Batch Job

Select Job functions 1=Select

Opt Function 1 Perform Generalized Selection

Suppress job step listing during parameter verification N Y N

Create statistical file Length Create duplicates file

Statistical Report

Specify Job details

Job description QDFTJOBD Job name TUTOR001 Library QGPL Hold on job queue Y

More

2 Fill out the screen as displayed above

3 Press your ltPAGE DOWNgt key


8 Example Batch Job

The second Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB04) appears

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPSB00 12012001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPSB04 Job TUTOR Submit a Batch Job

Specify Generalized Selection output file(s) Output file 1 - OA Y GSOF1DEMO Exit routine Library GSDEMO or Member GSOF1DEMO Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 85

Output file 2 - OB N GSOF2DEMO Library GSDEMO or Member GSOF2DEMO Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 85

Output file 3 - OC N GSOF3DEMO Library GSDEMO or Member GSOF3DEMO Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 85 More

F3=Exit F6=Submit F7=Parm test F10=Sort Options F21=Sequence Number


5 To test your parameters press ltF7gt

6 Press ltF6gt to submit your job

8-62 621 - 102002

Reading Our Output 8

Reading Our Output

Our final task is to read our output We will look at all of our output files and all of the reports that were printed

1 Contents of your three nameaddress files

2 Contents of the Statistics File and the Detail File

3 State Counts Report

4 Statistics File

5 Statistical Report

6 Summary File

8 Run Control Totals

9 Job Control Totals

10 Execution Log


8 Example Batch Job

Output File A

The following represents the input records that matched against the ZIP Code File

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 036 DEBORAH RAY 137 ABERDEEN AVE PEABODY MA 01960 F 35000 024 LEONARD SMITH 34 ARCADIA RD HACK NJ 07601 M 35000 036 WILLIAM RANDOLF 25 DILLON ST HANCOCK NY 13783 M 33000 024 TIMOTHY BIBBY 42 STOCKPORT RD HANCOCK NY 13783 M 32000 024 JIM DODSON 52 SPRUCE ST HANCOCK NY 13783 M 40000 024 PATTY SANDERS 94 VESTAL AVE HANCOCK NY 13783 F 41000 036 RUSSELL JOHNSON 8 ARROWHEAD DR PITTSFORD NY 14534 M 43000 012 ELIZABETH SCHOENIG 198 ADAMS RD NADA TX 32571 F 25000 012 ANISA BAILEY 436 N BISMARK ST KULM SD 57366 F 20000 036 JAMIE JANSEN 401 BEECH ST CHADRON NE 69337 F 37000 036 JAMES GILBERT 14603 ASTORIA RD KAGEL CANYON CA 91342 M 45000 024 REYNOLDS STANTON 430 TECATE RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 012 BILL MANSON 525 TECATE RD TECATE CA 91980 M 34000 012 ERIC JOHNS 453 THING RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 012 SANDY WILLIAMS 24103 HUMPHRIES RD TECATE CA 91980 F 23000 036 CHARLIE CROAN 11 PO BOX BAGDAD CA 96304 M 37000 036 JAMES GOLD 116 ALOHA ST DIAMOND CA 96704 M 45000 012 LAWRENCE HOMMELINE 16008 ARMSTRONG CRT VACATION CA 95446 M 26000

Output File B

The following represents the input records with a gender code of ldquoFrdquo and an income level between $20000 and $40000

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 036 DEBORAH RAY 137 ABERDEEN AVE PEABODY MA 01960 F 35000 024 JANE SENTON 647 MACFARLANE DR PITTSBURGH PA 15235 F 30000 024 ROBIN TAIFEN 52 ABERDEEN CRT PITTSBURGH PA 15237 F 28000 036 LAURIE HALLIGAN 2450 BRANDT SCHOOL RD WEXFORD PA 15090 F 29000 024 SANDY STEWART 142 E SEVEN STARS RD PHOENIXVILLE PA 19460 F 35000 012 ELIZABETH SCHOENIG 198 ADAMS RD NADA TX 32571 F 25000 024 ANN ODAY 44 CEDARWOOD LN SABINA OH 45169 F 25000 012 ANISA BAILEY 436 N BISMARK ST KULM SD 57366 F 20000 036 JAMIE JANSEN 401 BEECH ST CHADRON NE 69337 F 37000 012 SANDY WILLIAMS 24103 HUMPHRIES RD TECATE CA 91980 F 23000 024 SAM JANSON PO BOX 870130 TECATE CA 91987 F 33000

Output File C

The following represents every second input record with a gender code of M and a state code of ldquoNYrdquo or ldquoCArdquo

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9 024 TIMOTHY BIBBY 42 STOCKPORT RD HANCOCK NY 13783 M 32000 036 RUSSELL JOHNSON 8 ARROWHEAD DR PITTSFORD NY 14534 M 43000 024 REYNOLDS STANTON 430 TECATE RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 012 ERIC JOHNS 453 THING RD TECATE CA 91980 M 37000 036 JAMES GOLD 116 ALOHA ST DIAMOND CA 96704 M 45000

8-64 621 - 102002

8 Reading Our Output

Statistics File

The Statistics File contains each input record ZIP Code a count for records sent to output file B with that ZIP Code and a count for records sent to output file C The first five bytes of each Statistics File record consists of the ZIP Code in character format and the remainder consists of the counters in packed format The following is how the record for ZIP Code 91987 would appear in the Statistics File We dont present the remainder of the records

91980 FFFFF000000020000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 91987000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F


4-byte packed counter Number of records with 91980 ZIP Code sent to output file C

4-byte packed counter Number of records with 91980 ZIP Code sent to output file B

Figure 8-11 Statistics File Record Description


8 Example Batch Job

State Counts Report For Output File B

Below is the State Counts Report generated for output file B

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System State Counts Report

010193 Header for AAA01

Job FEMALE SCF Range State Count 010-027 Massachusetts 1 150-196 Pennsylvania 4 430-458 Ohio 1 570-577 South Dakota 1 680-693 Nebraska 1 750-799 Texas 1 900-961 California 2

Total for US 11

State Counts Report

Generalized Selection Plus Users Guide

State Counts Report For Output File C

Below is the State Counts Report generated for output file C



Job MINCST SCF Range State Count 100-149 New York 1 900-961 California 4

Total for US 5

State Counts Report


8-66 621 - 102002


Statistical Report

Below we present only the ZIP Code information on our Statistical Report that generated break totals

Generalized Selection Plus System Statistical Report Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial TOTAL ZIP AND SCF PAGE 1


15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 2 0

15090 1 0 PA Break Totals

3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0

TOTAL PA 4 0

91980 0 2 91987 0 1

TOTAL 919 0 3

96704 0 1

3-DIGIT 967 0 1 CA Break Totals

TOTAL CA 0 4

TOTAL 4 4

Statistical Report


Figure 8-12 Example Job Statistical Report


8 Example Batch Job

Output Summary File

The output Summary File contains the break totals printed on the Statistical Report Below is a sample Summary File

464 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MASSACHUSETTS 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL RHODE ISLAND

153 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEW HAMPSHIRE 140 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MAINE

62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL VERMONT 324 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL CONNECTICUT 589 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEW JERSEY

70 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL APOFPO 937 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEW YORK 762 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL PENNSYLVANIA

61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL DELAWARE 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL DIST OF COLUMBIA

365 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MARYLAND 556 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL VIRGINIA 104 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL WEST VIRGINIA 505 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NORTH CAROLINA 244 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL SOUTH CAROLINA 619 488 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL GEORGIA 1723 1723 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL FLORIDA

6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL APOFPO3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL FLORIDA

358 358 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL ALABAMA 417 417 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL TENNESSEE 193 193 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MISSISSIPPI 224 224 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL KENTUCKY 890 890 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL OHIO 483 483 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL INDIANA 764 764 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MICHIGAN 331 23 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL IOWA 437 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL WISCONSIN 573 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MINNESOTA 109 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL SOUTH DAKOTA 134 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NORTH DAKOTA 177 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MONTANA 1059 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL ILLINOIS 491 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL MISSOURI 423 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL KANSAS 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEBRASKA 393 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL LOUISIANA 235 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL ARKANSAS 510 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL OKLAHOMA 2193 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL TEXAS 633 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL COLORADO 104 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL WYOMING 177 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL IDAHO 200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL UTAH 557 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL ARIZONA 213 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEW MEXICO 208 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL NEVADA 3860 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL CALIFORNIA

44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL APOFPO 116 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL HAWAII 410 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL OREGON 802 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL WASHINGTON 436 0 0 0 0 0 0 0TOTAL ALASKA

Figure 8-13 Example Summary Report

8-68 621 - 102002


Run Control Totals

Below are the Run Control Totals produced for this job

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Run Control Totals

12012001

Total Input Records NA File 1 35 Records Bypassed 0 Records Processed 35

Total Input Records ZIP Code File 13

Input records matched 18

Total Input Records Read 35 Total Input Records Processed 35

Total Records Output File OA 18 Total Records Output File OB 11 Total Records Output File OC 5

Generalized Selection System Run Control Totals


Figure 8-14 Example Run Control Totals


8 Example Batch Job

Job Control Totals

Below are the Job Control Totals produced for this job

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Job Control Totals

12012001

Job ID CD Limitations Operation Con Descr C-lvl CTR Count

ZMATCH 01 A 00 00 18 ZMATCH 02 EQ Z000 01-1 00 00 18 FEMALE 01 ZST B 00 01 11 FEMALE 02 EQ N078 01-F AND 00 00 13 FEMALE 02 GE N080 05-20000 AND 00 00 12 FEMALE 02 LE N080 05-40000 00 00 11 MINCST 01 ZST 002 INC C 00 02 5 MINCST 02 EQ N078 01-M AND 00 00 22 MINCST 02 (EQ N068 02-NY MA 01 00 4 MINCST 02 LE N068 02-CA ) 00 00 7

Generalized Selection Plus System Job Control Totals


Figure 8-15 Example Job Control Totals

8-70 621 - 102002


Execution Log

Below is the first half and of the Execution Log produced for this job and the next page displays the second half Congratulations You have finished the example batch job

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log for job 067981D1DEFDSP23 1 12012001 Header for AAA01

062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GS00 I Programs and Design Copyright Group 1 Software Inc 1993-2002 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVERIDE INPUT FILE A 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DIVER X OVRDBF GSMMNA1 D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVERIDE INPUT FILE B 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMNA2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - SORT INPUT FILE C 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMNA3 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVERIDE INPUT MATCH CODE FILE IM 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMMTC D1PGMS GSMATCH FIRST 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdash-062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVERIDE INPUT MATCH CODE FILE IM2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMMT2 D1PGMS GSMATCHX FIRST 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - SORT INPUT ZIP CODE FILE IZ 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdash-062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMZPI D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0400 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - SORT INPUT FILE CODE FILE IK 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMNKIL D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0400 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - GEN SEL SYSTEM SORTING UTILITY 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMPRM UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 SORTGS0164 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CALL GSSORTIN 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER I GSSORTIN STARTED COMPILED 062193 AT 164750 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER I EOF reached File GSMMPRM 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER I GSSORTIN ended 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash-062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVERIDE TO SORTED FILES IF NECESSARY 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdash-062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMNA1 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER x OVRDBF GSMMNA2 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMNA3 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMMTC UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMMT2 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMZPI UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMKIL UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666

Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log Generalized Selection Plus Users Guide

Figure 8-16 Example Execution Log of 2


8 Example Batch Job

2 Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log for job 067981D1DEFDSP23 12012001 Header for AAA01

062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - GEN SEL SYSTEM MATCH AND MERGE 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - GSMM00 INVOCATION mdash PROCESS GEN SEL 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdashmdashmdash 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSXXPXT UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 PXT0107 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMPRN UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 GENSEL0107 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 GSOF1AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMOF1 UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 GSOF1AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 GSOF2AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMOF2 UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 GSOF2AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 GSOF3AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMOF3 UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 GSOF3AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - CRTPF UPTEST GSOF04AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF04AAAS2 GSOF4AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMOF4 UPTEST GSOF4AAAS2 GSOF4AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - CRTPF UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 GSOF5AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMOF5 UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 GSOF5AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CRTPF UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X ADDPFM UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 GSMF1AAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMMF1 UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 GSMF1AAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CRTPF UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 0079 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X ADDPFM UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 GSTATAAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X OVRDBF GSMMZPS UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 GSTATAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - CRTPF UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - ADDPFM UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 GDUPEAAAS2 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - OVRDBF GSMMOF5 UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 GDUPEAAAS2 0666 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X CALL GSMMOO 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMOO I GSMMOO started Compiled 062193 at 201755 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMVPOO I GSMMVP00 started Compiled 062193 at 203853 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMVPOO I EOF reached File GSXXPXT 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMVP00 I GSMMVP00 ended 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMOO I EOF reached File GSMMNA1 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 GSMMOO I GSMMOO ended 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X RMVM UPTEST PRMGSSTEC2 GENSEL 0019 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - GEN SEL PARAMETER FILE CLEANUP 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - REMOVE PARAMETERS USED IN MORE THAN ONE STEP 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER - mdashmdash-062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X RMVM UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 PXT0019 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER X FMVINPCMDM 062193 101613 067122 DSP23 G1DRIVER i All functions completed normally


Figure 8-17 Example Execution Log Page 2 of 2

8-72 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 9

Submit Batch Job Screens

This chapter provides complete reference for the Submit Batch Job component

Component Overview 9-2 Files and File Names 9-4

Sort Files 9-5 Work Library Files 9-6










9 Submit Batch Job Screens

Component Overview


Specify Generalized Selection Plus options for submitting a job

Specify the output files

Sort the input files

Add sequence numbers to output records

Test the parameters

Submit the job to run


First Submit Batch Job screen mdash Specifies what output files to generate specifies job details and indicates whether to place the job on hold in the queue (GSCPSB02)

Second Submit Batch Job screen mdash Identifies names and details for output files OA OB and OC (GSCPSB04)

Third Submit Batch Job screen mdash Identifies names and details for output files OD and OE and the Master File (GSCPSB06)

Context Errors screen mdash Displays syntax errors that are in your job and instruction parameter list such as unmatched parentheses (GSCPSB95)

Sort Input Files screen mdash Specifies whether to sort input files A B or C the Match Code Files the ZIP Code File or the Kill File and whether to sort them to a new file (GSCPSB10)

First Serial Numbering screen mdash Allows you to write a sequence number for each record written to output files A B or C (GSCPSB88)

Second Serial Numbering screen mdash Allows you to write a sequence number for each record written to output files D and E and the Master File where all records are written (GSCPSB89)

621 - 102002 9-2

9 Component Overview

The figure below shows the relationship between the Submit Batch Job screens

Submit Batch Job

Submit Batch Job (Screen 1)

GSCPSB02


GSCPSB04

ltF3gt


GSCPSB06

ltF10gt ltF12gt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

Sort Input Files

GSCPSB10

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB89

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB88

ltPAGE DOWNgt ltPAGE UPgt

ltF21gt

ltF12gt

ltF21gt ltF12gt

To Submit ltF6gt If There Are Errors

Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95)

Figure 9-1 Submit Batch Job Screens



Files and File Names

With the Submit Batch Job component you can identify output files OA OB OC OD and OE and the Master File The program has internal names for each of these files for the input files you choose to sort and for the Duplicates File and the Statistics File These internal names will be printed on the Execution Log and on the FILEDF parameter regardless of the actual file library and member names of these files For more information about the FILEDF parameter please refer to Appendix B GSP90 (Report) Parameter Records

Through the Submit Batch Job component you will identify file library and member names for some or all of the following files



nameaddress Files 1-5 GSPOUT1 GSPOUT2 GSPOUT3 GSPOUT4 GSPOUT5

The optional output nameaddress Files are output files where information can be sent to an output file based on the instructions you use in your job

Master File GSPMAST The optional Master File is the output file to which Generalized Selection Plus writes every record processed during the job

Parameter File GSPPARM The Parameter File lists all the parameters generated from your Generalized Selection Plus job

Duplicates File GSPDUPS The optional Duplicates File is the target output file for all duplicate records that Generalized Selection Plus encountered during processing

Statistics File GSPZSTAT The optional Statistics File records the counts by ZIP Code postal code or portion of your input match code that you defined per job or per instruction








621 - 102002 9-4

9 Files and File Names

Sort Files

You can sort the input files to new files using the Sort Option screen in the Submit Batch Job component If you sort them to new files below is a list of the file names that the input and auxiliary input files are sorted into

File Name Sort File Name in Work Library

Input File A SRTIALC Input File B SRTIBLC Input File C SRTICLC Match Code File 1 SRTIMLC Match Code File 2 SRTM2LC Match Code File 3 SRTM3LC Match Code File 4 SRTM4LC Match Code File 5 SRTM5LC Match Code File 6 SRTM6LC Match Code File 7 SRTM7LC Match Code File 8 SRTM8LC Match Code File 9 SRTM9LC ZIP Code File SRTIZLC Kill File SRTIKLC



Work Library Files

When Generalized Selection Plus generates the Duplicates File and Statistics File the following files are created in your work library

Table 9-3 Duplicates and Statistics Files


Duplicates File GDUPELIC

Statistics File GSTATLIC

When Generalized Selection Plus generates the Summary File and the Detail File the following files are created in your work library which include

Table 9-4 Summary and Detail Files




621 - 102002 9-6

9 Exit Routines

Exit Routines

The Submit Batch Job component gives you the option to specify an output exit routine that Generalized Selection Plus should call each time it is ready to write a record to your output file If you are using an output exit routine instead of writing the record Generalized Selection Plus will call your exit routine and wait for the exit routine to pass a record back

When you indicate that Generalized Selection Plus should call an exit routine it will call that exit routine with the following four parameters in the parameter list at each IO request

Parameter EXITP1




1-8 EXITFN The internal file name (GSMMOF1 GSMMOF2 GSMMOF3 GSMMOF4 GSMMOF5 and GSMMMF1)








Parameter EXITP2




1-3 EXITRL If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoOrdquo or ldquoRrdquo this field which is a packed 3-byte field must be filled by the exit routine




W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





621 - 102002 9-8

9 Submit Batch Job Screen 1(GSCPSB02)

Submit Batch Job Screen 1(GSCPSB02)

The first Submit Batch Job screen shown below allows you to

Select functions

Submit a job

Type the job details

Specify whether to hold the job in the queue

To access this screen choose the Submit Batch Job function from the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) or choose to submit a job from the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)

142249 Generalized Selection System GSCPSB00 01182001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPSB02 Job DEMO3 Submit Batch Job



Suppress job step listing during parameter verification Y N

Create statistical file Create duplicates file

Statistical Report

Specify Job details

Job description QDFTJOBD Job name DEMO30001Library QGPL Hold on job queue N

More

F3=Exit F6=Submit F7=Parm Test F10=Sort Options F21=Sequence Number



Fields

There are five fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-9 Fields on the first Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB02) (Part 1 of 2)


Perform Generalized Selection Plus

1 character A code indicating whether to perform the instructions or not Type one of the following

1 Perform the instructions

Blank Dont submit the job

Optional Default is previous run

Create statistical file 1 digit A code indicating whether or not you want to generate the Statistics File for the job This file stores all of the job and instruction counters that you define in Counts and Limits screens Type one of the following

1 Generate the Statistics File

blank Do not generate the Statistics File


Create duplicates file 1 digit A code indicating whether or not you want to generate the Duplicates File for the job This file stores all of the duplicates found while processing the job Type one of the following

1 Generate the Duplicates File

blank Do not generate the Duplicates File


Statistical Report 1 digit A code indicating whether or not you want to generate the Statistical Report for the job This file is generated from the Define Statistical Report parameters Type one of the following

1 Generate the Statistical Report

blank Do not generate the Statistical Report


Job description 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the file that contains job processing details that should be used for this job

Required Default is the job description you specified on the Create New Job screen (GSCPNJ01)

Library (Job description) 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds the job description named above

Required Default if the library name you specified on the Create New Job screen (GSCPNJ01)

9-10 621 - 102002




Job name 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ __) First character must not be 0-9

The unique name of this job as it is defined in the system

Required Default is a combination of the job ID and the sequence number based on the number of times the job has been submitted

Hold on job queue 1 numeric character

A code indicating whether or not this job should be held on the job queue to be released at a later time Type one of the following codes

N No run the job immediately

Y Yes hold the job on the job queue


Function Keys

There are four valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 9-10 Function Keys on the first Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB02)


F3 Exit Return to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01) without submitting this job

F6 Submit Submit this job and return to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen

F7 Parm test Without submitting this job this option tests the parameters generated by this job

F10 Sort Option Go to the Sort Input Files screen (GSCPSB10)

F21 Sequence Number Go to the First Serial Numbering screen (GSCPSB88)

NOTE The first Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB02) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen the second Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB04) press ltPAGE DOWNgt To return to the first Submit Batch Job screen press ltPAGE UPgt



Submit Batch Job Screen 2 (GSCPSB04)

The second Submit Batch Job screen shown below allows you to type the file names libraries member names and record lengths of output files OA OB and OC You can also indicate whether to replace the currently defined output file(s) or add records to the end To access this screen page down from the first Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB02)


Specify Generalized Selection output file(s) Output file 1 - OA N GSOF1DEMO3 Exit routine Library METZ3410 or Member GSOF1DEMO3 Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 194

Output file 2 - OB N GSOF2DEMO3 Library METZ3410 or Member GSOF2DEMO3 Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 194

Output file 3 - OC N GSOF3DEMO3 Library METZ3410 or Member GSOF3DEMO3 Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 194 More


9-12 621 - 102002

Submit Batch Job Screen 2 (GSCPSB04) 9

Record Length Field

Generalized Selection Plus fills this field automatically Generalized Selection Plus determines the record length through the following process

1 First it checks the jobs previous run for the record length used for that file If you try to change the record length a message will indicate that the length cannot be changed because it represents the record length of an existing file

2 Next if there is no previous run Generalized Selection Plus checks the length defined by the instructions For example if the record length is 150 bytes but you append 20 bytes of data to the end of your input records Generalized Selection Plus enters the length as 170

3 Finally if there isnt any data appended at the end of the input record Generalized Selection Plus defaults to the largest input record length

NOTE You can change this value if the file doesnt currently exist



Fields

There are twenty-one fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-11 Fields on the second Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB04) (Part 1 of 3)


Output File 1-OA

Output file 1-OA 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of output file 1-OA Required if using output file A Default is GSOF1 (JobID)

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether output file 1-OA is to be used for this execution

Automatic but can be changed


The name of the library that holds output file 1-OA

Required if using output file A Default is the work library name


The member of the file that holds output file 1-OA

Required if using output file A Default is the work member name


The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output file A records

No default

Replace or add records Asterisk and up to 7 characters A code indicating whether to add records to the end of the file or replace the data in the file

REPLACE Replace the current records in the file with the records to be processed

ADD Add the records to be processed to the end of the file

Optional Default is REPLACE

Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output file 1-OA or passed to the output exit routines

Required if using output file A Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length

Output File 2-OB

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether output file 2-OB is to be used for this execution


Output file 2-OB 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of output file 2-OB Required if using output file B Default is GSOF2 (JobID)

9-14 621 - 102002

9 Submit Batch Job Screen 2 (GSCPSB04)




The name of the library that holds output file 2-OB

Required if using output file B Default is the work library name


The member of the file that holds output file 2-OB

Required if using output file B Default is the work member name


The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output file 2-OB records

No default





Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output file B or passed to the output exit routines

Required if using output file B Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length

Output File 3-OC

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether output file 3-OC is to be used for this execution


Output file 3-OC 1 o 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of output file 3-OC Required if using output file C Default is GSOF3 (JobID)


The name of the library that holds output file 3-OC

Required if using output file C Default is work library


The member of the file that holds output file 3-OC

Required if using output file C Default is work member


The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output file 3-OC records

No default









Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output file 3-OC or passed to the output exit routines

Required if using output file C Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length

Function Keys

There are three valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 9-12 Function Keys on the second Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB04)


F3 Exit Return to the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) without submitting this job

F6 Submit Submit this job and return to the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen


F10 Sort Options Go to the Sort Input Files screen (GSCPSB10)

F21 Sequence Number Goes to the First Serial Numbering screen (GSCPSB88)

NOTE The second Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB04) has ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom To display the next screen the third Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB06) press ltPAGE DOWNgt To return to the second Submit Batch Job screen press ltPAGE UPgt

9-16 621 - 102002



The third Submit Batch Job screen shown below allows you to type the file names libraries member names and record lengths of output files OD OE and the Master File You can also indicate whether to replace the currently defined output file(s) or add records to the end To access this screen page down from the second Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB04)


Specify Generalized Selection output file(s) Output file 4 - OD N GSOF4DEMO3 Exit routine

Library METZ3410 or Member GSOF4DEMO3

Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADD Record length 194

Output file 5 - OE N GSOF5DEMO3 Library METZ3410 or Member GSOF5DEMO3


Output master file N GSMF1DEMO3 Library METZ3410 or

Member GSMF1DEMO3 Replace or add records REPLACE REPLACE (dft) ADDRecord length 194 Bottom




Record Length Field


1 First Generalized Selection Plus checks the jobs previous run for the record length used for that file If you try to change the record length a message will indicate the the length cannot be changed because it indicates the record length of an existing file




9-18 621 - 102002


Fields

There are twenty-one fields on this screen The table on the next page shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-13 Fields on the Third Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB06) (Part 1 of 3)


Output file 4-OD

Output file 4-OD 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of output file 4-OD Required if using output file D Default is GSOF4 (JobID)

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether output file 4-OD is to be used for this execution



The name of the library that holds output file 4-OD

Required if using output file D Default is work library


The member of the file that holds output file 4-OD

Required if using output file D Default is work member

Exit Routine 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9$ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output file 4-OD records

No default

Replace or add records Asterisk and up to 7 characters

A code indicating whether to add records to the end of the file or replace the data in the file




Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output file 4-OD or passed to the output exit routines

Required if using output file D Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length

Output file 5-OE

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether output file 5-OE is to be used for this execution


Output file 5-OE 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of output file 5-OE Required if using output file E Default is GSOF5 (JobID)


The name of the library that holds output file 5-OE

Required if using output file E Default is work library






The member of the file that holds output file 5-OE

Required if using output file E Default is work member


The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output file 5-OE records

No default






Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output file 5-OE or passed to the output exit routines

Required if using output file E Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length

Output Master File OM

YN Indicator 1 character An option indicating whether the output Master File (OM) is to be used for this execution


Output master file 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the output Master File (OM) where Generalized Selection Plus writes all processed records

Optional Default is

Library 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ __) First character must not be 0-9

The name of the library that holds the output Master File (OM)

Optional Default is work library

Member file) 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or __) First character must not be 0-9

The member of the file that holds the output Master File (OM)

Optional Default is work member


The name of the user-defined output exit routine for output Master File (OM) records

Optional No default






9-20 621 - 102002




Record Length Up to 4 numeric digits The length of the records that are to be written to output Master File (OM) or passed to the output exit routines

Optional Defaults to previous run then instruction length then input record length



Function Keys


Table 9-14 Function Keys on the third Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB06)


F3 Exit Save data and return to the DefineSubmit Generalized Selection Plus Job screen (GSCPDS01) without submitting this job





9-22 621 - 102002

9 Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95)


The Context Errors screen shown below allows you to view any errors that are in the parameters for your job When you press ltF6gt from any screen in the Submit Batch Job component your job is submitted If there are any parameter errors then Generalized Selection Plus displays the Context Errors screen Note that the screen below displays two possible parameter errors that can occur


Submit Batch Job Context Errors

The following context errors were found in the jobs and instructions

No matching parenthesisConnector word missing

For more information proceed to the Job and Instruction definition

F3=Exit F7=Parm Test F12=PrevScrn



Fields

There are no fields on this screen The screen only displays the parameter errors that Generalized Selection Plus encountered

Function Keys


Table 9-15 Function Keys on the Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95)


F3 Exit Save data and return to screen in the Submit Batch Job component that you used to submit your job

F7 Parm Test Without submitting this job this option tests the parameters generated by this job

F12 PrevScrn Return to the screen in the Submit Batch Job component that you used to submit your job

9-24 621 - 102002

9 Sort Option Screen (GSCPSB10)

Sort Option Screen (GSCPSB10)

The Sort Option screen (GSCPSB10) shown below allows you to indicate what input files you want sorted and if you want them sorted to a new file With this option you retain a copy of the original input file To access this screen press ltF10gt from any of the Submit Batch Job screens

NOTE It is very important that you sort your input files and auxiliary input files if you are matching against auxiliary input files or identifying duplicates


Submit Batch Job Sort Input Files

Select input file(s) to sort if desired 1=Select

Opt File Sort to different file Input File IA Y N (default) Input File IB Input File IC Input Match Code File IM 1 Input Match Code File IM 2 Input Match Code File IM 3 Input Match Code File IM 4 Input Match Code File IM 5 Input Match Code File IM 6 Input Match Code File IM 7 Input Match Code File IM 8 Input Match Code File IM 9 Input ZIP Code File IZ Input Kill File IK

F3=Exit F6=Submit F7=Parm Test F12=PrevScrn



Fields

There are three fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-16 Fields on the Sort Input File Screen (GSCPSB10)


Opt 1 character Enter ldquo1rdquo in this field if wish to sort the file

File Characters Read-only indicates the file name

Sort 1 character Indicates if you want to sort to a different file

Y Yes sort to a different file

N No do not sort to a different file

Function Keys


Table 9-17 Function Keys on the Sort Input Files Screen (GSCPSB10)





F12 PrevScrn Return to the first second or third Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB02 GSCPSB04 or GSCPSB06) without updating information

9-26 621 - 102002

Sort Option Screen (GSCPSB10) 9

Sorting to a New File

This screen provides the option to sort any of your input files to a new file so that your original input file stays intact Below is a list of the sort file names





Fields

There are twelve fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-18 Fields on the Sort Input Files Screen (GSCPSB10) (Part 1 of 2)


Select Input Files To Sort

Input File IA 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort input file A by match code (MATCHI) Type one of the following

1 Sort input file IA

blank Do not sort input file IA

Optional No default

Input File IB 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort input file B by match code (MATCHI) Type one of the following

1 Sort input file IB

blank Do not sort input file IB

Optional No default

Input File IC 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort input file C by match code (MATCHI) Type one of the following

1 Sort input file IC

blank Do not sort input file IC

Optional No default

Input Match Code File 1 Input Match Code File 2 Input Match Code File 3 Input Match Code File 4 Input Match Code File 5 Input Match Code File 6 Input Match Code File 7 Input Match Code File 8 Input Match Code File 9

1 digit An option indicating whether to sort any defined Match Code File by match code MATCMx) Type one of the following

1 Sort Match Code File

blank Do not sort Match Code File

Optional No default

Input ZIP Code File IZ 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort the ZIP Code File by ZIP Code Type one of the following

1 Sort ZIP Code File

blank Do not sort ZIP Code file

Optional No default

Input Kill File IK 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort the Kill File at position 1 for the length of the match code Type one of the following

1 Sort Kill File

blank Do not sort Kill File

Optional No default

9-28 621 - 102002




Sort To Different File

Input File IA 1 character An option indicating whether to sort input file A by match code to a new file Type one of the following

Y Sort to a new file

N Sort over original file


Input File IB 1 character An option indicating whether to sort input file B by match code to a new file Type one of the following




Input File IC 1 character An option indicating whether to sort input file C by match code to a new file Type one of the following





1 character An option indicating whether to sort the Match Code File by match code to a new file Type one of the following




Input ZIP Code File IZ 1 character An option indicating whether to sort the ZIP Code File by ZIP Code to a new file Type one of the following




Input Kill File IK 1 digit An option indicating whether to sort the Kill File at position 1 for the length of the match code to a new file Type one of the following






Function Keys







F12 PrevScrn Cancel the operation and return to the first Submit Batch Job screen (GSCPSB02)

9-30 621 - 102002

9 Serial Numbering Screen (1) (GSCPSB88)

Serial Numbering Screen (1) (GSCPSB88)

The first Serial Numbering screen shown below allows you to write a sequence number for each record written to output files A B and C To access this screen press ltF21gt from any of the Submit Batch Job screens


Submit Batch Job Serial Numbering

[SEQUN]Specify output file serial numbering if desired

Output Output Output File OA File OB File OC

Position Length Format (C or P)

Starting number Limit Increment

More




Fields

There are nine fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 9-20 Fields on the first Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB88) (Part 1 of 2)


Output File 1-OA

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on output file As record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for output file A Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for output file A Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format


Starting Number 9 digits A 9-digit number indicating the first sequence number to be placed on a specified output file record

Optional No default

Limit 9 digits A 9-digit number indicating the last sequence number that can be sent to the specified output file

When this number is reached sequencing will start again from one or the value specified in positions 26-31

Optional No default

Increment 9digits A 9-digit number indicating how to increment the sequence numbers placed on a specified output file record

Optional No default

Output File 2-OB

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on output file Bs record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for output file B Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for output file B Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-32 621 - 102002




Optional No default

Output File 3-OC

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on output file Cs record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for output file C Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for output file C Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys


Table 9-21 Function Keys on the first Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB88)


F3 Exit Save data and return to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01)




9-34 621 - 102002



The second Serial Numbering screen shown below allows you to write a sequence number for each record written to output files D and E and the Master File To access this screen press ltF21gt from any of the Submit Batch Job screens




Output Output Output File OD File OE File OM



Bottom




Fields


Table 9-22 Fields on the second Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB88)


Output File 4-OD

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on output file Ds record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for output file D Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for output file D Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Output File 5-OE

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on output file Es record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for output file E Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for output file E Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-36 621 - 102002




Optional No default

Output Master File - OM

Position 4 digits The location for the sequence number on the output Master Files record

Optional No default

Length 1 digit The length of the sequence number for the output Master File

Optional No default

Format (C or P) 1 character The format of the sequence number for the output Master File Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys


Table 9-23 Function Keys on the second Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB89)






9-38 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 0

Defaults for Print Output Screens

This chapter provides complete reference for the Defaults for Print Output component of Generalized Selection Plus Each screen is presented along with its fields options and function keys





10 Defaults for Print Output Screens

Component Overview

The Defaults for Print Output component is one of the least complex components of Generalized Selection Plus This component allows you to define four items

Textual main header to be printed on all reports

Date to be printed with the main header

Lines per page for the Execution Log and for all other reports

Additional headers and footers to be printed on all reports

You will define all of these items from two screens

Defaults for Print Output screen mdash (GSCPPX01)

Defaults for Print Output screen mdash Define headers and footers (GSCPPX03 GSCPPX04)

Figure 10-1 shows the relationship between these screens

Define andor Submit a Batch Job

Defaults for Print Output GSCPPX01

Update Job Information

ltF6gt

ltF11gt ltF12gt

Define headers and footers GSCPPX03GSCPPX04

Figure 10-1 Defaults for Print Output screens

10-2 621 - 102002

Types of Headers and Footers 10

Types of Headers and Footers

The Defaults for Print Output component has five types of headers and footers

System header

Main header

Additional header(s) or line(s)

System footer

Additional footer(s)

The system header always consists of a blank line followed by the phrase ldquoGeneralized Selection Systemrdquo and the name of the report You cannot control the text of this header nor can you suppress it from being printed at the top of each page of your reports

The single line main header defined on the first Defaults for Print Output screen is printed under the system header

NOTE The date prints on the far left side of the main header line

The additional header which can be up to 4 lines long is printed at the very top line(s) above the blank line above the system header

The system footer is identical to the system header except that it is printed at the bottom of the report page instead of the top Like the system header you cannot control the text nor can you suppress it from being printed at the bottom of each page of each report

The additional footer which can be up to 4 lines long is printed as the very last line(s) below the blank line below the system heading



The figure below shows the various headers and footers

Alternate Header Lines Run Control Totals

12282001 Header for AAA01 Date and Main Header

Total Input Records NA File 1 18 Records Processed 18 Dupes - File A System Header 3

Total Input Records NA File 2 Line 0

Total Input Records NA File 3 0

Total Input Records Match File 1 6 Dupes File A 2 Input records matched 2


Total Input Records ZIP File 6 Input records matched 4 Dupes mdash File Z 1

Total Input Records Kill File 5 Input records purged 0

Total Input Records Read 18

Total Input Records Processed 18 Total Records Output File OA 10 Total Records Output File OB 10 Total Records Output File OC 4 Total Records Output File OD 0 Total Records OutputFile OE 0 Total Records Output Master File Total Records Output Duplicates File System Footer Line 18

3 Total Records Output Stats File 9

Generalized Selection System Run Control Totals Footer 1 Footer 2

Additional Footer Lines

Heading 1 Heading 2

Figure 10-2 Headers and Footers

10-4 621 - 102002

Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01) 10

Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01)

The first screen in the Defaults for Print Output component is the Defaults for Print Output screen shown below




Heading for all Reports TEST




Reports (file PRNTRPT) 25-255 Execution Log (file PRNTXLG) 25-255




Fields

There are four fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 10-1 Fields on the Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01)


Heading for all Reports Up to 40 alphanumeric characters

The main header that you want to be printed along with the date at the top of your reports You may type any text you wish

Optional No default

Date for all Reports 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters

The date that you want printed along with the main header at the top of your reports Type either a date or CURRENT to print the system date

Optional Default is CURRENT

Reports (file PRNTRPT)

2 to 3 numeric digits Minimum is 25 maximum is 255

The number of lines you want to be printed on each page of all of the reports except the Execution Log

Optional Default is 66

Execution Log (file PRNTXLG)


The number of lines you want to be printed on each page of the Execution Log


Function Keys


Table 10-2 Function Keys on the Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01)


F3 Exit Exit from the Defaults for Print Output component without saving the data


F11 HeadersFooters Display the Define Headers and Footers screen (GSCPPX03)

10-6 621 - 102002

Define headers and footers Screen (GSCPPX03GSCPPX04) 10

Define headers and footers Screen (GSCPPX03GSCPPX04)

The second screen in the Defaults for Print Output component is the Defaults for Print Output mdash Define headers and footers screen shown below


Defaults for Print Output Define headers and footers


[UHDxx] Header Lines 15101520253035404550556065707 5


15101520253035404550556065707 5




Fields

There are two fields on this screen The table below shows you a description of each field including the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 10-3 Fields on the Define headers and footers Screen (GSCPPX03)


Header Lines Up to 4 lines of up to 132 alphanumeric characters each

Type the additional header lines that you want to be printed at the top of your reports

Optional No default

Footer Lines Up to 4 lines of up to 132 alphanumeric characters each

Type the additional footer lines that you want to be printed at the bottom of your reports

Optional No default

Function Keys


Table 10-4 Function Keys on the Define headers and footers Screen (GSCPPX03)


F12 PrevScrn Save the additional headers and footers and go to the Defaults for Print Output screen (GSCPPX01)

F13 Remove All Remove all of the data in the Header Lines and Footer Lines fields

F20 Scroll Right Scroll to the right on the screen to display columns 54-135 of the header and footer lines This function key is only valid when columns 1-79 are displayed

10-8 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 1

Administrative Screens

This appendix provides complete reference for the administrative screens of the Generalized Selection Plus System Each screen is presented along with its fields Note that we present the screens in alphabetical order





Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03) 11-11 Fields 11-12 Function Keys 11-12

Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01) 11-13 Fields 11-13 Function Keys 11-14 Fields 11-15 Function Keys 11-15





11 Administrative Screens

Overview

The administrative screens are screens that are not specific to one of the five components of Generalized Selection Plus They allow you to perform job management functions on your batch jobs add previously-created data to a newly-created job and save your job data to external files These screens include the

Screens that allow you to edit existing data or to copy data from another job or an external file (GSCPIP10)

Screen that allows you to save your job to an external file (GSCPOP10)

Confirm Delete of Job Definition screen

Copy Jobs screen

Create New Job screen

Define andor Submit a Job screen

Rename Jobs screen

Work with Jobs screen

The relationships among these screens are shown in the figure below

Work with Jobs GSCPMM03

Confirm Delete of Job Definition

GSCPMM06

Create New Job GSCPNJ01


GSCPDS01

Copy Jobs screen GSCPCJ03

Rename Jobs screen GSCPRJ03

(To Save to an External File) GSCPIP10

(To Copy Existing Data) GSCPIP10

Opt 7 Opt 3 Opt 12 ltF4gt ltF6gt

Opt 4

Opt 6 Opt 2

Any Component

Figure 11-1 Relationship between the Administrative Screens

11-2 621 - 102002



Screen GSCPIP10 is used to copy existing data into your job from another job or from an external file Note that the screens header will be the name of the component from which it was accessed

There are three views of this screen each with separate fields Note that in the examples below we accessed this screen from the Defaults for Print Output Component (by typing a 6 next to one of the functions and then pressing ltENTERgt)

View 1







Selection




Fields

There is one field on this view The table below shows you a description of the fields format and the values you can type




1 Edit the information that already exists for this function of the job (if no information has been previously defined you will be presented with blank or default fields)

2 Copy and edit information from a job that has previously been defined When you type this option View 2 of this screen will be displayed

3 Copy and edit information that has previously been stored in an external file When you type this option View 3 of this screen will be displayed

Optional

No default

11-4 621 - 102002


View 2

Fields





Copy existing information from another job Job ID







Required No default



View 3




Specify external file press Type

Copy existing information in an external file File Library

Member FIRST


11-6 621 - 102002


Fields




File 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ or ) First character must not be 0-9


Required No default



Required No default




Function Keys








Screen GSCPOP10 (to Save to an External File)

Screen GSCPOP10 is used to save the data from your job to an external file so that it may be used in other jobs This screen is shown below Note that the screens header will be the name of the component from which it was accessed This screen is automatically displayed when you press ltF6gt from any of the components In the example below the screen was accessed from the Defaults for Print Output component



The information you provided has been saved for this job If you wish to save it also in an external file for future use by other jobs type the

appropriate File Library and Member names below and press F6 If you do not wish to save this information in any other place press F12


F6=Save F12=Cancel

11-8 621 - 102002

Screen GSCPOP10 (to Save to an External File) 11

Fields


Table 11-5 Fields on Screen GSCPOP10



The name of the external file to which you want to save the data This file must already exist on your system

Required No default



Required No default


The member of the external file that is to contain the data

Required No default

Function Keys

There are two valid function keys on screen GSCPOP10 The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 11-6 Function Keys on Screen GSCPOP10


F6 Save Save the data to the external file specified on the screen and return to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01)

F12 Cancel Cancel the operation without saving your data and return to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen (GSCPDS01)



Confirm Delete of Job Definition Screen (GSCPMM06)

The Confirm Delete of Job Definition screen is shown below This screen is used to confirm that you do indeed want to delete the job or jobs you selected on the Work with Jobs screen

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPMM00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPMM06

Confirm Delete of Job Definitions

Press Type to confirm your choices for deletion Press F12=PrevScrn to return to change your choices

Creation - - - - - - -Last Activity- - - - - - Work JobID Date Date User Function Library

EXMPL 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST

F12=PrevScrn

Fields

This screen has no fields To confirm that you want to delete these jobs press ltENTERgt

Function Keys

There is one valid function key on this screen The table below shows a description of its function

Table 11-7 Function Keys on the Confirm Delete of Job Definition Screen (GSCPMM06)


F12 PrevScrn Cancel the delete operation and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)

11-10 621 - 102002

Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03) 11

Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03)

The Copy Jobs screen which is used to duplicate existing jobs is shown below To access this job type 3 in the Opt field next to one or more jobs on the Work with Jobs screen and then press ltENTERgt

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPCJ00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPCJ03

Copy Jobs

Specify the work library to receive the copied jobs

Library for job objects

Specify a new Job ID for each job to be copied press Type

JobID Description (Heading for Print Output) New JobID PROPS This is a sample job to be used in the documentation PROPS

F12=Cancel



Fields

There are two fields on this screen For each field the table below shows you a description of the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 11-8 Fields on the Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03)


Library for job objects 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9

$ _ or ) First character must not be 0-9 or _

The library that is to hold the objects that make up the new job or jobs

NOTE If you are copying more than one job all jobs will be stored in this library

Required No default

1 to 5 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or )

The job ID you want to assign to the new job Note that you can define multiple job IDs

NOTE You must type a new job ID for each of the jobs you are copying

Required No default This job ID must not already exist

Function Keys

There is one valid function key on this screen The table below shows you a description of its function

Table 11-9 Function Keys on the Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03)


F12 Cancel Cancel the copy operation and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)

11-12 621 - 102002

Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01) 11

Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01)

The Create New Job screen which is used to define where to store data for a new job is shown below To access this screen press ltF6gt from the Work with Jobs screen Generalized Selection Plus prompts you for a new job ID name Type a job name and press ltENTERgt


Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TEST1


BRK01 03202001 03202001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST DEFAA 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EXMPL 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX001 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX002 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX003 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX003 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX004 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX005 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST PROPS 01212001 01212001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts MYLIBR

F12=Cancel

Fields

There is one field on this screen as follows

Table 11-10 Fields on the Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01)


New Job ID 5 alpha characters The job ID of the new job you want to define

Required No default



Function Keys

There is one valid function key on this screen as follows

Table 11-11 Function Keys on the Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01)


F12 Exit Exit from the New Job ID field and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03) without creating the new job

After you type the new job ID you will see the Create New Job screen shown below


Create New Job

Specify Library to hold job objects Library for job objects




11-14 621 - 102002


Fields

There are three fields on this screen For each field the table below shows you a description of the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field



Library for job objects 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or ) First character must not be 0-9 or _

The name of the library that will hold the objects that make up this job

Required No default

Job description 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or ) First character must not be 0-9 or _

The name of the system- or user-defined description that describes how your AS400 system should process this job

Required Default is your user profiles default job description

Library (Job description) 1 to 10 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or ) First character must not be 0-9 or _


Required Default is your user profiles default job description library

Function Keys

There are two valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function



F3 Exit Exit from the Create New Job screen and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03) without creating the new job

F6 Create Job Create the job using the details provided on the screen



Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01)

The Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen is shown below This screen allows you to access any of the components of the system To access this screen choose a job to work with from the Work with Jobs screen



Type options press Type2=Edit 6=Create


Defaults for Print Output 03182001 105014 D1DEF Define Input File 03272001 142318 D1DEF Define Jobs and Instructions 01212001 091446 D1DEF


Submit Batch Job 01212001 141517 D1DEF


11-16 621 - 102002

Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01) 11

Fields

There is one field on this screen The table below shows you a description of the fields format values you can type the default (if any) and any other special information you may need to know about that field

Table 11-14 Fields on the Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01)


Opt 1 numeric character The number of the option you want to perform on a specific component When you press ltENTERgt Generalized Selection Plus will perform the option you specify on the corresponding function Type one of the following numbers

2 Edit the information that already exists for this component of this job (if no information has been previously defined you will be presented with blank or default fields)

6 Type new data for this component of the job

NOTE There is one Opt field for each of the five components If you type an option for more than one component they will be processed in the order in which they appear on the screen

Optional No default

Function Keys


Table 11-15 Function Keys on the Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01)


F3 Exit Exit from the Define andor Submit a Job screen and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)

F12 PrevScrn Return to the screen you were on when you accessed the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen



Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPRJ03)

The Rename Jobs screen which is used to give new job IDs to existing jobs is shown below To access this screen type a 7 in the Opt field next to one or more jobs on the Work with Jobs screen and then press ltENTERgt

92243 Generalized Selection System GSCPRJ00 1212001 Replace with screen heading desired GSCPRJ03

Rename Jobs

Specify a new Job ID for each job to be renamed press Type

JobID Description (Heading for Print Output) New JobID PROPS This is sample job 1 for documentation PROPS

PROPS This is sample job 2 for documentation PROPT PROPS This is sample job 3 for documentation PROPU

F12=Cancel

11-18 621 - 102002

Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPRJ03) 11

Fields


Table 11-16 Fields on the Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPRJ03)


New JobID 1 to 5 characters (A-Z 0-9 $ _ or )

The new job ID you want to assign to the job

NOTE You must type a new job ID for each of the jobs you are renaming

Required No default

Function Keys


Table 11-17 Function Keys on the Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPRJ03)


F12 Cancel Cancel the rename operation and return to the Work with Jobs screen (GSCPMM03)



Work with Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03)

The first administrative screen is the Work with Jobs screen shown below This screen allows you to initiate any of the job management functions (such as creating copying deleting renaming working with editing jobs releasing locked jobs printing the job summary) This is the first screen that will be displayed when you access Generalized Selection Plus from the Group 1 Menu


Work with Jobs B Type options press Type



BRK01 03202001 03202001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST DEFAA 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EXMPL 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX001 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX002 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX003 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX004 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST EX005 01072001 02182001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts UPTEST PROPS 01212001 01212001 D1DEF Upd Print Dflts MYLIBR


11-20 621 - 102002

Work with Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03) 11

Fields


Table 11-18 Fields on the Work with Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03)


Position to job 1 to 5 alphanumeric characters

The job ID to which you want the list of jobs positioned The list will be scrolled so that the job ID you type will be displayed on the screen with the cursor positioned to that job You may type a partial job ID

Optional No default

Opt 1 to 2 numeric characters

The number of the option you want to perform on a specific job (or jobs) Type one of the following codes

3 Copy this job (or jobs)

4 Delete this job (or jobs)

7 Rename this job (or jobs)

12 Proceed to the Define andor Submit a Job screen to work with this job

16 Proceed to the Submit Batch Job screen to submit this job

99 Release the lock on this job (or jobs)

When you press ltENTERgt Generalized Selection Plus will perform the option you specify on the corresponding job

NOTE There is one Opt field for every job displayed on the Work with Jobs screen

Optional No default



Function Keys

There are thirteen valid function keys on this screen The table below shows you a description of each keys function

Table 11-19 Function Keys on the Work with Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03)


F3 Exit Exit from Generalized Selection Plus and return to the Group 1 Applications menu

F4 Work with cursored job Proceed to the Define andor Submit a Batch Job screen to define or submit the job next to your cursor (Pressing this function key has the same effect as typing option 12 for this job)


F6 Create Create a new job

F11 Display Descriptions Display the Header information that was defined for each job through the Defaults for Print Output component of the system

F12 Cancel Cancel the current operation and return to the Group 1 Applications menu

F14 Submit cursored job Proceed to the Submit Batch Job screen to submit the job next to your cursor (Pressing this function key has the same effect as typing option 16 for this job)

F17 Top Position the list of jobs to the top

F18 Bottom Position the list of jobs to the bottom

F19 Reclaim Space Perform RGZPFM (Reorganize Physical File) command on the job management files

F21 Print Summary Print a job summary (a hard copy of the information that is displayed on the screen for each job)

F22 Display Msgs Display system and user messages

F24 More keys Display the rest of the function keys at the bottom of the screen

11-22 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 2

Generated Reports

This chapter provides examples of the reports that are automatically generated by Generalized Selection Plus These reports include the Job Control Totals the Run Control Totals the StateProvince Counts Report the Statistical Report and the Execution Log








12 Generated Reports

Report Overview

When you run a Generalized Selection Plus job Generalized Selection Plus automatically generates Job Control Totals Run Control Totals and an Execution Log These three reports provide you with important information about your job

The Job Control Totals provides the number of records that meet the criteria of the each job parameter and instruction parameter in your job list

The Run Control Totals provides the number of input records processed by each input file and auxiliary input file duplicate information by input file and output file information

The Execution Log provides data about the programs that were executed within Generalized Selection Plus during the job

The StateProvince Counts Report provides the number of records by State or Province

The Statistical Report is a custom report showing job and instruction totals

Run Control Totals

The Run Control Totals show information about each Generalized Selection Plus file processed Below is a list of the information presented for each file

Input Files A B and C

mdash Number of records bypassed if any (This refers to records that may have been out-of-sequence or duplicated)

mdash Number of records processed if any (If an input file is not defined for the job it wont be listed on this report)

mdash The number of duplicate records within one and between two input files

Match Code File(s) ZIP Code File and Kill File

mdash Number of records matched with each auxiliary input file if any (If you didnt define an auxiliary input file it will not be listed)

mdash Duplicates between auxiliary input files and other input files

Number of records sent to the output file if any

Total number of input records read and processed

12-2 621 - 102002

Run Control Totals 12

Sample Run Control Totals Report

The figure below is a sample Run Control Totals report G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

3

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

A

35

R

EC

OR

DS

P

RO

CE

SS

ED

35

D

UP

ES

-

F

IL

E

A

6

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

B

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

C

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

M

AT

CH

F

IL

E

1

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

Z

IP

F

IL

E

13

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

18

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

K

IL

L

FI

LE

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

P

UR

GE

D

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

RE

AD

35

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

PR

OC

ES

SE

D

35

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

1

18

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

2

29

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

3

5

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

4

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

5

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

MA

ST

ER

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

DU

PL

IC

AT

ES

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

ST

AT

S

FI

LE

2

6

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

RU

N

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

3

Figure 12-1 Sample Control Totals Report



Job Control Totals

The Job Control Totals Report presents information about each parameter listed in your job list The report breaks the instructions down into the Job ID heading any limitations you defined for each instruction or job such as nth record selection the actual operation of the instruction and any connectors used for the instruction For each job and instruction parameter the following information is presented on the right side of the report

Control Level (C-lvl) heading mdash The control level is the level of the job based on the parameter grouping A top level group is only grouped by an AND or OR and has a control level of 00 while the level beneath that is grouped by parentheses and has a level of 01 Parentheses within the parentheses indicate the next control level

Counter (CTR) heading mdash The counter heading numbers the counters that you define in your job list for the Statistics File Each Statistics File record contains the counters defined in your job list To determine which counter you are currently looking at in the Statistics File record refer to this heading

Count heading mdash This heading provides a count of how many times a record tested true for each job parameter and instruction parameter For example if the instruction was testing for a gender code of ldquoFrdquo and the input record did have a gender code of ldquoFrdquo the counter for that instruction would be increased by 1 Note that MOVE and mathematical functions will always test true

12-4 621 - 102002

Job Control Totals 12

Sample Job Control Totals Report

The figure below is a sample Job Control Totals report G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

L

IM

IT

AT

IO

NS

O

PE

RA

TI

ON

C

ON

D

ES

CR

C-

LV

L

C

TR

C

OU

NT

Z

MA

TC

H

01

A

0

0

00

1

8

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z0

00

0

1-

1

00

0

0

18

F

EM

AL

E

01

Z

ST

B

0

0

01

2

9

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

A

ND

0

0

00

3

4

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N0

79

0

5-

40

00

0

00

0

0

29

M

IN

CS

T

01

Z

ST

0

02

I

NC

C

0

0

02

5

M

IN

CS

T

02

E

Q

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N

06

8

02

-N

Y

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N0

68

0

2-

CA

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

4

Figure 12-2 Sample Job Control Totals Report



StateProvince Counts Report

The StateProvince Counts Report presents counts of records by state It displays the range of three-digit Sectional Center Facility (SCF) codes in each state

Sample StateProvince Counts Report

The figure below is a sample StateProvince Counts report

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

ST

AT

E

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

MA

SS

AC

HU

SE

TT

S

1

0

60

-0

69

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

0

70

-0

89

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

1

00

-1

49

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

5

2

06

-2

19

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

VI

RG

IN

IA

1

3

20

-3

39

FL

OR

ID

A

3

4

30

-4

59

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

MI

NN

ES

OT

A

1

57

0-

57

7

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

6

30

-6

58

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

NE

BR

AS

KA

1

8

00

-8

16

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

7

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

Figure 12-3 Sample StateProvince Counts Report

12-6 621 - 102002

Statistical Report 12

Statistical Report

The Statistical Report presents the break-level totals you defined in the Define Statistical Report component Generalized Selection Plus calculates the break level totals by using the Statistical File records as input for the report

Sample Statistical Report

The figure below is a sample Statistical Report

Generalized Selection PlusGeneralized Selection Plus System Statistical Report for job 067981D1DEF 1212001 Header for AAA01

Customer Information ZIP Code Income Income Income Income Totals 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 20705-32395 20705-35240 20705-39033 20705-32549 Detail Level Information 20705-40272 20705-53439 20705 5 0 1 0

20706-36204 Minor Level Break 20706-41587 20706-53469 20706-54635 Detail Level Information 20706-68938 20706 1 1 2 1 Minor Level Break 20714-35495 20714-69040 20714-35933 20714-52049 20714-54272 20714-46939 20714-33037 Detail Level Information 20714-44382 20714-69058 20714-69372 20714 3 2 2 3

Minor Level Break TOTAL 207 9 3 5 4 20814-60303 Intermediate Level Break 20814-55060 20814-67937 20814-35830 20814-45976 20814-47960 20814-55738

20814 1 2 3 1 20877-33404

20877-42387 20877-53427 20877-54637 20877-68938 20877 1 1 2 1 20878-33495 20878-36040 20878-38933 20878-39049 20878-40272 20878-53939 20878-55037 20878-60382 20878-61058 20878-69372 20879 5 1 3 2 TOTAL 208 7 3 8 4

TOTAL MD 16 6 13 88 Major Level Break

Generalized Selection Plus System Statistical Report

Figure 12-4 Sample Statistical Report

1



- - - - - -

Execution Log

The Execution Log presents information about the steps taken to complete processing each file and what occurs when the main Generalized Selection Plus program is executed

NOTE If there is an asterisk next to a file that means that the file wasnt defined for the job

Sample Execution Log Report

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log for job 067981D1DEF 1212001 Header for AAA01

12142001 185801 PAIA0072 GS00 I Programs and Design Copyright Group 1 Software Inc 1992-2002 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVERIDE INPUT FILE A 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPINA D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVERIDE INPUT FILE B 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPINB 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - SORT INPUT FILE C 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPINC 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - INPUT MATCH CODE FILE IM 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPMAT1 D1PGMS GSMATCH FIRST 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdash- 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVERIDE INPUT MATCH CODE FILE IM2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPMAT2 D1PGMS GSMATCHX FIRST 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - INPUT ZIP CODE FILE IZ 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdash- 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPZIP D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0400 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - INPUT FILE CODE FILE IK 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPKIL D1PGMS GSIN1 FIRST 0400 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GEN SEL SYSTEM SORTING UTILITY 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPPARM UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 SORTGS0164 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CALL GSSORTIN 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I GSSORTIN STARTED COMPILED 12142001 AT 164750 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I EOF reached File GSPPARM 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I GSSORTIN ended 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash- 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVERIDE TO SORTED FILES IF NECESSARY 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash- 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPINA UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 x OVRDBF GSPINB UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPINC UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPMAT1 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPMAT2 UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPZIP UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPKIL UPTEST SRTIAAAAS2 SRTIAAAAS2 0666

Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide

Figure 12-5 Sample Execution Log Report (Part 1 of 3)

1

12-8 621 - 102002

Execution Log 12

Generalized Selection Plus Tutorial Generalized Selection Plus System Execution Log for job 067981D1DEF 2 1212001 Header for AAA01

12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GEN SEL SYSTEM MATCH AND MERGE 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GSMM00 INVOCATION mdash PROCESS GEN SEL 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSXXPXT UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 PXT0107 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSMMPRN UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 GENSEL0107 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 GSOF1AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPOUT1 UPTEST GSOF1AAAS2 GSOF1AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 GSOF2AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPOUT2 UPTEST GSOF2AAAS2 GSOF2AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 GSOF3AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPOUT3 UPTEST GSOF3AAAS2 GSOF3AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - CRTPF UPTEST GSOF04AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF04AAAS2 GSOF4AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPOUT4 UPTEST GSOF4AAAS2 GSOF4AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - CRTPF UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - ADDPFM UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 GSOF5AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPOUT5 UPTEST GSOF5AAAS2 GSOF5AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 0120 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 GSMF1AAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPMAST UPTEST GSMF1AAAS2 GSMF1AAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 0079 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 GSTATAAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPZSTAT UPTEST GSTATAAAS2 GSTATAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - CRTPF UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 0094 10000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - ADDPFM UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 GDUPEAAAS2 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPOUT5 UPTEST GDUPEAAAS2 GDUPEAAAS2 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CALL GSMMOO 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMOO I GSMMOO started Compiled 12142001 at 201755 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMVPOO I GSMMVP00 started Compiled 12142001 at 203853 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMVPOO I EOF reached File GSXXPXT 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMVP00 I GSMMVP00 ended 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMOO I EOF reached File GSPINA 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 GSMMOO I GSMMOO ended 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X RMVM UPTEST PRMGTEST1 GENSEL0012 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GENERALIZED SELECTION SYSTEM REPORTING 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GSRP00 INVOCATION mdash PRINT REPORTS 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdashmdash 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - CRTPF UPTEST GSTDTTEST1 101 10000000 10000 0666 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - ADDPFM UPTEST GSTDTTEST1 GSTDTTEST1 GEN SEL DETAIL STATS 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - OVRDBF GSPRDET UPTEST GSTDTTEST1 GSTDTTEST1 100 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CRTPF UPTEST GSTSMTEST1 101 0000000 10000 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X ADDPFM UPTEST GSTDTTEST1 GSTDTTEST1 GEN SEL SUMMARY STATS 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPRSUM UPTEST GSTDTTEST1 GSTDTTEST1 100 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSXXPXT UPTEST PRMGSTEST1 PXT001212142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPPARM UPTEST PRMGSTEST1 RPREQ001212142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X OVRDBF GSPZSTAT UPTEST GSTATTEST1 GSTATTEST1 100 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X CALL GSRP00 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I GSRP00 STARTED Compiled 103193 at 163153 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I GSRPVP00 started Compiled 103193 at 163150 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I EOF reached File GSPZSTAT 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 I GSRP00 ended







12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X RMVM UPTEST PRMGTEST1 RPREQ0012 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - GEN SEL PARAMETER FILE CLEANUP 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - REMOVE PARAMETERS USED IN MORE THAN ONE STEP 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 - mdashmdash-12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X RMVM UPTEST PRMGSAAAS2 PXT0019 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 X FMVINPCMDM 12142001 185803 PAIA0072 G1DRIVER2 i All functions completed normally



12-10 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 3

Submitting Jobs from the Command Line

This chapter provides instructions for running (interactively) and submitting (in batch) Generalized Selection Plus jobs from the AS400 system command line

Submitting Jobs to Run Interactively or in Batch 13-2 Running a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSRUNJOB 13-2 Submitting a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSSBMJOB 13-2

GSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB Screens 13-3 Define Processing Details and Output Files 13-3 Define Input File Sorting Options 13-5



13 Submitting Jobs from the Command Line

Submitting Jobs to Run Interactively or in Batch

Once you submit a job through the Generalized Selection Plus screens you can submit Generalized Selection Plus jobs

At any system prompt on your AS400 system

In your CL (control language) program to submit several jobs in succession

You can type the following commands to run or submit a Generalized Selection Plus System job

GSRUNJOB mdash Run the job interactively

GSSBMJOB mdash Submit the job to run in batch

Running a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSRUNJOB

When you type the GSRUNJOB command you can run a job interactively To run the job with the files and parameters you used the last time you submitted the job type GSRUNJOB and the job ID To change file or processing information before you submit the job type GSRUNJOB and press ltF4gt to display the GSRUNJOB screens For instructions on how to fill out these screens refer to the heading ldquoGSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB screensrdquo

Submitting a Generalized Selection Plus Job mdash GSSBMJOB

You can type the GSSBMJOB command to submit your job To submit the job with the files and parameters you used the last time you submitted the job type GSSBMJOB and the job ID To change file or processing information before you submit the job type GSRUNJOB and press ltF4gt to display the GSSBMJOB screens For instructions on how to fill out these screens refer to ldquoGSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB screensrdquo

13-2 621 - 102002

GSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB Screens 13

GSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB Screens

When you type the GSRUNJOB or the GSBMJOB command Generalized Selection Plus prompts you to type information on various screens We will refer to these screens as GSRUNJOBGSSBMJOB screens (there are six) GSRUNJOBGSSBMJOB screens allow you to define the following

Processing details

Output files

Sorting options for input files

Overrides for the input files

Refer to the following pages for instructions on how to fill out the GSRUNJOB and GSSBMJOB screens

To re-define your input files press ltF10gt at any GSRUNJOBGSSBMJOB screen and page down to the Additional Parameters screen Refer to ldquoAdditional Parameters Screensrdquo for instructions on how to fill out these screens

Define Processing Details and Output Files

When you type the GSRUNJOB command and press ltF4gt you will see the following screen

Run (via CALL) GENSEL Job (GSRUNJOB)

Type choices press Type

Specify job ID AAAAA Character Value Generalized Selection options Perform Generalized Selection Y Y N Use previously sorted files Y N Create statistical file N Y N Create duplicates file N Y N Statistic Summary Report N Y N Output File 1 Definition

File Name SAME Name SAMELibrary SAME Name SAME

Member SAME Name SAME FIRST NONE Replace or add records SAME REPLACE ADD SAME Exit Routine SAME Name SAME Produce output file Y N Output File 1 Record Length 0 Number

More

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F10=Additional parameters F12=Cancel F13=How to use this display F24=More keys



On this screen you can define processing details and identify output file 1 If you page down to screen 2 you can define output files 2 and 3 On screen 3 you can define output files 4 and 5 on screen 4 you can define the output master file For each of these screens the following information applies

The File Name Library Member Replace and Add Records and Exit Routine fields all contain SAME If you do not change these fields Generalized Selection Plus uses the output file used the last time you ran or submitted the job Note that you must submit the job through the Generalized Selection Plus screens one time before submitting the job at these screens

NOTE The GSSBMJOB screens also display the job description and job name

The options for the Use previously sorted files and Produce output file fields are ldquoYrdquo ldquoNrdquo or ldquo rdquo A blank field indicates to use the value specified for the last job submission If you select Y for yes ensure that you actually did generate sorted files for the previous run

The Record Length field value of ldquo0 reflects the length of the output file in this jobs previous run The only way to change this value is to change the output file name (unless you deletedrenamed the file)

Fill in or change the fields on the screen and follow the directions below

mdash To define more output files page down to the next screen

mdash To run the job interactively press ltENTERgt

mdash To define input files press ltF10gt

13-4 621 - 102002


Define Input File Sorting Options

After you indicate whether to generate a master output file (screen 5) and if you page down you will see the following screen which allows you to indicate any input files you want to sort for your job



Sort Input Files options Sort input file IA N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort input file IB N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort input file IC N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort Match file IM1 N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort Match file IM2 N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort Match file IM3 N Y N Sort to different file N Y N Sort Match file IM4 N Y N Sort to different file N Y N

More


On this screen you can define the sorting options for the input nameaddress files and Match Code Files 1 2 3 and 4 If you page down you can define the sorting options for Match Code File 5 6 7 8 and 9 the ZIP Code File and the Kill File For the sort option screens all fields contain a ldquoYrdquo or ldquoNrdquo The default is ldquoNrdquo


1 To define more sorting options page down to the next screen

2 To define input files press ltF10gt



Additional Parameters Screens

The Additional Parameters screens (there are five) allow you to define your input files To access these screens press ltF10gt at any GSRUNJOB GSSBMJOB screen and page down to the Additional Parameters screen

NOTE When there is ldquoMorerdquo at the bottom of the screen page down to display the next screen

Override Input Files

When you press ltF10gt and page down to the Additional Parameters screen you will see the following screen


Additional Parameters

Override Input File-IA File Name SAME Name SAME Library SAME Name SAME Member SAME Name SAME FIRST NONE Exit Routine SAME Name SAME Override Input File-IB File Name SAME Name SAME Library SAME Name SAME Member SAME Name SAME FIRST NONE Exit Routine SAME Name SAME

More

F3=Exit F4=Prompt F5=Refresh F12=Cancel F13=How to use this display F24=More keys

On the first Additional Parameter screen you can define input file A If you page down to screen 2 you can define input file C and Match Code Files 1 and 2 on screen 3 Match Code Files 3 4 and 5 on screen 4 Match Code Files 6 7 and 8 and on screen 5 Match Code File 9 the ZIP Code File and the Kill File

13-6 621 - 102002

Additional Parameters Screens 13

On these screens the File Name Library Member Replace and Add Records and Exit Routine fields all contain SAME If you do not change these fields Generalized Selection Plus uses the input file used the last time you ran or submitted the job Note that you must submit the job through the Generalized Selection Plus screens once before submitting the job at these screens


To define more input files page down to the next screen

To run the job interactively press ltENTERgt



13-8 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X A

GSP10 Parameter Records

This chapter provides examples of each of the parameters used by Generalized Selection Plusrsquos processing program GSP10

For information about parameter records associated with Generalized Selection Plusrsquos report program GSP90 see Appendix B ldquoGSP90 Parameter Recordsrdquo

DUPCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A-2 EXITOP Parameter Record (Optional) A-4 FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) A-6 FILEZD Parameter Record (Optional) A-13 FLCODE Parameter Record (Optional) A-14 HEADER Parameter Record (Optional) A-15 Job Instruction Parameter Records (Required) A-16 JOBCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A-30 LISTOF Parameter Record A-32 LISTON Parameter Record A-33 MATCHI Parameter Record (Required) A-34 MATCHx Parameter Records (Optional) A-36 MDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A-41 PAGESZ Parameter Record (Optional) A-44 SEEDED Parameter Record (Optional) A-45 SEEDED MARK Parameter Record (Optional) A-48 SEEDED CODE Parameter Record (Optional) A-50 SEEDED Match Code Parameter Record (Optional) A-52 SEQERR Parameter Record (Optional) A-54 SEQUN Parameter Record (Optional) A-55 SMFILE Parameter Record (Optional) A-57 TESTIT Parameter Record (Optional) A-58 UFT Parameter Record (Optional) A-59 UHD Parameter Record (Optional) A-60 ZDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A-61 ZIPIN Parameter Record (Required) A-63 ZIPINM Parameter Record (Required with Match Code File) A-64 ZIPINZ Parameter Record (Required with ZIP Code File) A-65 Reports A-66

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 A-1

A GSP10 Parameter Records

DUPCTL Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional DUPCTL parameter record allows you to specify how to handle duplicates within a file and among two or more files You can also define a Duplicate Indicator field where a First Duplicate Indicator character will be placed in the first record of each set of duplicates in the duplicate names file (GSPDUPS)

The following table presents each field on the DUPCTL parameter record

Table A-1 DUPCTL Parameter Record Fields

Position(s) Field Name Description Comments

1-6 KEYWORD Must be DUPCTL Required

8-10 Location for DUPLICATE INDICATOR

The location for the Duplicate Indicator field on the Duplicates File output record

If you type a location in this field GSP places a code in the first of a group of duplicate records in the Duplicate File

Optional No default

24 Value of DUPLICATE INDICATOR

A 1-character value to be placed in a Duplicate Indicator field each time the first record of a duplicate set is processed

Optional No default

34 INTRA-FILE DUPES OPTION

An option indicating whether to process any duplicates found within the same input file




36 INTER-FILE DUPES OPTION

An option indicating whether to process any duplicates found within two input files





621 - 102002 A-2

DUPCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A

Example

The following example parameter record defines a duplicate indicator field and specifies duplicate indicator options

Position(s) 8-10 mdash A duplicate indicator field resides in position 50 of each output record

Position 24 mdash An at sign () appears in the duplicate indicator field when the output record is part of a duplicate group

Position 34 mdash All duplicates occurring within the same file are counted and processed

Position 36 mdash Only the first duplicate record within two or more files is counted and processed The remainder of the duplicate records in that group are not counted or processed

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ DUPCTL^050^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^CÊ



EXITOP Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional EXITOP parameter record names an operating exit routine that you want Generalized Selection Plus to call prior to sending records to an output file

For an operating exit routine Generalized Selection Plus passes the contents of an entire record When you enter the EXITOP parameter record the only system-defined field contains the name of the operating exit routine You may use the remaining 63 bytes to specify information that your exit routine needs

When the EXITOP performs the processing on the record the image is returned to Generalized Selection Plus to be printed or passed to an output file or a FILEDF output exit routine (Refer to the following section ldquoAdditionally Using a FILEDF Output Exit Routinerdquo for more information)

Additionally Using a FILEDF Output Exit Routine

If you specify an output exit routine (by defining an output file and an exit routine on the FILEDF parameter record) the operating exit routine specified on the EXITOP parameter record is called first The operating exit routine performs its processing and passes the record back to Generalized Selection Plus Generalized Selection Plus then passes the record to the FILEDF output exit routine

EXITOP Parameters

Generalized Selection Plus calls your exit routine with the following four parameters in the linkage section

PARM1 mdash This parameter is one byte and contains one of the following codes to tell your program what type of process to perform

mdash O (Open the output file)

mdash W (Write a record to the output file)

mdash C (Close the output file)

PARM2 mdash This parameter contains the output file name

PARM3 mdash This parameter contains the output record to be passed from Generalized Selection Plus to your program

PARM4 mdash This parameter contains the record image of your EXITOP parameter record and is 80 bytes in length

621 - 102002 A-4

EXITOP Parameter Record (Optional) A

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the EXITOP parameter record

Table A-2 EXITOP Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be EXITOP Required

8-17 OPERATING EXIT ROUTINE NAME

A 10-character name of the exit routine that you want Generalized Selection Plus to call before writing each record to an output file (or before calling an output exit routine)

Required No default

18-80 USER-DEFINED DATA Type any information that you need Generalized Selection Plus to pass to your exit routine

Optional No default

Example

In the following example parameter record we pass a record from the input file (GSMMNAM) to an operating exit routine called LISTSTAT The EXITOP indicates the location of the list code on the input record LISTSTAT will accumulate statistics by list code and pass the input record back to Generalized Selection Plus

Position(s) 8-14 mdash Generalized Selection Plus passes a record to the operating exit routine LISTSTAT

Position(s) 35-37 and 39 mdash LISTSTAT uses the list code field on that record residing in position 1 for a length of 1 to accumulate list code statistics

Position(s) 65-71 mdash The record being passed to LISTSTAT is from the input name address file GSPINB

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 EXITOP^LISTSTAT^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^001^1^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^GSPINB



FILEDF Parameter Record (Required)

The required FILEDF parameter record identifies the input and output files any input and output exit routines that Label Printing Plus will call for this job and any limitations placed on the number of records to be processed This parameter record comprises

The name of the file

The exit routine

The number of records to skip before beginning processing

The decimal portion of records to select (cross-sectional sampling)

The maximum number of records to process

File Names

The following three tables list and describe each Generalized Selection Plus input output and Statistical Report file

Input Files

The following table lists the input file names

Table A-3 Input File Names

File System File Name Description

NameAddress Files A B C

GSPINA GSPINB GSPINC

Input nameaddress files


A Match Code File contains any data to be compared to the nameaddress file records

ZIP Code File GSPZIP The ZIP Code File contains ZIP Codes to be compared to the nameaddress file(s)

Kill File GSPKIL The Kill File contains match codes to be compared to the nameaddress files

621 - 102002 A-6

FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) A

Output Files

The following table lists the output file names

Table A-4 Output File Names


NameAddress Files 1-5

GSPOUT1 GSPOUT2 GSPOUT3 GSPOUT4 GSPOUT5

The optional output nameaddress files are output files where information can be sent to an output file based on the instructions you use in your job



Statistics File GSPZSTAT The optional Statistics File records the counts by ZIP Code postal code or portion of your input match code of the counts that you defined for each job or instruction

Exit Routines

The FILEDF parameter record gives you the option to specify an input exit routine for the input nameaddress file(s) or an output exit routine

NOTE If you specify an EXITOP operating exit routine and an output exit routine for the same file the EXITOP operating exit routine is always called and processed first and then the output exit routine from the FILEDF parameter record is called and processed

Input Exit Routines

If you define an input exit routine instead of reading a record Generalized Selection Plus calls your input exit routine and then Generalized Selection Plus waits for the input exit routine to pass back the changed input record

For example you may have an input exit routine named PRINTIT Instead of reading an input record Generalized Selection Plus calls PRINTIT PRINTIT selects specific records from multiple input files and passes the selected input record to Generalized Selection Plus



Output Exit Routines

If you define an output exit routine instead of writing a record to an output file Generalized Selection Plus passes the record to the output exit routine The output exit routine processes the record and then writes the record to the output file

FILEDF Exit Routine Parameters

When you use the FILEDF parameter record to call an exit routine Generalized Selection Plus calls that exit routine with the following four parameters in the linkage section at each IO request

Parameter EXITP1


Table A-5 EXITP1 Parameter for FILEDF

Position(s) Field Name Description

1-8 EXITFN The internal file name






621 - 102002 A-8


Parameter EXITP2




1-3 EXITRL If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoOrdquo or ldquoRrdquo this field which is a binary 5-byte field must be filled by the exit routine

When byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoRrdquo the input exit routine signals the end of the file by setting this byte to zero



W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3





EXITWK If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoWrdquo this field contains the input record to pass from Generalized Selection Plus to your program

If byte 9 of EXITP1 is ldquoRrdquo this field contains the input record to pass from your program to Generalized Selection Plus

Parameter EXITP4




1-80 EXITFD The image of your FILEDF parameter record



Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the FILEDF parameter record

Table A-9 FILEDF Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 2)


1-6 KEYWORD Must be FILEDF Required

8-15 FILE NAME A 7-character name for the file to be used No default

Name of the input files

GSPINA Input nameaddress file GSPINB Input nameaddress file GSPINC Input nameaddress file

GSPMAT1 Input Match Code File 1 GSPMAT2 Input Match Code File 2 GSPMAT3 Input Match Code File 3 GSPMAT4 Input Match Code File 4 GSPMAT5 Input Match Code File 5 GSPMAT6 Input Match Code File 6 GSPMAT7 Input Match Code File 7 GSPMAT8 Input Match Code File 8 GSPMAT9 Input Match Code File 9

GSPZIP Input ZIP Code File

GSPKIL Input Kill File

One required

None required

Optional

Optional

Name of the output files

GSPOUT1 Output nameaddress file GSPOUT2 Output nameaddress file GSPOUT3 Output nameaddress file GSPOUT4 Output nameaddress file GSPOUT5 Output nameaddress file

GSPMAST Output Master File

GSPDUPS Output Duplicates File

GSPZSTAT Output Statistics File

None required

Automatic

Automatic

Optional

Optional

A-10 621 - 102002




17 RECORD FORMAT Code indicating whether the records in the file are fixed-length or variable-length

F Records are fixed-length sequential

V Records are variable-length sequential

For UNIX and NT Users Only

L Records are fixed-length line sequential

U Records are variable-length line sequential (input only)

NOTE Line sequential files have End-of-Line (EOL) characters Sequential files have no EOL characters they are byte stream

Required Default is F

19-22 RECORD LENGTH The length in bytes of the records in the file For variable-length records this is the maximum record length

Required No default

24-28 BLOCK SIZE The size in bytes of the blocks in the file Required No default

39-46 EXIT ROUTINE NAME An 8-character name of the exit routine that should be called when Generalized Selection Plus is ready to read a record from this input file

Optional No default

50-56 RECORDS TO SKIP A 7-digit number indicating the number of records Generalized Selection Plus should skip before selecting the first record

Optional No default

58-64 DECIMAL FRACTION A 7-digit number indicating the portion of the records in the file to be processed

Optional No default

66-72 RECORD LIMIT A 7-digit number indicating the maximum number of records that Generalized Selection Plus should read from this input file

Optional No default



Example

In the following example parameter record we skip the first 100 records of an input name address file and process a maximum of 1000 records Each input record is passed to the exit routine INPTPROC

Positions 8-15 mdash The first nameaddress file is specified (GSPINA)

Positions 39-46 mdash The processed records from GSPINA are passed to the exit routine INTPROC

Positions 50-56 mdash Do not process the first 100 records in input file GSPINA

Positions 66-72 mdash Process a maximum of 1000 records in input file GSPINA

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 FILEDF^GSPINA^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ÎNPTPROC^^^0000100^^^^^^^^^0001000

A-12 621 - 102002

FILEZD Parameter Record (Optional) A

FILEZD Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional FILEZD parameter record specifies how to handle duplicates within the ZIP Code File FILEZD also allows you to compare ZIP Code File Sectional Center Facility (SCF) codes (the first three digits of the ZIP Code) or compare the entire ZIP Code with the input nameaddress file ZIP Code

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the FILEZD parameter record

Table A-10 FILEZD Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be FILEZD Required

8 ZIP CODE FILE DUPLICATES OPTION

An option indicating how to handle any duplicate ZIP Codes found within the ZIP Code File

X Report error and terminate processing


Required Default is blank

10 ZIP CODE FILE MATCH OPTION

An option indicating the type of ZIP Code match to attempt between the input file and the ZIP Code File

S 3-digit SCF match

blank 5-digit ZIP Code match


Example

In the following example parameter record we use the first ZIP Code in the duplicate group for comparison purposes and match ZIP Code File ZIP Codes with the input nameaddress file

Position 8 mdash When Generalized Selection Plus finds duplicate ZIP Codes in the ZIP Code File only the first in the group is used for comparison purposes (blank)

Position 10 mdash Generalized Selection Plus compares the entire ZIP Code in the ZIP Code File to the input nameaddress file ZIP Code (blank)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FILEZD^^^^



FLCODE Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional FLCODE parameter record specifies the location of a file indicator field on each output record A file indicator shows the original input nameaddress file (A B or C) for the output record

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the FLCODE parameter record

Table A-11 FLCODE Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be FLCODE Required

10-12 FILE INDICATOR FIELD The location for the File Indicator field on each output record If you type a location a code is placed in each of input records File Indicator field specify the records source file

NOTE A ldquordquo indicates a blank

For duplicate records

AB Match between input files A and B

AC Match between input files A and C

BC Match between input files B and C

ABC Match among all input files

Optional No default

For unduplicated records

A Record from input file A

B Record from input file B

C Record from input file C

Example

In the following example parameter record we specify a File Indicator field starting in position 150 of each output record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FLCODE^^^150

A-14 621 - 102002

HEADER Parameter Record (Optional) A

HEADER Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional HEADER parameter record specifies the date and text to be printed at the top of the first page of each report This parameter record comprises

The date for all reports

The text heading for all reports

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the HEADER parameter record

Table A-12 HEADER Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be HEADER Required

8-17 DATE FOR ALL REPORTS

The date to be printed on the top line of the first page of each report If left blank the current system date (in MMDDCCYY format) will be printed


19-58 HEADING FOR ALL REPORTS

Up to 40 characters to be printed on the top line of the first page of each report

Optional No default

Example

In the following example parameter record we specify to print the current date on all reports and the left-justified heading GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS TUTORIAL

+1+2+3+4+5+6 HEADER^^^^^^^^^^^^GENERALIZED^SELECTION^PLUS^TUTORIAL



Job Instruction Parameter Records (Required)

This section describes the four required job instruction parameters These parameters should be defined in the order listed below

Begin Job Instruction Parameter mdash Indicates the beginning of a job set

Job Parameter Record mdash Names job actions to be performed

Job Detail Parameter Record mdash Defines job actions to be performed

End Job Parameter Record mdash Ends job actions

The parameters listed above are described in the next few sections beginning with the ldquoBegin Job Instruction Record (JOBBGN)rdquo section below

Begin Job Instruction Parameter Record (JOBBGN)

The Begin Job Instruction parameter indicates the beginning of a job set This parameter must be the first instruction in the job set

Field-by-Field

The table below describes the Begin Job Instruction field

Table A-13 Begin Job Instruction Fields

Positions

1-6

Field Name

KEYWORD

Description

Specify JOBBGN in this field

Comments

Required

A-16 621 - 102002

Job Instruction Parameter Records (Required) A

Job Parameter Record

The Job parameter record names and specifies the action to take if a record fulfills the criteria of the job set The job set name is a 6-character user-defined name that will also be used in the Job Detail parameter

The Job parameter record comprises

The job set name

The job set ID number which is always 01

An option indicating whether to print counts by state or province or generate Statistics File counts per job set

An option indicating whether to select every nth selected record or a fraction of the selected records for this job set

The number of records to process for the job set

An option indicating what to do if a record meets the criteria for this job set

An option indicating whether to skip the remaining jobs when a record meets the criteria for this job set

An option indicating whether to perform the job set normally or an option indicating whether to perform the job set after an end-of-file is reached

A description of the job set

Job Set Sampling

nth record selection mdash Includes or excludes every nth record that meets the criteria of the job set

Fraction of records mdash Includes a fraction of the records that meet the criteria of the job set

Limit the number of records mdash Limits the number of records that meet the criteria of a job set When a job set reaches its record limit any following records that meet the job sets criteria do not continue to the next processing step Generalized Selection Plus treats them as if those following records didnt meet the job sets criteria

NOTE You can use these sampling functions in combination For example include every seventh record that meets the job set criteria and then limit the number of records accepted to 100



Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the job parameter record

Table A-14 Job Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 2)


1-6 JOB SET NAME The name of the job set All instructions associated with this job must have the same name as this job parameter record

Required No default

8-9 JOB SET ID NUMBER Must be 01 to identify the job parameter record from the instruction parameter record

Required No default

State and ZIP Code Counts (11-13)

11-13 COUNTS BY STATE OR ZIP CODE

An option indicating whether or not to generate state or province counts or Statistics File counts per job for the record that meets the job criteria

STE State or province counts

ZIP Statistics File counts

ZST State or province counts and Statistics File counts

blank Neither state or province or Statistics File counts

NOTE You can define no more than 99 ZIP counters and no more than 50 STE (state province) reports in your job and instructions list


Nth Record Selection (15-21)

15-17 NTH RECORD SAMPLING VALUE

A 3-digit number greater than one that indicates that every nth record to be included in or excluded from processing depending on the next parameter record

Optional No default

19 INCLUDEEXCLUDE OPTION

An option indicating whether to include or exclude the nth records processed for this job



Required if you specify an Nth Record Sampling Value

Fractional Record Selection (15-21)

15-21 FRACTIONAL SAMPLING VALUE

A 7-digit number indicating to include a fraction of the total records meeting the criteria of this job set

Optional No default

A-18 621 - 102002




Limiting Records (23-29)

23-29 LIMIT RECORDS VALUE A 7-digit number indicating to place a limit on the number of records that meet the criteria of this job set

Optional No default

31 JOB SET ACTION An option indicating what to do with any records that meet the criteria of this job set If you are generating only statistics and not producing output files select option Z

A-E Write the record to output file A B C D or E

Q Simulate end-of-file of input files

X Execute no additional action

Z Take no additional job or instruction actions

Required No default

32 SKIP FOLLOWING JOBS OPTION

An option indicating whether to skip any jobs after performing the action specified in the previous field

Y Skip the remaining jobs

N Process the remaining jobs normally

Optional No default

37 END OF DATA JOB OPTION

An option indicating whether to perform the current job normally or after an end-of-file is detected on all input files

Blank Process the job normally

E Process only after an end-of-file is detected for all input files

Optional No default

51-75 JOB SET DESCRIPTION A 25-character description that you want printed on the State Count report

Optional No default



Nth Record Sampling Example

The following example parameter record sends every fifth record that meets the criteria of job set NTHREC to output file B

Positions 1-6 mdash Defines the job set NTHREC

Positions 8-9 mdash A job parameter record ID number is always 01

Positions 15-17 and 19 mdash Generalized Selection Plus includes (I) every fifth (005) record that meets the criteria of job set NTHREC for further processing

Positions 31 mdash Every fifth record meeting the criteria of this job set is sent to output file B

Positions 51-67 mdash This job set description is ldquoNth Record Samplerdquo

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ NTHREC^01^^^^^005Î^^^^^^^^^^^B^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Nth^Record^Sample

Fractional Record Selection Example

The following example parameter record sends 14 of the records that meet the criteria of job set FRACTN to output file C

Positions 1-6 mdash Defines the job set FRACTN


Positions 15-21 mdash Generalized Selection Plus includes one-quarter of the records (2500000 is 25) that meet the criteria of job set FRACTN for further processing

Position 31 mdash One-quarter of the records meeting the criteria of this job set are set to output file C

Positions 51-67 mdash The job set description is ldquoFractional Samplerdquo

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FRACTN^01^^^^^2500000^^^^^^^^^C^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Fractional^Sample

A-20 621 - 102002


Limiting Records Example

The following example parameter record sends the first 2000 records meeting the criteria of job set LIMITG to output file A

Positions 1-6 mdash Defines the job set LIMITG


Positions 23-29 mdash Generalized Selection Plus sends the first 2000 records that meet the criteria of job set LIMITG to output file A

Position 31 mdash The first 2000 records meeting the criteria of this job set are sent to output file A

Positions 51-66 mdash This job set description is ldquoLimiting Recordsrdquo

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ LIMITG^01^^^^^^^^^^^^^0002000Â^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Limiting^Records

StateZIP Code Counts Example

The following example parameter record generates a State Counts Report and also a counter record in the Statistics File

Positions 1-6 mdash Defines the job set COUNTS


Positions 11-13 mdash Generalized Selection Plus accumulates totals and generates a State Counts Report and Statistics File counts for records sent to output file A (ZST)

Positions 31 mdash The first 2000 records meeting the criteria of this job set are sent to output file A

Positions 51-65 mdash This job set description is ldquoReport amp Countsrdquo

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ COUNTS^01^ZST^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Â^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Reportâmp^Counts



Job Detail Parameter Record

The Job Instruction parameter record defines the actions you want to perform The detail parameter record has the same name as the job parameter record in the job set but the number of 01 and the associated instructions have ID numbers greater than 01

The detail parameter record comprises

The job set name with which the instruction is associated

The number of the instruction parameter

An option indicating whether to print counts by state or province or generate Statistics File counts per instruction

An option indicating whether to select every nth selected record or a fraction of the selected records for this instruction

The number of records to process for the instruction

The instruction option indicating whether to compare two fields of data test data for numericnon-numeric data convert data or move data

The first operand mdash The location of the value being compared to being tested for numericnon-numeric data being converted or being moved

The length of the first instruction value

An option indicating whether the second instruction value is a constant

The second operand mdash The location of the value being compared the location for the converted data or the location for the data being moved

Instruction Sampling

nth record selection mdash Includes or excludes every nth record that meets the criteria of the instruction


Limit the number of records mdash Limits the number of records that meet the criteria of change instruction

NOTE When an instruction reaches its record limit any following records that meet the instructions criteria will not continue to the next processing step Generalized Selection Plus treats them as if those following records didnt meet the instructions criteria

A-22 621 - 102002


Length of Operand Field (Position(s) 40 through 41)

If you perform a move character comparison or numeric test you define one 2-digit length that applies to the operands used in the function If the second operand is a constant the length cannot exceed 20 bytes

If you perform a packed or binary comparison an arithmetic operation or a format conversion define two 1-digit lengths Position 40 defines the length of the first operand Position 41 defines the length of the second operand

NOTE If you use the instruction MPP (multiply packed data field) or DVP (divide packed data field) the second operand length cannot exceed 8

For the mathematical functions convert and move instructions The data in the 2nd operand (which may be a constant in most cases) is moved to the first operand

Field-by-Field

The following table describes each field on the Job Detail parameter record

NOTE The location fields may be extended one byte to the left if necessary

Table A-15 Detail Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 5)


1-6 JOB SET NAME The 6-character name of the job set All instructions associated with a job set must have the same name as the first job set

Required No default

8-9 INSTRUCTION ID NUMBER

A 2-digit number identifying an instruction parameter record the number must be larger than 01

Required No default







An option indicating whether or not to generate state or province counts or Statistics File counts for each instruction for the records that meet the instruction criteria

STE StateProvince counts



blank Neither state or province nor Statistics File counts

NOTE You can define no more than 99 ZIP Code (ZIP) counters and no more than 50 state (STE) counters




A 3-digit number greater than one indicating that every nth record is included in or excluded from processing

Optional No default


An option indicating whether to include or exclude the nth records processed for this instruction



Optional No default

Fraction Record Selection (15-21)


A 7-digit number indicating to process a fraction of the total records meeting the criteria of this instruction

Optional No default

Record Limit (23-29)

23-29 LIMIT RECORD VALUE A 7-digit number indicating to place a limit on the number of records processed that meet the criteria of this instruction

Optional No default

A-24 621 - 102002




Instruction Information (30-33)

30 LEFT PARENTHESIS A parenthesis used to group instruction parameters for execution purposes

NOTE You must use the same number of left and right parenthesis

Optional No default

31-33 INSTRUCTION CODE An option indicating the operation to perform on the data specified in the First and Second Operand fields

Comparing Data

Character Data EQ NE LT LE GT or GE


Test for NumericNon-numeric Data

NM or NNM

Perform Mathematical Functions

With Character Data ADE SUE MPE or DVE


Convert Data PK or UP

Move Data MV

Skip Jobs GO

Null Operation NOP (does nothing)

Required No default





First Operand (35-38)

35 Work Area of FIRST OPERAND

The work areas that you have access to when you define the location of the first operand field data

NOTE If you type D in this field Generalized Selection Plus uses the system date (in CCYYMMDD format) as the first operand

The following is a list of the work area identification codes

Required No default

For data comparisons and numericnon-numeric testing



S Statistics File work area







NOTE The first operand can be extended one position to the left (34-38) with the N and M work areas to support 4-digit locations

36-38 Location of FIRST OPERAND

The location in the work area where the first operand resides

Required No default

First Operand Second Operand Length Field (40-41)

40-41 Length of OPERAND(S) The length of the first operand or first and second operand

The length is a 2-digit number when you compare two fields of character data if you are moving data from one location to another or if you are testing for the presence or absence of numeric data

The length consists of two 1-digit numbers When you compare two fields of packed data you are performing an arithmetic operation or you are converting to packed or unpacked data

Required No default

NOTE The first operandsecond operand length field can be extended one position to the left (39-41) with the MV instruction to support 3-digit lengths

A-26 621 - 102002




Second Operand is a Constant Value (42-62)

42 CONSTANT OPTION An option indicating whether the second operand is a constant value or a field of data

- (hyphen) Second Operand is a constant value

blank Second Operand is a field of data


43-62 CONSTANT VALUE The constant value to be compared to the First Operand field value Specify a hyphen (-) in column 43 for a negative number

To define a packed constant specify a numeric for twice the specified length minus one ending with a space

To define a character numeric constant define a numeric for the specified length ending with a space

Optional No default

Second Operand is a Data Field (43-46)

43 Work Area of SECOND OPERAND

The work areas that you have access to when you define the location of the second operand field data Below is a list of the work area identification codes






Required No default

NOTE The second operand can be extended one position to the left (42-46) with the N and M work areas to support 4-digit locations

44-46 Location of SECOND OPERAND

The location in the work area where the second operand resides

Required No default

63 RIGHT PARENTHESIS A parenthesis used to group instruction parameters for execution purposes

NOTE You must use the same number of left and right parentheses

Optional Required if you type a left parenthesis

64-66 CONNECTOR WORD An option indicating the connector word you want to use to connect this instruction to the next instruction

AND

OR

MA Used in place of ldquoORrdquo within parentheses

Required unless it is the last instruction in a job set

67-75 INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION

A nine-character description of your instruction

Optional No default



Comparison Example with State Counts

The following example instruction determines if the input ZIP Code is less than 20714

Positions 1-6 mdash The instruction resides in the COMPAR job set

Positions 8-9 mdash The instruction ID is 02 Instruction IDs must be greater than 01 which identifies the job parameter record

Positions 31-32 35-38 40-41 42 and 43-47 mdash The instruction compares the input ZIP Code field located in work area N starting in position 80 for a length of 5 to determine if the ZIP Code is less than the constant value (-) of 20714

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ COMPAR^02^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^LT^^N080^05-20714

Sampling Example

The following example instruction excludes every tenth record that has a ZIP Code greater than or equal to 20879



Position 15-17 and 19 mdash Every tenth (010) record that meets the criteria of this job set is excluded (E) or not processed

Positions 31-32 35-38 40-41 42 43-47 mdash This instruction determines if the input record ZIP Code residing in work area N starting in position 15 for a length of 5 is greater than or equal to (GE) the constant value (-) 20879

Positions 64-66 mdash The criteria in this instruction (AND) and the criteria in the next instruction must be fulfilled for the record to be processed further

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ NTHREC^02^^^^^010Ê^^^^^^^^^^^GE^^N015^05-20879^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ÂND

A-28 621 - 102002


End Job Parameter (JOBEND)

The End Job parameter indicates the end of a job set This parameter must be placed after the final job detail

Field-by-Field

The table below describes the fields of the JOBEND parameter record

Table A-16 JOBEND Parameter Record Fields

Positions Field Name Description Comments

1-6 KEY WORD Specify JOBEND in this field Required



JOBCTL Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional JOBCTL parameter record specifies whether to clear the entire contents of work area N each time a new input record (or input record length) is placed in work area N JOBCTL also allows you to write a record immediately to an output file after it meets the criteria of a job set or write it when it meets the criteria of all job sets


When you clear the entire N work area the previous input record and any information added to the input record is cleared If you do not clear the entire N work area only the length of the input record is cleared If you added a field beyond the input records defined length such as a global value the added information is not cleared

A-30 621 - 102002

JOBCTL Parameter Record (Optional) A

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the JOBCTL parameter record

Table A-17 JOBCTL Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be JOBCTL Required

8 CLEAR ENTIRE N WORK AREA

An option indicating whether to clear the Nameaddress work area (N work area) after each record is processed

X Clear the entire length of work area N

blank Clear only the length of the input record in work area N


10 WRITE RECORD IMMEDIATELY

A 1-byte code indicating whether to write a record immediately to an output file after it meets the criteria of the present job set or write the record after all job sets complete processing Type one of the following

W Yes write the record immediately after each job set completes processing

blank No write the record after all of the job sets complete processing


Example

The following example parameter record clears only the length of the input record out of work area N and writes a record after all job sets complete processing

Position 8 mdash Clear any data residing in the length of the input record within work area N

Position 10 mdash Write the record to an output file each time it fulfills the criteria specified in a job set (W)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ JOBCTL^^^W



LISTOF Parameter Record

This parameter record ldquoturns offrdquo the parameter listing in the output report If an error is encountered when the print is ldquooffrdquo that parameter with the error message is printed The LISTOF remains in effect

NOTE The listing is automatically set to LISTON after the end of the parameters

Field-by-Field

The table below describes the field(s) on the LISTOF parameter record

Table A-18 LISTOF Parameter Record Fields

Position Field Name Description Comments

1-6 KEYWORD Specify LISTOF Required

A-32 621 - 102002

LISTON Parameter Record A

LISTON Parameter Record

This parameter record ldquoturns onrdquo the parameter listing in the output report When the program begins the listing is on LISTON is used in conjunction with the LISTOF parameter record


Field-by-Field

The table below describes the field(s) on the LISTON parameter record

Table A-19 LISTON Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Specify LISTON Required



MATCHI Parameter Record (Required)

The required MATCHI parameter record specifies the locations of the match code fields for the input file

NOTE Match code fields in multiple Match Code Files must contain the same information The information however does not have to reside in the same positions in every Match Code File

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the MATCHI parameter record


Table A-20 MATCHI Parameter Record Fields


1-5 KEYWORD Must be MATCH Required

6 MATCH CODE CHARACTER

A character identifying the input Match Code Field you are defining The only valid value is

I (I=Input File)

Required

Match Code File Match Code Field 1 (8-13)

8-10 Location of INPUT FILE MATCH CODE FIELD

The location of the input file match code field which is compared to each input records match code

Required No default

11 Format of MATCH CODE FIELD

An option indicating the format of the input file match code field Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format

Required Default is C

12-13 Length of MATCH CODE FIELD

The length of input file match code field Required No default

A-34 621 - 102002

MATCHI Parameter Record (Required) A

Example

The following example parameter record defines Match Code File 2s match code as a combination of the ZIP Code and the account number fields

Positions 1-5 mdash The keyword isrdquo MATCHIrdquo

Positions 8-10 mdash The ZIP Code field starts in position 12

Position 11 mdash The ZIP Code field is in character format

Positions 12-13 mdash The ZIP Code field is five bytes

Positions 15-17 mdash The account number field starts in position 20

Position 18 mdash The account number field is in character format

Positions 19-20 mdash The account number field is eight bytes

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCHI^012C05^020C08



MATCHx Parameter Records (Optional)

The optional MATCHx parameter record specifies the locations of the match code fields for match code files 1 through 9


A-36 621 - 102002

MATCHx Parameter Records (Optional) A

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the MATCHx parameter record


Table A-21 MATCHx Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 3)



6 MATCH CODE FILE NUMBER

The number identifying the Match Code File you are defining Valid values are

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Required


8-10 Location of MATCH CODE FIELD 1

The location of match code field 1 in the Match Code File which is compared to each input records match code

Required No default

11 Format of MATCH CODE FIELD 1

An option indicating the format of match code field 1 in the Match Code File Type one of the following

C Character format

P Packed format


12-13 Length of MATCH CODE FIELD 1

The length of match code field 1 in the Match Code File

Required No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default








Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format


A-38 621 - 102002






Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default



Example


Positions 1-5 mdash The keyword isrdquo MATCHrdquo

Position 6 mdash We are defining match field 2






Positions 19-20 mdash The account number field is seven bytes

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCH2^010C05^015C07

A-40 621 - 102002

MDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A

MDATA Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional MDATA parameter record specifies a default record to be placed in work area M if there is no match between an input record and a Match Code File

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the MDATA parameter record


Table A-22 MDATA Parameter Record Fields


1-5 KEYWORD Must be MDATA Required





6 DATA POSITION INDICATOR

An option indicating the position in the default record that the Default Record Text is to occupy (eg A specifies bytes 1 through 50 of the default record)

A Positions 1-50

B Positions 51-100

C Positions 101-150

D Positions 151-200

E Positions 201-250

F Positions 251-300

G Positions 301-350

H Positions 351-400

I Positions 401-450

J Positions 451-500

K Positions 501-550

L Positions 551-600

M Positions 601-650

N Positions 651-700

O Positions 701-750

P Positions 751-800

Q Positions 801-850

R Positions 851-900

S Positions 901-950

T Positions 951-999

Required No default

8-57 DEFAULT RECORD DATA

Up to 50 characters to be placed in the default record at the location defined in the previous parameter field

Optional No default

A-42 621 - 102002


Example

The following example parameter records specify to move the text ldquoThe input record did not match with any Match Code Filerdquo into work area M when an input record does not match any Match Code Files

Parameter record 1 mdash This is labeled A and defines the first 50 bytes of the default record as ldquoMMMMM The input record did not match with any Matcrdquo

Parameter record 2 mdash This is labeled B and defines the last part of the default record as ldquoh Code Filerdquo

NOTE The ldquohrdquo in ldquoMatchrdquo is shown on the second parameter It is permissible to split items between parameter records

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MDATAA^MMMMM The input record did not match with any MatcMDATAB^h Code File



PAGESZ Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional PAGESZ parameter record specifies how many lines to print on your reports You may define separate PAGESZ parameter records for your Execution Log and all other reports

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the PAGESZ parameter record

Table A-23 Fields on the PAGESZ Parameter Record


1-6 KEYWORD Must be PAGESZ Required

8-10 PAGE SIZE A 3-digit number indicating the maximum number of lines to be printed on any page including headers The minimum is 25

Required No default

12-14 PAGE SIZE OPTION An option indicating the report to which this page size applies

XLG Execution log

RPT All other reports

Required Default is RPT

Example

In the following parameter record example we specify that the maximum number of lines to be printed on the execution log including headers as 50

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PAGESZ^050^XLG

A-44 621 - 102002

SEEDED Parameter Record (Optional) A

SEEDED Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEEDED parameter record specifies the data to be used in a seed name record and where to replace data using with the SEEDED MARK or SEEDED CODE parameter records Replacement data overwrites the dollar signs that you define in the seed name record The SEEDED MARK parameter record replaces up to nine dollar signs while the SEEDED CODE parameter record replaces up to three dollar signs

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the SEEDED parameter

Table A-24 SEEDED Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 2)


1-6 KEYWORD Must be SEEDED Required

8-9 SEED NAME RECORD ID

A numeric value between 1 and 10 to designate which one of the ten possible seed name records is being defined

Required No default





11 Location for SEED NAME RECORD DATA

A code indicating the location on the seed name record for the seed name record data (to be defined in the next field)

A Data to occupy positions 1-50

B Data to occupy positions 51-100

C Data to occupy positions 101-150

D Data to occupy positions 151-200

E Data to occupy positions 201-250

F Data to occupy positions 251-300

G Data to occupy positions 301-350

H Data to occupy positions 351-400

I Data to occupy positions 401-450

J Data to occupy positions 451-500

K Data to occupy positions 501-550

L Data to occupy positions 551-600

M Data to occupy positions 601-650

N Data to occupy positions 651-700

O Data to occupy positions 701-750

P Data to occupy positions 751-800

Q Data to occupy positions 801-850

R Data to occupy positions 851-900

S Data to occupy positions 901-950

T Data to occupy positions 951-999

Required No default

13-62 SEED NAME RECORD DATA

The data to reside on the seed name record in the location specified in the previous field

Required No default

Example

The following example parameter record defines a seed name record A subsequent SEEDED CODE parameter record can define the information with which to replace the three dollar signs ($$$)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02Â^DA$$$^SMITH^^^^^^^^^18602^CHICKADEE^LANE^^^^^^^GAITHE

A-46 621 - 102002


Information to be replaced in the

The figure below shows how you can use a SEEDED CODE parameter record to replace the three dollar signs with ldquoVIDrdquo ldquoNNYrdquo and ldquoNArdquo to build a seed name record for output files A B and C To replace up to nine dollar signs use the SEEDED MARK parameter record instead of the SEEDED CODE parameter record

Defined Seed Name Record SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

SEEDED parameter record

DA$$$

Output File A Seed Name Record SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

Replacement data Output File B Seed Name Record defined in the

SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770 SEEDED CODE parameter record

Output File C Seed Name Record

DAVID

DANNY

DANA SMITH 6404 IVY LANE GREENBELT MD 20770

Figure A-1 Seed Name Record



SEEDED MARK Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEEDED MARK parameter record indicates the information with which to replace up to nine dollar signs in the seed name record (defined with the SEEDED parameter record) These dollar signs can be used in any combination from 1 to 9 and can be separated by spaces or used in a consecutive string You can define different replacement data for each output file

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the SEEDED MARK parameter record

Table A-25 SEEDED MARK Parameter Record Fields



8-11 MARK TYPE INDICATOR

Always contains MARK Required No default

13-21 REPLACEMENT DATA FOR OUTPUT FILE A

Data to replace the dollar signs ($) in seed name records written to output file A

Optional No default One is required

23-31 REPLACEMENT DATA FOR OUTPUT FILE B

Data to replace the dollar signs ($) in seed name records written to output file B

Optional No default

33-41 REPLACEMENT DATA FOR OUTPUT FILE C

Data to replace the dollar signs ($) in seed name records written to output file C

Optional No default

43-51 REPLACEMENT DATA FOR OUTPUT FILE D

Data to replace the dollar signs ($) in seed name records written to output file D

Optional No default

53-61 REPLACEMENT DATA FOR OUTPUT FILE E

Data to replace the dollar signs ($) in seed name records written to output file E

Optional No default

Example

The following example SEEDED MARK parameter record builds seed name records for output files A B C and D This is done by replacing the five dollar signs defined in the first SEEDED parameter record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02Â^$$$$$^JONES^^^^^^^^^2370 BELLWOOD DRIVE^^^^^^^PITTSBU SEEDED^MARK^HEIDI^^^^^LAURA^^^^ÎRENE^^^^^SALLY

A-48 621 - 102002

SEEDED MARK Parameter Record (Optional) A

The figure below shows how the seed name records appear in the four output files based on these two parameter records

Output File A HEIDI^JONES^^^^^^^^^2370 BELLWOOD DRIVE^^^^^^^PITTSBURGH PA 15237 Output File B LAURA^JONES^^^^^^^^^2370 BELLWOOD DRIVE^^^^^^^PITTSBURGH PA 15237 Output File C IRENE^JONES^^^^^^^^^2370 BELLWOOD DRIVE^^^^^^^PITTSBURGH PA 15237 Output File D SALLY^JONES^^^^^^^^^2370 BELLWOOD DRIVE^^^^^^^PITTSBURGH PA 15237

Figure A-2 SEED Name Records in the Output File



SEEDED CODE Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEEDED CODE parameter record indicates the information with which to replace three dollar signs in the seed name record (defined with the SEEDED parameter record) The three dollar signs must be consecutive with no spaces or other characters separating them You can define different replacement data for each output file

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the SEEDED parameter record

Table A-26 SEEDED Parameter Record Fields

Position(s) Field Name Description Data Source

1-6 KEYWORD Will always be SEEDED Required

8-11 SECONDARY KEYWORD

Always contains CODE Required No default






Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default

Example

The following example SEEDED CODE parameter record builds seed name records for output files A and B This is done by replacing the three dollar signs defined in the first SEEDED parameter record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02Â^MA$$$^SMITH^^^^^^^^^4200^PARLIAMENT^PL^STE^600^^^^^^^ SEEDED^CODEÛRA^NDY

A-50 621 - 102002

SEEDED CODE Parameter Record (Optional) A

The figure below shows how the seed name records appear in the two output files based on the parameter records

Output File A MAURA^SMITH^^^^^^^^^4200^PARLIAMENT^PL^STE^600^^^^^^^LANHAM^^^^MD Output File B MANDY^SMITH^^^^^^^^^4200^PARLIAMENT^PL^STE^600^^^^^^^LANHAM^^^^MD

Figure A-3 SEED Name Records in the Output Files



SEEDED Match Code Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEEDED parameter for the match code matches or compares up to the first 25 characters of the seed name record with the first 25 characters of the output record When the sequence is correct the seed name record is placed in the output file This ensures that the seed name records are placed in the output file in the correct sequence

Field-by-Field


Table 10-27 Fields in the SEEDED Parameter Record





Required No default

11 MATCH CODE INDICATOR

A code indicating whether a match code for the seed name record is defined

Z Define a match code

Required No default

13-47 MATCH CODE Information that you are defining to be matched against up to the first 25 characters of the output record This option places the seed name records in correct sequence within the output file

For example if the first five characters of input match code is a ZIP Code you can type the ZIP Code as a match code in this field When the same ZIP Code is read in the output file Generalized Selection Plus knows it can place the seed name record in the output file and all records will be in sequence

Required No default

A-52 621 - 102002

SEEDED Match Code Parameter Record (Optional) A

Example

The following example parameter record specifies to place the seed name record(s) in the output file(s) according to ZIP Code sequence

Positions 8-9 mdash 2 specifies to define a match code seed name record 2 defined with a SEEDED parameter record

Position 11 mdash Z specifies to specify a match code

Positions 13-17 mdash The seed name record to be sent to output file B will be sent according to where the ZIP Code 20990 resides in the output file

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02^Z^20990



SEQERR Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEQERR parameter record specifies how to handle input nameaddress records that are not in sequence according to match code

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the SEQERR parameter record

Table 10-28 SEQERR Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be SEQERR Required

8 INPUT OUT-OF-SEQUENCE HANDLING

An option indicating how to handle out-of-sequence input records

B Bypass the offending record

C Process the offending record out of sequence and continue sequence checking

E Terminate the job as if end-of-file has been reached on all input files

I Process the offending record out of sequence and ignore further sequence errors


Example

In the following example parameter record we specify to bypass or not process the input nameaddress record that is out of sequence (B)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQERR^B

A-54 621 - 102002

SEQUN Parameter Record (Optional) A

SEQUN Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SEQUN parameter record specifies where to place a sequence number in the output file and various values to limit the numbers

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the SEQUN parameter record

Table 10-29 Fields on the SEQUN Parameter Record


1-5 KEYWORD Must be SEQUN Required

6 OUTPUT FILE CODE An option indicating to which output file this sequence number information applies

A B C D or E

Required No default

8-10 Location for SEQUENCE NUMBER

The location for the sequence number field in the specified output file

Required No default

12 Length of SEQUENCE NUMBER

The length of the sequence number field in the specified output file

Required No default

14 Format of SEQUENCE NUMBER

The format for the sequence number field data in the specified output file

C Character data

P Packed data


16-24 LIMITING VALUE A 9-digit number indicating the last sequence number that can be sent to the specified output file


Optional No default

26-34 STARTING VALUE A 9-digit number indicating the first sequence number to be placed on a specified output file record

Optional No default

36-44 INCREMENTING VALUE A 9-digit number indicating how to increment the sequence numbers placed on a specified output file record

Optional No default



Character Sequence Number Example

The following example parameter record places a sequence number on each output record sent to output file A

Positions 8-10 mdash The sequence number starts in position 80

Position 12 mdash The sequence number is 9 bytes

Position 14 mdash The sequence number is in character format

Positions 16-24 mdash The largest possible sequence number can be 10000000

Positions 26-34 mdash The first sequence number is 10

Positions 36-44 mdash The sequence number increases by 5 each time a new sequence number is sent

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQUNA^080^9^C^010000000^000000010^000000005

A-56 621 - 102002

SMFILE Parameter Record (Optional) A

SMFILE Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional SMFILE parameter defines how many bytes of the input match code to define as your break field for the counters in the Statistics File

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the SMFILE parameter record

Table 10-30 Fields on the SMFILE


1-6 SMFILE Must be SMFILE Required

8-9 Length of CONTROL FIELD

The number of characters that you want to use as a break field for the counters generated in the Statistics File (OZ)

Required Default is 5

11-13 Location for CONTROL FIELD

This field is ignored if the value length of the Control Field is less than 6

A 3-digit number from 6 and 994 specifies a location on the Statistics File record where the entire control field is stored

Optional No default

Example

The following example parameter record defines the control field as the first six bytes of the input match code In this example the first six bytes contain Canadian postal codes Generalized Selection Plus will accumulate counts for each 6-character postal code processed and send the counts to the Statistics File

Positions 8-9 mdash The control field (postal code) is the first six bytes of the input record match code

Positions 11-13 mdash The control field starts in position 24 of the input record

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SMFILE^06^024



TESTIT Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional TESTIT parameter record is used to check the syntax of your parameter records before you run the entire job This parameter record has no fields

If you have this parameter record in your job Generalized Selection Plus checks the syntax of your parameter records and prints a parameter record report so that you can ensure that you entered the parameter records correctly If there is an error in your job Generalized Selection Plus will describe the error on the parameter record report across from the incorrect parameter record When all errors are resolved you can remove this parameter record and submit the job to run

Field-by-Field

As shown in the following table the parameter record keyword is the only field on the TESTIT parameter record

Table 10-31 TESTIT Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be TESTIT Required

A-58 621 - 102002

UFT Parameter Record (Optional) A

UFT Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional UFT parameter record specifies any text that is to be printed at the bottom of every page of each report This parameter record comprises

A line number on which to print the text

A side of the line on which to print the text

The text to be printed

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the UFT parameter record

Table 10-32 Fields on the UFT Parameter Record


1-3 KEYWORD Must be UFT Required

4 LINE NUMBER The footer line number (1 2 3 or 4) Required No default

5 SIDE The side of the footer line on which this text should appear

A Left side of the line (positions 1-66)

B Right side of the line (positions 67-132)

Required No default

7-72 FOOTER TEXT Up to 66 characters to be printed at the bottom of each page of every report

Required No default

Example

In the following example we indicate that we want to print the phrase ldquoTHE ACME MAILING CORPORATIONrdquo centered on the bottom of each page of every report

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 UFT1A^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^THEÂCME^MAILI UFT1B^NG^CORPORATION



UHD Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional UHD parameter record specifies any additional text that is to be printed at the top of each page of each report This parameter record comprises




Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the UHD parameter record

Table 10-33 Fields on the UHD Parameter Record


1-3 KEYWORD Must be UHD Required

4 LINE NUMBER The header line number (1 2 3 or 4) Required No default

5 SIDE The side of the header line on which this text should appear



Required No default

7-72 HEADER TEXT Up to 66 characters to be printed at the top of each page of every report

Required No default

Example

In the following example we indicate that we want to print the phrase ldquoEXCELLENCE IN CUSTOMER SERVICErdquo left-justified at the top of each page of every report

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 UHD1AÊXCELLENCEÎN^CUSTOMER^SERVICE

A-60 621 - 102002

ZDATA Parameter Record (Optional) A

ZDATA Parameter Record (Optional)

The optional ZDATA parameter record specifies a default record that to be placed in the Z work area if an input record does not match against the ZIP Code File

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the ZDATA parameter record


Table 10-34 ZDATA Parameter Record Fields


1-5 KEYWORD Must be ZDATA Required

6 RECORD POSITIONS An option indicating the position in the default record that the Default Record Text is to occupy (eg ldquoArdquo specifies bytes 1 through 50 of the default record)

A Positions 1-50 B Positions 51-100 C Positions 101-150 D Positions 151-200 E Positions 201-250 F Positions 251-300 G Positions 301-350 H Positions 351-400 I Positions 401-450 J Positions 451-500 K Positions 501-550 L Positions 551-600 M Positions 601-650 N Positions 651-700 O Positions 701-750 P Positions 751-800 Q Positions 801-850 R Positions 851-900 S Positions 901-950 T Positions 951-999

Required No default

8-57 DEFAULT RECORD TEXT


Optional No default



Example

The following example parameter records specify to move the default record ldquoThe input record did not match with the ZIP Code Filerdquo into work area Z when an input record does not match with the ZIP Code File

Parameter record 1 mdash This is labeled A and defines the first 50 bytes of the default record as ZZZZZ The input record did not match with the ZIP

Parameter record 2 mdash This is labeled B and defines the last part of the default record as Code File

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZDATAA^ZZZZZ The input record did not match with the ZIP ZDATAB^Code File

A-62 621 - 102002

ZIPIN Parameter Record (Required) A

ZIPIN Parameter Record (Required)

The required ZIPIN parameter record specifies the location and format of the USPS ZIP Code on the input record

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the ZIPIN parameter record

Table 10-35 ZIPIN Parameter Record Fields


1-5 KEYWORD Must be ZIPIN Required

8-10 Location of ZIP CODE POSTAL CODE

The input record location of the USPS ZIP Code

Required

12 Format of ZIP CODE

A code indicating the format of the ZIP Code on the input record

C Character format

P Packed format mdash 5 digits in 3 bytes


Example

In the following example parameter record we specify that our ZIP Code on the input record starts in position 055 and in a packed format (P)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPIN^^055^P



ZIPINM Parameter Record (Required with Match Code File)

The required ZIPINM parameter record specifies the location and format of the USPS ZIP Code on the Match Code File(s) record

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the ZIPINM parameter record

Table 10-36 ZIPINM Parameter Record Fields


1-6 KEYWORD Must be ZIPINM Required



Required



C Character format



Example

In the following example parameter record we specify that our ZIP Code on the input record starts in position 055 and is in character format

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINM^055^C

A-64 621 - 102002

ZIPINZ Parameter Record (Required with ZIP Code File) A

ZIPINZ Parameter Record (Required with ZIP Code File)

The required ZIPINZ parameter record specifies the location and format of the USPS ZIP Code on the Match Code File(s) record

Field-by-Field

The following table is an overview of each field on the ZIPINZ parameter record

Table 10-37 ZIPINZ Parameter Record Fields


1-5 KEYWORD Must be ZIPINZ Required



Required



C Character format



Example

In the following example parameter record we specify that our input ZIP code record starts in position 015 of the ZIP code file and is in packed format

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINZ^015^P



Reports

The GSP10 program generates the following reports

Parameter Record Listing

Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count Report

Examples of these reports can be found on the following pages

A-66 621 - 102002

Reports A


The figure below is a sample parameter record listingG

SP

10

V

06

0

1M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

PA

RA

ME

TE

R

LI

ST

IN

G

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

A

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

B

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

OU

T1

L

00

14

6

00

14

6F

IL

ED

F

GS

PO

UT

2

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

DU

PS

L

00

14

6

00

14

6 Z

IP

IN

1

33

C

FL

CO

DE

1

42

MA

TC

HC

1

33

0

5D

UP

CT

L

14

5

C

C

SE

QE

RR

I

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

PA

RM

S

FO

LL

OW

B

EG

IN

J

OB

D

EF

IN

IT

IO

N

FO

R

JO

B

Z

IP

00

AZ

IP

00

A

01

Z

ST

A

Z

IP

00

A

02

E

Q

N0

00

0

1-

A

BE

GI

N

JO

B

DE

FI

NI

TI

ON

F

OR

J

OB

ZI

P0

0B

ZI

P0

0B

0

1

ZS

T

B

ZI

P0

0B

0

2

EQ

N

00

0

01

-B

JO

B

PA

RA

ME

TE

RS

E

ND

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP

Figure A-4 Sample Parameter Record Listing

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

01

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1



--

--

--

--

-

-

--

--

--

--

--

Job Request Summary

The figure below is a sample Job Request Summary report

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

R

EQ

UE

ST

S

UM

MA

RY

2 04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

FI

LE

N

AM

E

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

GS

PI

NA

IN

PU

T

FI

LE

A

G

SP

ZI

P

I

NP

UT

Z

IP

F

IL

E

GS

PO

UT

1

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

1

F

IL

EG

SP

OU

T2

OU

TP

UT

N

AM

E

AD

DR

ES

S

2

FI

LE

GS

PO

UT

3

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

3

F

IL

EG

SP

ZS

TA

T

O

UT

PU

T

RE

PO

RT

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

RE

QU

ES

T

SU

MM

AR

Y

2

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

U

Figure A-5 Sample Job Request Summary Report

A-68 621 - 102002

Reports A

Run Control Totals

The figure below is a sample Run Control Totals report

GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

03

0

2

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FT

OT

AL

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

F

EM

AL

E

MA

LE

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

2

6

TO

TA

L

OU

TP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

SU

MM

AR

Y

FI

LE

15

GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Figure A-6 Sample Run Control Totals Report



Job Control Totals

The figure below is a sample Job Control Totals report

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

LI

MI

TA

TI

ON

S

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

CO

N

DE

SC

R

C-

LV

L

CT

R

CO

UN

T

ZM

AT

CH

0

1

A

00

0

0

18

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z

00

0

01

-1

0

0

00

1

8

FE

MA

LE

0

1

ZS

T

B

00

0

1

29

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

AN

D

00

0

0

34

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N

07

9

05

-4

00

00

00

0

0

29

MI

NC

ST

0

1

ZS

T

00

2

IN

C

C

00

0

2

5

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N0

68

0

2-

NY

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

06

8

02

-C

A

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

Figure A-7 Sample Job Control Totals

A-70 621 - 102002

Reports A

State Count

The figure below is a sample State Count report

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

M

AS

SA

CH

US

ET

TS

1

06

0-

06

9

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

07

0-

08

9

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

10

0-

14

9

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

P

EN

NS

YL

VA

NI

A

5

20

6-

21

9

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

V

IR

GI

NI

A

1

32

0-

33

9

FL

OR

ID

A

3

43

0-

45

9

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

M

IN

NE

SO

TA

1

5

70

-5

77

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

63

0-

65

8

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

N

EB

RA

SK

A

1

80

0-

81

6

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

C

AL

IF

OR

NI

A

7

U

NI

TE

D

ST

AT

ES

T

OT

AL

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Figure A-8 State Count Report (Part 1 of 3)



GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

1

00

-1

49

N

EW

Y

OR

K

2

90

0-

96

1

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

3

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

5

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Figure A-9 Sample State Count Report (Part 2 of 3)

A-72 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X B


This chapter contains examples of the parameter records used by Generalized Selection Plusrsquos report program GSP90

For examples of parameter records used by Generalized Selection Plusrsquos processing program GSP10 see Chapter 10 ldquoGSP10 Parameter Recordsrdquo

BREAK Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-2 CONST Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-5 DETL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-6 FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) B-9 HEAD Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-16 HEADER Parameter Record (Optional) B-18 MOVE Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-19 PRINT Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-23 PRTDTL Parameter Record (Optional for Statistical Report) B-27 RECAL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B-28 TESTIT Parameter Record (Optional) B-30 UFT Parameter Record (Optional) B-31 UHD Parameter Record (Optional) B-32 Reports B-33

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 B-1

B GSP90 Parameter Records

BREAK Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional BREAK parameter record allows you to define a major intermediate and minor break level field from which to generate statistics in your Statistical Report You can base these break levels on any part of your input match code When any or all the defined break levels change Generalized Selection Plus prints the accumulated break totals You can also specify to print information at the detail level which prints information for every record processed

The BREAK parameter record comprises

An option indicating whether the break is a major intermediate or minor break

The location and length of the input record field designated as a break field

An option indicating whether the break lines are to be single- or double-spaced

621 - 102002 B-2

BREAK Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the BREAK parameter record

Table B-1 Fields on the BREAK Parameter Record


1-5 KEYWORD Must be BREAK Required

6 BREAK LEVEL An option indicating the break level for the field defined below

1 Major control break

2 Intermediate break

3 Minor break

Required No default

8-10 Location of BREAK FIELD

The location of the specified break field on the Statistics File record The first five bytes of each Statistics File record consist of the first five bytes of your input match code

If the first five bytes of your Statistics File record is a ZIP Code you can use the option STA to specify a state break Generalized Selection Plus reads the first three bytes of the ZIP Code Based on those three bytes Generalized Selection Plus determines a state change

Required No default

12-13 Length of BREAK FIELD

The length of the break field If you type ldquoSTArdquo in positions 8-10 then type a length of 2

Maximum is 20

Required No default

15 SPACING OF TOTALS ON REPORT

An option indicating whether to print major break level totals on the Statistical Report double-spaced or single-spaced We recommend single-spacing only for the lowest or minor level being printed


D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Optional Default is D



Example

For our example BREAK parameter records the first five bytes of our Statistics File record is the ZIP Code

Parameter record 1 mdash The major break level (1) is ldquoSTArdquo or a state break (Generalized Selection Plus reads the first 3 bytes of each Statistics File record) If the three bytes fall out of the 3-digit range for the current state (02) a state break occurs

Parameter record 2 mdash The intermediate break level (2) is any change in the Sectional Center Facility (SCF) code or first 3 digits (03) of the ZIP Code located at position 70 of the Statistics File record

Parameter record 3 mdash A minor break level is a change in the entire ZIP Code

The minor level break totals print single-spaced (S in position 15) and the intermediate and major break level totals print double-spaced (D in position in 15) Each time a level break occurs break totals are printed on the Statistical Report as shown in Figure 10-1

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ BREAK1^STA^02^D BREAK2^070^03^D BREAK3^070^05^D

TOTALS BY ZIP AND SCF TOTAL DESCRIPTION FEMALE

INC 20-40

20714 20770 20771 20772

1 4

6 3

Minor Level (ZIP Code)


20814 20877 20878 20879

8 2 8 9



TOTAL MARYLAND 193 Major Level (State)

Figure B-1 Example Break Level Totals

621 - 102002 B-4

CONST Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B

CONST Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional CONST parameter record allows you to define up to nine numeric constants to use in your print column equations (defined with the PRINT parameter record) Generalized Selection Plus stores the defined constant values in work areas C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 and C9 To use a constant value in a print column equation refer to the work area where the constant is stored (C1 through C9)

The CONST parameter record comprises

The number identifying a constant to be used

The numeric value to be used for calculations

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the CONST parameter record

Table B-2 Fields on the CONST Parameter Record


1-5 KEYWORD Must be CONST Required

6 CONSTANT NUMBER A 1-digit number identifying the nine possible constants you can use

Valid values are numbers 1 through 9

Required No default

8-14 CONSTANT VALUE The 7-character constant value to be used to perform calculations with the Statistical Report column totals These values appear right-justified and zero-filled

Required No default

Example

In the following example parameter record we define constant 1 as ldquo0000003rdquo Generalized Selection Plus stores this constant value in work area C1

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ CONST1^0000003



DETL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional DETL parameter record allows you to generate field totals for each Statistics File record (This is like generating column totals for your detail level information) With this parameter record you can define the selected Statistics File field with the same equations used to define your print columns

NOTE A Detail File record consists of the first five bytes of your Statistics File record and any fields that you redefine using this parameter record For a Detail File layout refer to Appendix C ldquoRecord Layoutsrdquo

The DETL parameter record comprises

The number identifying the summary field on the Output Detail File

The values used

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the DETL parameter record

Table B-3 Fields on the DETL Parameter Record (Part 1 of 2)


1-4 KEYWORD Must be DETL Required

5-6 FIELD NUMBER FOR DETAIL FILE

A 2-digit number identifying the summary field in the Output Detail File to be used

01 09 17

02 10 18

03 11 19

04 12 20

05 13 21

06 14 22

07 15 23

08 16 24

Required No default

621 - 102002 B-6

DETL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B



12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68

FUNCTION TO PERFORM

A 1-byte option describing the function to be performed

A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


First is required No default

13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70

AREA TO PERFORM FUNCTION

A 2-byte indicator defining the field or area that you want to use in the function

01 through 99 mdash Specifies a counter field in the Statistics File

01 through 09 mdash Used with the H (Hold or store data) option Generalized Selection Plus stores the current value in the specified hold area For example H 01 would store a current value in area 1

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 or C9 mdash These areas contain the constant values you defined (up to nine) using the CONST parameter record

H1 through H9 mdash Hold areas where you can temporarily store data for a later calculation Note that if you use the H or hold data option in byte 1 of the equation you cannot use these hold areas here For example A H1 adds the value stored in hold area 1 to the current value




Example

The following example parameter records are described below

Parameter record 1 mdash The value in the first Statistics File counter field (01) is added (A) to the print work area

Parameter record 2 mdash The counter field 2 value (02) is also added to the print work area

Parameter record 3 mdash The total is stored in hold area 1 (H 01)

Parameter record 4 mdash The counter field 3 value (03) is added (A) to the print work area

Parameter record 5 mdash The counter field 4 value (04) is also added (A) to the print work area

Parameter record 6 mdash The total is multiplied (M) by the total stored in hold area 1 (H1)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ DETL01^^^^Â01 DETL02^^^^Â02 DETL03^^^^^H01 DETL04^^^^Â03 DETL05^^^^Â04 DETL06^^^^^MH1

621 - 102002 B-8

FILEDF Parameter Record (Required) B


The required FILEDF parameter record identifies the input and output files any input and output exit routines that Generalized Selection Plus will call for this job and any limitations placed on the number of records to be processed This parameter record comprises


The exit routine




File Names


Input Files


Table B-4 Input File Names











Output Files


Table B-5 Output File Names




The optional output nameaddress files are output files to which information can be sent based on the instructions you use in your job



Statistics File GSPZSTAT The optional Statistics File records the counts by ZIP Code postal code or portion of your input match code containing the counts that you defined for each job or instruction


The following table lists the Statistical Report file names

Table B-6 Statistical Report File Names


Statistics File GSPZSTAT The Statistics File with this identifier is used as input for the Statistical Report program


Detail File GSPRDET The optional Detail File contains the Statistics File records with re-defined counter totals

B-10 621 - 102002


Exit Routines


NOTE If you specify both an EXITOP operating exit routine and an output exit routine for the same file the EXITOP operating exit routine is always called and processed first

Input Exit Routines









Parameter EXITP1


Table B-7 EXITP1 Parameter for FILEDF








Parameter EXITP2







R

W

Current record length for each read set to zero (0) at end-of-file

NA

C NA


B-12 621 - 102002


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





Field-by-Field


Table B-11 FILEDF Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 2)



8-14 FILE NAME A 7-character name for the file to be used

GSPZSTAT Statistics File (input)

GSPRSUM Summary File (output)

GSPRDET Detail File (output)

No default

All are optional











NOTE Line sequential files have End-of-Line (EOL) characters Sequential files have no EOL characters they are byte-stream



Required No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default

B-14 621 - 102002


Example






+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 FILEDF^GSPINA^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ÎNPTPROC^^^0000100^^^^^^^^^0001000



HEAD Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional HEAD parameter record allows you to define the header text to appear on your custom Statistical Report

The HEAD parameter record comprises

The side and line on which to print the heading

The information to be printed as the heading

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the HEAD parameter record

Table B-12 Fields on the HEAD Parameter Record


1-4 KEYWORD Must be HEAD Required

5-6 HEADER IDENTIFIER An option that indicates where the header information will appear on the report This includes the main report heading the line description and all the column headings

NOTE The left side of the heading line represents print positions 1-66 and the right side represents print positions 67-132

1A Left side heading line 1

1B Right side heading line 1





Required No default

8-73 HEADER TEXT Up to 66 characters to be printed in the print position indicated in the Header Identifier field

Required No default

B-16 621 - 102002

HEAD Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B

Example

In the following example parameter records we fill Statistical Report heading lines as follows

A Statistical Report title of ldquoCustomer Totalsrdquo prints on heading line 1 of 3 on the left side (1A)

A line description of ldquoZIP Code Informationrdquo prints on lines 2 and 3 on the left side (2A and 3A)

The three columns ldquoIncome 31-40rdquo ldquoIncome 41-50rdquo and ldquoIncome 51-60rdquo also print on lines 2 and 3 (2A and 3A)

The parameter records below print the headings appearing on the following report

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 HEAD1A^Customer Totals HEAD2A^ZIP Code Income Income Income HEAD3AÎnformation 31-40 41-50 51-60

Column Headers Line Description Main Report Heading (8 maximum)

Customer Totals

ZIP Code Information

Income Income Income 31-40 41-50 51-60

20714 1 6 3

20770 4 2 8

20771 6 3 2

20772 3 6 5

TOTAL 207 14 17 18

Figure B-2 Statistical Report Heading







Field-by-Field


Table B-13 HEADER Parameter Record Fields








Optional No default

Example



B-18 621 - 102002

MOVE Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B

MOVE Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional MOVE parameter record allows you to define information to move to the beginning of each break total final total or detail level line on the Statistical Report You can move constant values state abbreviations or names or information you may have moved from your original input file to the S work area before the record was sent to the Statistics File

NOTE You may define up to 100 moves at each report level and a single move for any or all levels

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the MOVE parameter record


Table B-14 MOVE Parameter Record Fields (Part 1 of 2)


1-4 KEYWORD Must be MOVE Required

5-6 MOVE COMMENT A 2-character user-defined ID used to identify the move operation

Optional No default

8-10 Location for DATA TO BE MOVED

The location for the information to be moved (target)

Required No default

12-13 Length of DATA TO BE MOVED

The length of the information to be moved

If you specify STA (for state code) in this field type a length of 2

If you specify STF (for state name) in the Location of DATA TO BE MOVED field type a length of 19

Required No default

Constant Value to be Moved

14 CONSTANT INDICATOR

A hyphen indicating that the information to be moved is a constant value defined in the CONSTANT VALUE field

Optional No default

15-24 CONSTANT VALUE A 10-character value defining the constant value to be moved

Optional No default





Data to be Moved

15-17 Location of DATA TO BE MOVED

An option indicating the data to be moved to the print line when the current level of information is printed

Type the location of the data on the Statistics File record

Type STA to move the current state code to the print line If you type STA you must type a print length of 2

Type STF to move the full state name to the print line If you type STF you must type a print length of 19

Required No default

Break Level to Which the Move Applies

26 DETAIL LEVEL An option indicating whether to move the specified information to detail level lines on the Statistical Report

P Perform a detail level line move

blank Do not perform a detail level line move


At least one level is required

27 BREAK LEVEL 3 An option indicating whether to move the specified information to minor break level totals on the Statistical Report

P Perform a minor break line move

blank Do not perform a minor break line move



28 BREAK LEVEL 2 An option indicating whether to move the specified information to intermediate break level totals on the Statistical Report

P Perform an intermediate break line move

blank Do not perform an intermediate break line move



29 BREAK LEVEL 1 An option indicating whether to move the specified information to major break level totals on the Statistical Report

P Perform a major break line move

blank Do not perform a major break line move



30 FINAL TOTAL An option indicating whether to move the specified information to final total lines on the Statistical Report

P Perform a total level line move

blank Do not perform a total level line move



B-20 621 - 102002


Example

The following example parameter records move data to the beginning of report lines for a minor (ZIP Code) intermediate (3-digit) and major (state) level total

Parameter record 1 mdash Specifies to start printing the ZIP Code in position 1 of the reports line description area The ZIP Code is located in the Statistics record starting in position 1 for a length of 5

Parameter record 2 mdash Specifies to start printing the phrase ldquo3-DIGITrdquo in position 1 of the reports line description area when an intermediate level total prints

Parameter record 3 mdash Specifies to start printing the Sectional Center Facility code in position 9 of the reports line description area when an intermediate total prints The Sectional Center Facility is located in the Statistics record starting in position 1 for a length of 3

Parameter record 4 mdash Specifies to start printing the phrase ldquoTOTALrdquo in position 1 of the reports line description area when a major level total prints

Parameter record 5 mdash Specifies to start printing the full state name (STF) in position 7 of the reports line description area when a major level total prints

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MOVEMN^001^05^001^^^^^^^^^P MOVEIN^001^07-3-DIGIT^^^^^^P MOVEI2^009^03^001^^^^^^^^^^P MOVEMJ^001^05-TOTAL^^^^^^^^^P MOVEM2^007^19^STF^^^^^^^^^^^P



Figure 11-2 shows how the information we moved with the example parameter records may appear on the Statistical Report


INC 20-40

20714 1 Minor Level 20770 4

20771 6 20772 3

Intermediate Level 3-DIGIT 207 14

20814 8

Minor Level 2087720878

2 8

20879 9


Major Level TOTAL MARYLAND 193

Figure B-3 Example Break Level Moves

B-22 621 - 102002

PRINT Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B

PRINT Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional PRINT parameter record allows you to select a print column on the Statistical Report and perform a calculation to define the columns total

Default Columns

When you generate totals on the Statistical Report Generalized Selection Plus provides a standard line format The first 28 bytes of a Statistical Report line consists of the data you moved to the beginning of a line based on the break level total (using the MOVE parameter record) The remainder of the line consists of up to eight columns that can contain up to eight totals Generalized Selection Plus columns are set up as follows

Column 1 resides in positions 29-41








Each standard column allows for a zero-suppressed 9-digit number with a maximum of 5 positions to the right of the decimal point The values printed may be in one of the six following formats

999999999 999999999 999999999

999999999 999999999

999999999

Generalized Selection Plus adds the appropriate commas negative sign (-) if necessary and specified number of decimal places to any totals generated on the Statistical Report

NOTE The last column on your Statistical Report cannot contain a negative number



If you need to generate totals or use headings that are larger than the standard columns you can span across multiple columns For example total one can start in column 1 and total two can start in column 3 This allows for the space of two columns instead of one

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the PRINT parameter record

Table B-15 Fields on the PRINT Parameter Record (Part 1 of 2)


1-5 KEYWORD Must be PRINT Required

6 COLUMN NUMBER A 1-digit number indicating a column on the Statistical Report to apply the calculation defined on this parameter record Each column number corresponds to print positions on a Statistical Report line

NOTE The first 28 bytes of a Statistical Report line consists of data that you have moved (MOVE) to the beginning of the line based on a break level total

Col Print Position(s) 1 29-41 2 42-54 3 55-67 4 68-80 5 81-93 6 94-106 7 107-119 8 120-132

Required No default

8 Number of DECIMAL PLACES

A 1-digit number indicating the number of decimal positions to apply to the current column The number must be between 0 and 5

Required No default

10 ROUNDING OPTION An option indicating whether to round up the total of the current print column

NOTE If you have negative values in this print column do not select the rounding option because the number will be rounded upward instead of downward



Optional No default

B-24 621 - 102002




12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68

CALCULATION TO PERFORM

An option describing the function to be performed on the specified area

A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


Required No default

13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70

AREA TO BE CALCULATED

Defines the field or area to be calculated


01 through 09 mdash Used with the H (Hold or store data) to store the current value in a hold area Generalized Selection Plus stores the current value in the specified hold area For example H01 would store a current value in hold area 1

C1 through C9 mdash These areas contain the constant values defined using the CONST parameter record


Required No default



Example

The following parameter record shows you how to define actions and areas to perform calculations This PRINT parameter record is defining a total for Statistical Report column 1 This total will have two decimal places (2) and will not be rounded by Generalized Selection Plus (N) The functions perform are

The first counter (01) is added (A) to the print work area

Then constant 1 (C1) is subtracted (S) from the first counter

This new total is stored in hold area 1 (H01)

The new total is added (A) to the value in hold area 2 (H2)

The new total is multiplied (M) by constant 2 (C2)

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRINT1^2^NÂ01^SC1^H01ÂH2^MC2

B-26 621 - 102002

PRTDTL Parameter Record (Optional for Statistical Report) B

PRTDTL Parameter Record (Optional for Statistical Report)

The optional PRTDTL parameter record specifies how to alter the standard pagination of reports which is set up for 10-inch paper printed at six lines per inch

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the PRTDTL parameter record

Table B-16 Fields on the PRTDTL Parameter Record


1-6 KEYWORD Must be PRTDTL Required

8 PRINT COLUMNS IN DETAIL

An option indicating whether to print a detail level line for each Statistics File record A detail level line contains only the information defined to be moved for a detail level line No column totals are printed

D Print at the detail level

blank Do not print at the detail level

NOTE If the detail line contains all zero values no line is printed


Example

In the following parameter record example we specify to print detail level lines (totals for each record processed) on the Statistical Report Without this option only break level totals are printed

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRTDTL^D



RECAL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional)

The optional RECAL parameter record recalculates any Statistical Report columnrsquos final total

NOTE If you do not use this function to redefine the current column only the accumulated totals are printed If you wish to zero out the current totals and replace them with others you must first subtract the appropriate statistical report counter and then recalculate your new value

Field-by-Field

The following table presents each field on the RECAL parameter record

Table B-17 Fields on the RECAL Parameter Record (Part 1 of 2)


1-5 KEYWORD Must be RECAL Required

6 COLUMN NUMBER A 1-digit number indicating a column on the Statistical Report to recalculate

Required No default

12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68

RECALCULATION TO PERFORM ON AREA

An option describing the function to be performed

A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

Required No default

B-28 621 - 102002

RECAL Parameter Record (Custom Report mdash Optional) B



13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70

AREA TO BE RECALCULATED

Defines the field or area to be recalculated

P1 through P9 mdash Specifies a counter field in the Statistics File

C1 through C9 mdash These areas contain the constant values you defined (up to nine) using the CONST parameter record

Required No default

Example

The following example parameter record recalculates column total number two on the Statistical Report The value stored as constant 3 (C3) is added (A) to the value of column total 2

+1+2+3+4+5+6+ RECAL2^^^^ÂC3






Field-by-Field


Table B-18 TESTIT Parameter Record Fields



B-30 621 - 102002

UFT Parameter Record (Optional) B






Field-by-Field


Table B-19 Fields on the UFT Parameter Record







Required No default


Required No default

Example










Field-by-Field


Table B-20 Fields on the UHD Parameter Record







Required No default


Required No default

Example



B-32 621 - 102002

Reports B

Reports

The GSP90 program produces the following reports


Job Request Summary

Statistical Reports

Run Control Totals

Examples of these reports appear on the following pages




The figure below is a sample parameter record listing

Figure B-4 Sample Parameter Record Listing

GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

RS

UM

L0

01

32

S

TE

P

2H

EA

D1

A

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FH

EA

D2

A

TO

TA

L

DE

SC

RI

PT

IO

N

FE

MA

LE

MA

LE

H

EA

D3

A

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

ST

EP

3

BR

EA

K3

0

01

0

5

SB

RE

AK

2

00

1

03

BR

EA

K1

S

TA

0

2

S

TE

P

4M

OV

EM

N

00

1

05

0

01

P

M

OV

EI

N

00

1

07

-3

-D

IG

IT

P

MO

VE

I2

0

09

0

3

00

1

P

MO

VE

MJ

0

01

0

5-

TO

TA

L

P

M

OV

EM

2

00

7

19

S

TF

P

M

OV

EF

T

00

1

10

-F

IN

AL

T

OT

P

ST

EP

5

PR

IN

T1

0

N

A

01

PR

IN

T2

0

N

A

02

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP

UF

T1

A

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Defin

e fil

es

Gen

eral

ized

Sel

ectio

n Pl

uspr

ints

an

F

for f

ixed

-leng

th re

cord

s an

dan

L

for v

aria

ble-

leng

th re

cord

s

Hea

derF

oote

r par

amet

er re

cord

file

(GSG

1PXT

) con

tent

s

Title

from

hea

derf

oote

rpa

ram

eter

reco

rd fi

le (G

SG1P

XT)

Foot

er fr

om h

eade

rfoo

ter

para

met

er re

cord

(GSG

1PXT

)

Defin

e Co

lum

n To

tals

Def

ine

Min

or I

nter

med

iate

an

d M

ajor

Bre

ak L

evel

s

Def

ine

Rep

ort

Line

Des

crip

tion

and

Colu

mn

Tota

l Hea

ding

s

Def

ine

Line

Des

crip

tions

B-34 621 - 102002

Reports B

Statistical Report

GSP90 V0602M00 GEN SELECT PLUS GENERALIZED SELECTION REPORTING 2

03022001 GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS TUTORIAL JOBTOTALS BY ZIP AND SCF TOTAL DESCRIPTION FEMALE MALE

INC 20-40 NY AND CA

01960 1 0

3-DIGIT 019 1 0

TOTAL MASSACHUSETTS 1 0

06075 1 0

3-DIGIT 060 1 0

TOTAL CONNECTICUT 1 0

07601 1 0

3-DIGIT 076 1 0

TOTAL NEW JERSEY 1 0

13783 3 1

3-DIGIT 137 3 1

14534 0 1

3-DIGIT 145 0 1

TOTAL NEW YORK 3 2

15227 1 0 15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 3 0

15090 1 0

3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0

TOTAL PENNSYLVANIA 5 0

20818 1 0

3-DIGIT 208 1 0


GENERALIZED SELECTION PLUS

Figure B-5 Statistical Report (Part 1 of 3)





INC 20-40 NY AND CA

TOTAL MARYLAND 1 0

23457 1 0

3-DIGIT 234 1 0

TOTAL VIRGINIA 1 0

33149 1 0

3-DIGIT 331 1 0

32571 1 0

3-DIGIT 325 1 0

33935 1 0

3-DIGIT 339 1 0

TOTAL FLORIDA 3 0

45169 1 0

3-DIGIT 451 1 0

TOTAL OHIO 1 0

55120 1 0

3-DIGIT 551 1 0

TOTAL MINNESOTA 1 0

57366 1 0

3-DIGIT 573 1 0

TOTAL SOUTH DAKOTA 1 0

65270 1 0

3-DIGIT 652 1 0

TOTAL MISSOURI 1 0

69337 1 0



Statistical Report (Part 2 of 3)

B-36 621 - 102002

Reports B



INC 20-40 NY AND CA

3-DIGIT 693

TOTAL NEBRASKA

81657

3-DIGIT 816

TOTAL COLORADO

Totals for 91980 output file C 91987

3-DIGIT 919

92304

3-DIGIT 923

92704

3-DIGIT 927

95446

3-DIGIT 954

TOTAL CALIFORNIA

FINAL TOT

1

1

1

1

1

4 1

5

1

1

0

0

1

1

7

64

0

0

0

0

0

2 0

2

0

0

1

1

0

0

3

5

Totals for output file B




B-38 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X C

Common Questions

This appendix contains answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the Generalized Selection Plus System

Q What are auxiliary input files

Auxiliary input files are files that you use to match against your input files You determine what data to place in these files

Q What is a match code

A match code is the data that may be used to compare data in your input files with data in the auxiliary input files This data may be one piece of data or more than one piece of data You can also define match codes so that your input files are sorted by match code or so Generalized Selection Plus can determine duplicates in your input files according to the match code

Q Can I set up a job to ignore certain records in my input file

Yes One way to do this is to fill the Kill File with data so that when input records match with the Kill File records the input record will be automatically ignored For example if you want records with certain account numbers to be ignored you could place those account numbers in the Kill File

Q Can I perform record sampling with Generalized Selection Plus

Yes If you are sending records to an output file based on certain criteria and you know there are going to be a large number that meet that criteria you can conduct record sampling The three ways you can conduct record sampling are to select or exclude the nth record select a fraction of the records or set a limit on the number of records that will be sent to the output file by that job

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 C-1

C Common Questions

Q Can I sort my input files

Yes You can use the Sort Option Screens described in Chapter 9 ldquoSubmit Batch Job Screensrdquo to sort your input files and also your auxiliary input files Note that you can sort your input files and Match Code File according to the match code fields you define You can sort the ZIP Code File only by ZIP Code and the Kill File based on the entire record which is considered the match code

Q How many input files can I use and how many output files can I generate

You can process up to three input files in Generalized Selection Plus however only one is required You can also generate up to five output files no output files are required

Q What are the two kinds of ldquojobsrdquo used in Generalized Selection Plus

When you define a job with the Create New Job screen you are creating a Generalized Selection Plus job You also define jobs within Generalized Selection Plus using the Define Jobs and Instructions component These ldquojobsrdquo are really tasks that can keep counts send records to output files test data or do anything you define Each task is made up of a job parameter and the corresponding instruction parameters You can define multiple sets of job and instruction parameters to accomplish many tasks within one Generalized Selection Plus job

Q What if I dont have ZIP Codes or dont want to use Match Codes

Put in a dummy value for the positions where there are blanks in your input file Remember to turn off duplicate handling options and sequence handling options Refer to Chapter 4 ldquoProcessing Your Input Filesrdquo under heading ldquoInput File Processingrdquo

Q What if my input file has more than one record per transaction

A full record can be constructed in a work area and then output when youre jobs finish

621 - 102002 C-2

A P P E N D I X D

Record Layouts

This chapter provides record layouts for the Detail File Statistics File and Summary File

File Layouts D-2 Statistics File Record Examples D-2 Statistics File Layout D-3 Detail File Layout D-7 Summary File Layout D-8

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 D-1

D Record Layouts

File Layouts

This section presents the file layouts for the following output files that you can generate using Generalized Selection Plus

Statistics File (from the Jobs and Instructions component)

Detail File (from the Statistical Report component)

Summary File (from the Statistical Report component)

Refer to the following headings for this information

Statistics File Record Examples

Below is a graphic representation of a Statistics File record layout in hexadecimal format

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+

FFFFF000000010001000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFCCCCC 20706000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F490082222


20706

20714



4-byte packed counter third counter in job list




621 - 102002 D-2

Statistics File Layout D

Statistics File Layout

Below is the entire layout of a Statistics File record You can have up to 99 counters in your job list The record length is based on the size needed for your highest counter field or by any information you may have moved from your input record to work area S You can write over empty counter fields with any input record information

Table D-1 Statistics File Record Layout (Part 1 of 4)

Field Description Field Positions Data Format Field Length

Break field length value 1-5 Character 5

Counter field 1 6-9 Packed 4




























D Record Layouts




































621 - 102002 D-4






































D Record Layouts









User Area (Optional) 402-999 Character 4

621 - 102002 D-6

Detail File Layout D

Detail File Layout

Below is the entire layout of a Detail File record Each Detail File record is in hexadecimal format

Table D-2 Detail File Record Layout


First 5 bytes of the match code 1-5 Character 5

Detail field 1 6-9 Packed 4

























D Record Layouts

Summary File Layout

Table 15-3 below presents the entire layout of a Summary File record

Each Summary File record is in character format Each summary field contains a major break total generated by the Statistical Report Each time a major break occurs while generating the Statistical report the major break total line is sent to the summary file If the summary field content is positive then up to a 9-digit unsigned number in character format (without leading zeros) will be recorded In the event of a negative value the field will contain a negative sign before the first significant digit and up to eight additional numeric values

For example 1632 would be recorded as

^^^^^1632

-5635 would be

^^^^-5635

NOTE The line description in columns 78 to 106 is the information you moved to the beginning of each major break total line on the Statistical Report

Table 15-3 Summary File Record Layout


Blanks 1-5 Character 5

Summary field 1 6-14 Numeric Edited 9








Line description of the line being printed

78-106 Character 29

621 - 102002 D-8

G L O S S A R Y

The glossary provides definitions to terms used in the Generalized Selection Plus AS400 Userrsquos Guide

application This is a combination of job sets that together manipulate records and generate

auxiliary input file Input files that are compared to input nameaddress files to determine matching records

branching This function is similar to a ldquogo tordquo command It allows you to skip job sets within your application

break levels Specifies the type of total to accumulate and print on the Statistical Report

cross-sectional See fractional sampling sampling

default record A record that you define that can be a default for the input nameaddress file(s) or a default for the ZIP Code File If there is no match the default input record is stored in work area N If there is no match with the ZIP Code File the default ZIP Code File record is stored in work area Z

default value A value supplied by the system that is used when no value is specified by the user

Detail File A file generated from the Statistical Report that contains all the counts for each break field accumulated in the Statistics File This file is available because the Statistical Report shows the break field values but not the totals for each break field

EXITOP A type of exit routine which allows external code to be executed from a Group 1 program

file indicator An optional field you can place on your output records indicating from which input nameaddress file (A B or C) the output record originated

fractional sampling A sampling function used to select only a specified fraction of the records from a nameaddress file or a fraction of records that actually meet the criteria specified in a job set or instruction

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 GL-1

GL

grouping A function used to connect and control how your job and instruction parameter records are executed Grouping commands include parentheses () the word AND and the word OR

instruction These are commands you define and Generalized Selection Plus uses to execute specific steps within a job set An instruction has the same name as the job parameter record within the job set

job parameter record

This names the job set and specifies what action to perform if an input nameaddress record meets the criteria of the job set

job set The combination of the job parameter record and the following instructions performed for the job set function

Kill File An input file containing records that you can compare to input nameaddress records and test for a match If there is a match the input nameaddress record is not processed

line description A description describing each total line sent to the Statistical Report

M work area An area where Generalized Selection Plus stores a Match Code File record if its match code is the same as the input nameaddress records

match code A piece of data made up of up to ten fields up to 99 bytes long that enables Generalized Selection Plus to determine if there is a match between two files or among multiple files

Match Code File An input file containing records that you can compare to input nameaddress records and test for a match You can define up to nine Match Code Files If there is a match the input nameaddress record is sent to work area N and the Match Code File record is sent to work area M

N work area The work area where Generalized Selection Plus stores the current input nameaddress record if its match code is the same as a match code in an auxiliary input file (not including the Kill File)

nth sampling A sampling function where every nth record (you specify the number) is either excluded or included (as specified by you) for the next processing step

parameter record An 80-byte image passed as a record to a batch program that provides specific data to the program

GL-2 621 - 102002

GL

seed name User-defined records that are placed in your mailing list in input file sequence Brokers and mailers often place seed names in their mailing lists Every time a mailing list client conducts a mailing a mail piece is sent back to the broker and the broker can ensure that the mailing list is not misused

Statistical Report A custom report where you define the title heading line descriptions columns and totals to be accumulated about your output files

Summary File A file generated from the Statistical Report containing only the major break level totals

work area A storage area Generalized Selection Plus uses to place records during processing

Z work area An area where Generalized Selection Plus stores a ZIP Code File record if its ZIP Code is the same as the input nameaddress records

ZIP Code File An input file containing records that you can compare to input nameaddress records and test for a match You can compare ZIP Codes only If there is a match the input name address record is sent to work area N and the ZIP Code File record is sent to work area Z


GL

GL-4 621 - 102002

Index

Numerics 1A File ID 3-26 1C File ID 3-27 3-28

A Add

data to input record 1-4 seed name record 3-15

Administrative screens overview 11-2

Applications 1-17 mailing list manipulation 1-17 matching and merging 1-19 of Generalized Selection Plus 1-17

Auxiliary input files defined 1-10 3-4 A-1 defined default record 3-11 defined Match Code File 3-9 defined seed name records 3-13 exit routine parameters 3-23 Kill File 1-12 Kill File define 3-52 Kill File matching example 4-7 match code 1-8 Match Code File

match codes 3-36 3-40 Match Code File define 3-34 Match Code Files matching example 4-11 match code defined A-1 processing example 4-4 sorting A-2 sorting why 4-10 work areas 1-9 4-2 ZIP Code File 1-12

example 8-5 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID05) 8-20 ZIP Code File matching example 4-8

B Batch (GSSBMJOB) 13-2

Benefits of Generalized Selection Plus 1-6

Branch to job 6-17 Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20)

7-11 example 8-48 fields 7-39 7-41 purpose 7-38

Break levels final break move example 8-51 intermediate break move example 8-51 major break move example 8-51 move data for intermediate level 7-15 move data for major level 7-15 move data for minor level 7-15

Break levels (Statistical Report) BREAK parameter record B-2

BREAK parameter record (Statistical Report) example B-4 field-by-field B-3 purpose B-2

C Canadian Publications xxi Clear Entire N Work Area field 3-27 3-28 Clear entire N work area field

defined 3-5 Clearing Entire N Work Area

JOBCTL parameter record field A-31 Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31) 7-18

7-19 8-52 fields 7-50 7-51 purpose 7-49

Column Re-Definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35) 7-20

Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35) fields 7-53 purpose 7-52

Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30) 7-17 8-52

fields 7-47 7-48 purpose 7-46

Columns (for Statistical Report) define 7-17

Generalized Selection Plus Userrsquos Guide - AS400 I-1

I Index

re-define 7-20 use mathematical functions 7-19

Command line define input file A 13-6 define input file B 13-6 define output file 1 13-3 define processing details 13-3 define sorting options 13-5 job submission 13-2

Comments sending to Group 1 xxiii Common questions A-1 Comparing

character data 6-3 example 6-4 packed data 6-3 screen example 6-5 system date 6-3

Component diagram Define Statistical Report 2-5 7-28 Generalized Selection Plus 2-3 Submit Batch Job 9-3

Concepts applications 1-14 auxiliary input files 1-10 auxiliary input files Kill File 1-12 auxiliary input files Match Code Files 1-10 auxiliary input files ZIP Code File 1-12 input files 1-10 job and instruction parameters 1-15 job set 1-15 match code defined 1-8 operands 1-16 output files 1-10 work areas defined 1-9

Confirm Deletion Of Job Definition Screen (GSCPMM06) fields 11-10 function keys 11-10 purpose 11-10

CONST parameter record (Statistical Report) example B-5 field-by-field B-5 purpose B-5

Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen (GSCPRP15) 7-9

fields 7-37 purpose 7-36

Constant values (for Statistical Report) define 7-9

Constants (Statistical Report)

CONST parameter record B-5 Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95)

purpose 9-23 Control field length

Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen (GSCPID12) 6-28

Conventions used in this guide xix xx Converting data

example 6-13 from packed data 6-13 screen example 6-14

Copy existing job data screen 1 11-3 existing job data screen 1 fields 11-4 existing job data screen 2 fields 11-5 existing job data screen 2 purpose 11-5 existing job data screen 3 fields 11-7 existing job data screen 3 function keys 11-7 existing job data screen 3 purpose 11-6 parameter (more than one) 5-13 parameter more than one 8-39 parameter one instruction 8-36 parameter place copied instruction 8-37 8-40

Copy Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03) fields 11-12 function keys 11-12 purpose 11-11

Counter records defined 6-29

CPC Publications xxi Create

sample job 8-8 Create New Job Screen (GSCPNJ01)

example 8-10 fields 11-15 function keys 11-15 purpose 11-13

Customer support getting help xxii

D Data

comparison example 6-3 6-4 comparison screen example 6-5 conversion example 6-13 conversion screen example 6-14

621 - 102002 I-2

I

date comparison example 6-6 date comparison screen example 6-6 mathematical function example 6-11 mathematical function screen example 6-12 moving example 6-15 moving screen example 6-16 numeric testing example 6-8 numeric testing screen example 6-9

Date comparison example 6-6 screen 6-6

Datetime stamp 2-8 Default record

define 3-11 for Match Code Files (MDATA) A-41 for ZIP Code File (ZDATA) A-61 Match Code File 3-42 Match Code Files 4-11 ZIP Code File 3-48 4-8

Default value definition of GL-1

Defaults for Print Output component diagram 10-2 overview 2-2 10-2

Defaults For Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01) example 8-3

Defaults for Print Output Screen (GSCPPX01) example screen 8-13 fields 10-6 function keys 10-6 purpose 10-5

Define break levels 7-11 constant values 7-9 data to be moved to print line 7-14 Detail File 7-23 headers and footers 10-7 print columns 7-17 seeded codes 3-59 seeded marks 3-62

Define andor Submit a Batch Job Screen (GSCPDS01) fields 11-17 function keys 11-17 purpose 11-16

Define headers and footers screen (GSCPPX03) example 8-14 fields 10-8 function keys 10-8 purpose 10-7

Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10) 7-6 example 8-47 fields 7-34 7-35 purpose 7-33

Define Input Files example 8-17 example contents 8-3 example layout 8-3 exit routine parameters 3-23 overview 2-2

Define Jobs and Instructions overview 2-3

Define Print Defaults example 8-12

Define Statistical Report Break Level Definition (BREAKn) Screen (GSCPRP20)

7-38 Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP31)

7-49 Column Re-definition (RECALn) Screen (GSCPRP35)

7-52 Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30) 7-46 component diagram 2-5 Constant Value Definition (CONSTn) Screen

(GSCPRP15) 7-36 Define Headers for Columns Screen (GSCPRP10) 7-33 define break levels 7-11 define columns 7-17 define constant values 7-9 define data to move 7-14 define report headers 7-6 defined 7-3 Detail File Re-definition (DETLnn) Screen

(GSCPRP46) 7-56 Detail File Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45) 7-

54 example 8-46 Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05) 7-5 Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25)

7-42 overview 2-3 7-27 overview diagram 7-28 re-define columns 7-20 Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05) 7-30 Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65) 7-59 select output file 7-22 Statistical Report 8-67 Summary File 8-68

Defining


I Index

constants CONST parameter record B-5 Detail File

layout 15-7 Detail File Field Definition (DETLn) Screen (GSCPRP45)

7-23 Detail File Re-definition (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP46)


Detail File Selection (DETLnn) Screen (GSCPRP45) fields 7-55 purpose 7-54

Detail level (Statistical Report) printing option (PRTDTL) B-27

DETL parameter record (Statistical Report) example B-8 field-by-field B-6 purpose B-6

Diagram Define Statistical Report 2-5 7-28 Generalized Selection Plus 2-3 Submit Batch Job 9-3

DUPCTL parameter record example A-3 field-by-field A-2 purpose A-2

Duplicate handling between two files 3-32 defined 1-3 field 3-6 within the same input file 3-31 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-47

Duplicate Indicator field defined 3-6

Duplicates DUPCTL parameter record A-2

E Edit

parameter example 8-38 seed name record 3-16

Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61) example 3-16 fields 3-64 function keys 3-65

Enhancements requesting for this product xxiii Errors

customer support reporting to xxii parameter 9-23

Example job define first job 8-23 define second job 8-30 define third job 8-39 Execution Log 8-71 headers and footers 8-14 identify input files 8-17 input file 8-3 Job Control Totals 8-70 nth include example 8-41 output files 8-64 Output Summary File 8-68 read the output 8-63 Run Control Totals 8-69 Specify print defaults 8-12 State Count Report and ZIP Code counts option 8-41 State Counts Report 8-66 Statistical Report 8-5 8-67 Statistical Report definition 8-46 Statistics File 8-65 steps 8-7 submit job 8-60 ZIP Code File 8-5

Execution Log 8-71 defined 12-8 example 12-8

Exit routines EXITOP parameter record A-4 FILEDF output A-4 parameters 3-23 9-7

EXITOP parameter record definition of GL-1 example A-5 field-by-field A-5 purpose A-4

External file copy to 11-8 saving to 2-10

F Features

add data to input record 1-4 data conversion 1-4 duplicate handling 1-3

621 - 102002 I-4

I

ignore input records 1-3 mathematical functions 1-4 output files 1-6 record sampling 1-4 seed name records 1-6 sorting input files 1-2 sorting input files why 4-10 State Province Counts Report 1-5 Statistical Report 1-5

Field totals DETL parameter record B-6

Fields 2-9 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-46 File definition

FILEDF parameter record A-6 B-9 File Indicator field 3-33 File indicators

FLCODE parameter record A-14 FILEDF parameter record

example A-12 B-15 exit routine parameters A-8 B-12 field-by-field A-10 B-13 purpose A-6 B-9

Files Detail File layout 15-7 Statistics File layout 15-3

FILEZD parameter record example A-13 field-by-field A-13 purpose A-13

First operand example 5-10

FLCODE parameter record example A-14 field-by-field A-14 purpose A-14

Footer text (Standard Output) UFT parameter record A-59 B-31

Fractional record sampling job parameter example A-20

Fractional record samplingselection instruction parameter 6-26 job parameter 6-24

Function keys 2-10 Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45) 8-29

G Generalized Selection Plus

benefits 1-6 component diagram 2-3 concepts auxiliary input files 1-10 concepts input files 1-10 concepts match code 1-8 concepts output files 1-10 concepts parameters 1-13 concepts work areas 1-9 Defaults for Print Output overview 2-2 Define Input Files overview 2-2 Define Jobs and Instructions overview 2-3 Define Statistical Report overview 2-3 features 1-2 mailing list manipulation 1-17 matching and merging 1-19 online help 2-10 overview 2-2 sample applications 1-17 screen diagram 2-7 Submit Batch Job overview 2-3

Getting Help customer support xxii

Grouping parameters 6-20

H HEAD parameter record (Statistical Report)

example B-17 field-by-field B-16 purpose B-16

HEADER parameter record example A-15 B-18 field-by-field A-15 B-18 purpose A-15 B-18

Header text (Standard Output) HEADER parameter record A-15 B-18 UHD parameter record A-60 B-32

Header text (Statistical Report) HEAD parameter record B-16

Headers (for Statistical Report) define 7-6

Help customer support xxii

Hotline customer support xxii


I Index

I Ignore

input records 3-52 A-1 Ignore input records

defined 1-3 Important Information xvii Input File Details Screen (GSCPID10) 3-6

Clear entire N work area field 3-5 Duplicate Indicator field 3-6 fields 3-31 function keys 3-33 Input fiel duplicate handling field 3-6 Out-of-sequence handling field 3-6 purpose 3-30 screen example 8-19 Write record immediately field 3-5

Input file duplicate handling field defined 3-6

Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05) example 3-4 fields 3-26 purpose 3-25 screen example 8-18

Input files 1-10 1A File ID 3-26 1C File ID 3-27 3-28 auxiliary files defined 1-10 define default reocrd 3-11 define Match Code File 3-9 defined 3-4 defined seed name records 3-13 duplicate handling 3-31 exit routine parameters 3-23 File Indicator field 3-33 Input Files Identification Screen (GSCPID05) 8-18 Input Files Screen (GSCPID05) 8-19 Kill File define 3-52 Kill File purpose 3-52 match code 1-8 match code fields 3-31 Match Code File

match code 3-36 3-40 Match Code File purpose 3-34 match code defined A-1 out-of-sequence handling 3-32 processing example 4-2 4-3 processing select an input record 4-5

sorting 9-25 A-2 sorting why 4-10 tutorial 8-17 work areas 1-9 4-2 work library file names 3-21 ZIP Code Details File Screen (GSCPID05) 8-20 ZIP Code File default record 3-48 ZIP Code location (ZIPIN) A-63

input files number of A-2

Input record add data to 1-4 duplicates between two files 3-32 duplicates within one file 3-31 File Indicator field 3-33 generating counts 6-27 ignore 1-3 3-52 A-1 match code fields 3-31 out-of-sequence handling 3-32 sampling records 6-23 sampling records instruction parameter example 6-26 sampling records job parameter example 6-24 work area 4-2 work area processing example 4-5

Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30) 8-28 example 5-9 using 5-9

Instruction parameter comparisons 6-3 converting data 6-13 copy more than one 5-13 counts 6-27 defined 1-13 5-3 5-9 edit 8-38 example 1-15 5-3 5-11 field-by-field A-23 group example 6-20 how they work 1-16 5-5 Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30) 5-9 Job and Instruction Definition Screen 8-29 Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11) 5-11 mathematical functions 6-10 moving data 6-15 numeric testing 6-8 operands defined 1-16 purpose A-22 sampling records 6-23 6-25 screen example 5-9 skipping jobs 6-17

621 - 102002 I-6

I

Inter-File Duplicates field 3-32

Intermediate break level move data example 7-15

Intra-File Duplicates field 3-31

J Job (Generalized Selection Plus)

defining 8-23 example steps 8-7 output files 8-64 read output 8-63 Statistical Report definition 8-46 Statistics File 8-65 submit 8-60

job (Generalized Selection Plus) defined A-2

Job (Midrange) copying existing data 11-3 create 11-13 create sample job 8-8 Define or submit 11-16 delete 11-10 11-11 rename 11-18 Save to external file 11-8 submit at command line 13-2 work with 11-20

Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11) 8-29 copy one instruction 8-36 copy parameter (more than one) 5-13 8-39 editing parameters 8-38 using 5-12

Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20) 8-26 example 5-8 using 5-6

Job Control Totals 8-70 defined 12-4 example 12-4

Job ID 2-9 Job parameter

counts 6-27 defined 1-13 5-3 5-6 A-2 example 1-15 5-3 5-11 field-by-field A-18 fractional record selection example A-20

Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45) example 8-29 how they work 1-16 5-5 Instruction Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI30)

example 8-28 Job and Instruction Definition Screen (GSCPJI11) 5-12 Job and Instruction Definition Screen(GSCPJI11)

example 8-29 Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20) 5-8 Job Card Parameters Screen (GSCPJI20) example 8-26 limiting records example A-21 Nth record sampling example A-20 purpose A-17 sampling records 6-23 screen example 5-8 skipping 6-17 stateZIP Code counts example A-21

JOBCTL parameter record example A-31 field-by-field A-31 purpose A-30

K Kill File

defined 1-12 Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25) 3-52 matching example 4-7 purpose 3-52

Kill File Identification Screen (GSCPID25) fields 3-53 purpose 3-52

L Layout

Detail File 15-7 Statistics File 15-3

Limiting records job parameter example A-21

M M work area

Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) 3-35


I Index

Match Code File records 4-12 processing explanation 3-35 record placement 3-35

Mailing list manipulation example 1-17

Major break level move data example 7-15

Match code define fields 3-10 defined 1-8 A-1 input record 3-31 Kill File 3-52 Match Code File 3-36 3-40 seed name record 3-16 ZIP Code File 3-46

Match code fields Match Code Files 1 through 9 (MATCHI) A-34 Match Code Files 1 through 9 (MATCHx) A-36


example 3-11 function keys 3-44 purpose 3-42

Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) example 3-9 fields 3-36 function keys 3-67 purpose 3-34 work area 3-35

Match Code File x Details Screen (GSCPID30) fields 3-40 function keys 3-41 purpose 3-38

Match Code Files default record 4-11 default record (MDATA) A-41 define files 2 through 9 3-10 define match code fields 3-10 defined 1-10 3-9 Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) 3-34 Match Code File x Details Screen (GSCPID30) 3-38 match codes 3-36 3-40 matching example 4-11 purpose 3-34 3-38 relational databases 1-10 work area 4-2 work area example 4-12 ZIP Code location (ZIPINM) A-64

MATCHI parameter record

example A-35 field-by-field A-34

Matching Kill File 4-7 Match Code Files 4-11 ZIP Code File 4-8 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-47

Matching and merging example 1-19

MATCHx parameter record field-by-field A-37

Mathematical Functions use with Statistical Report columns 7-19

Mathematical functions character data 6-10 defined 1-4 example 6-11 packed data 6-10 screen example 6-12

MDATA parameter record example A-43 field-by-field A-41 purpose A-41

Minor break level move data example 7-15

Move data for intermediate break 7-15 data for major break 7-15 data for minor break 7-15

Move data (Statistical Report) for line descriptions (MOVE) B-19

Move Data to Print LIne (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25) fields 7-43

Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen (GSCPRP25) 7-14

example 8-50 fields 7-45 purpose 7-42

MOVE parameter record (Statistical Report) example B-21 field-by-field B-19 purpose B-19

Moving data 6-15 example 6-15 screen example 6-16

621 - 102002 I-8

I

N N work area

clearing 3-5 clearing explanation 3-26 clearing field A-31 clearing option A-30 Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05) 3-

25 processing explanation 3-26

Nth record sampling instruction parameter 6-26 job parameter 6-24 job parameter example A-20

Numeric testing character data 6-8 example 6-8 packed data 6-8 screen example 6-9

O Online help 2-10 Operands

defined 1-16 Out-of-sequence handling 3-32 Out-of-sequence handling field

defined 3-6 Output

Execution Log 8-71 Execution Log defined 12-8 Execution Log example 12-8 Job Control Totals 8-70 Job Control Totals defined 12-4 Job Control Totals example 12-4 Run Control Totals 8-69 Run Control Totals defined 12-2 Run Control Totals example 12-2 State Counts Report 8-66 StateProvince Counts defined 12-6 StateProvince Counts example 12-6 Statistical Report 8-67 Statistical Report defined 12-7 Statistical Report example 12-7 Summary File 8-68

Output File Definition Screen (GSCPRP40) 7-22 8-57 Output files 1-10

define 8-61 8-62 described 1-6 Detail File layout 15-7 exit routines 9-7 EXITOP exit routines A-4 FILEDF exit routines A-4 number of A-2 record length OA OB and OC 9-13 record length OD OE Master File 9-18 samples 8-63 sequence number OA OB and OC 9-31 sequence numbers OD OE and Master File 9-35 Statistical Report 7-22 Statistics File Control Field (SMFILE) Screen

(GSCPID12) fields 3-67

Statistics File layout 15-3 Statistics File record samples 15-2 system file names 9-4 work library file names 9-6

Overview Define Statistical Report diagram 7-28 Submit Batch Job diagram 9-3

P Page size

PAGESZ parameter record A-44 PAGESZ parameter record

example A-44 field-by-field A-44 purpose A-44

Parameter comparisons 6-3 converting data 6-13 copy one instruction 8-36 copy parameter (more than one) 8-39 copy place copied instruction 8-37 8-40 counts 6-27 defined 1-13 editing 8-38 errors 9-23 Function Menu Screen (GSCPJI45) example 8-29 grouping 6-20 instruction defined 5-9 Job and Instruction Definition Screen 8-29 job defined 5-6


I Index

mathematical functions 6-10 moving data 6-15 numeric testing 6-8 sampling records 6-23 6-25 skipping jobs 6-17

Parameter records definition of GL-2

Print column calculations (Statistical Report) PRINT parameter record B-23

Print columns define 7-17 re-define 7-20 use mathematical functions 7-19

Print defaults Defaults for Print Ouput Screen 8-13 Define headers and footers screen example 8-14 screen example 8-13

PRINT parameter record (Statistical Report) example B-26 field-by-field B-24 purpose B-23

Processing auxiliary input files 4-4 auxiliary input files Kill File 4-7 auxiliary input files Match Code Files 4-11 auxiliary input files ZIP Code File 4-8 input files 4-3 input files selecting an input record 4-5 Kill File 4-7 Match Code Files 4-11 ZIP Code File 4-8

Program and screen ID 2-7 Province counts

how 6-27 PRTDTL parameter record (Statistical Report)


ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-45

R RECAL parameter record (Statistical Report)


Recalculate

print columns 7-20 Recalculating column totals (Statistical Report)

RECAL parameter record B-28 Record length

output files OA OB OC 9-13 output files OD OE and Master File 9-18

Record limit sampling instruction parameter 6-26 job parameter 6-24

Record sampling A-1 defined 1-4 6-23 include example 8-41 instruction parameter example 6-26 job parameter example 6-24

Re-define print columns 7-20

Related Publications 1-xxi Relational databases

defined 1-10 Match Code Files 1-10

Release number 2-8

Rename Jobs Screen (GSCPCJ03) fields 11-19 function keys 11-19 purpose 11-18

Replacement data 3-18 Report Functions Menu Screen (GSCPRP05) 7-5


Report Layout Statistical Report review 8-58

Report Layout Screen (GSCPRP65) fields 7-60 purpose 7-59

Reports Execution Log 8-71 Execution Log defined 12-8 Execution Log example 12-8 header definition 8-12 headers for Statistical Report 8-47 Job Control Totals 8-70 Job Control Totals defined 12-4 Job Control Totals example 12-4 Run Control Totals 8-69 Run Control Totals defined 12-2 Run Control Totals example 12-2 State Counts Report 8-66 StateProvince Counts defined 12-6

621 - 102002 I-10

I

StateProvince Counts example 12-6 Statistical Report 8-67 Statistical defined 12-7 Statistical example 12-7

Requesting product enhancements 1-xxiii Review

Statistical Report layout 7-25 Run Control Totals 8-69

defined 12-2 example 12-2

S Sampling records

defined 1-4 6-23 instruction parameter example 6-26 job parameter example 6-24

Save to external file 11-8

Saving to external file 2-10

Screen and program ID 2-7 Screen components 2-7

datetime stamp 2-8 fields 2-9 function keys 2-10 job ID 2-9 program and screen ID 2-7 release number ID 2-8 system-defined heading 2-9 user-defined heading 2-9

Screen GSCPIP10 purpose 11-3

Screen GSCPOP10 fields 11-9 function keys 11-9 purpose 11-8

Second operand example 5-10

Seed name definition of GL-3

Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41) 3-13 3-15 fields 3-55

Seed name records Add a Seed Name Definition screen (GSCPID50) 3-15 defined 1-6 Edit SEEDED Record Screen (GSCPID61) 3-16

example 1-6 3-13 3-15 generating A-45 replacement data (up to 9 chars) A-52 replacement data (up to three chars) A-50 replacement data example 3-18 Seed Name Definition Screen (GSCPID41) 3-54 Seed Name Definitions Screen (GSCPID41) 3-13 SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen

(GSCPID72) 3-59 SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen

(GSCPID71) 3-62 SEEDED CODE parameter record

example A-46 A-50 purpose A-50

SEEDED CODE Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID72) 3-18


Seeded codes define 3-59

SEEDED MARK parameter record example A-48 field-by-field A-48 purpose A-48

SEEDED MARK Replacement Data Screen (GSCPID71) 3-62


Seeded marks define 3-62

SEEDED match code parameter record example A-53

SEEDED parameter record field-by-field A-45 A-50 A-52 purpose A-45 A-52

Select Statistical Report output file 7-22

SEQERR parameter record example A-54 field-by-field A-54 purpose A-54

Sequence errors handling of (SEQERR) A-54

Sequence numbers on output file (SEQUN) A-55 output files OA OB and OC 9-31 output files OD OE and Master File 9-35

SEQUN parameter record field-by-field A-55


I Index

purpose A-55 Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB88) first

fields 9-32 function keys 9-34 purpose 9-31

Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB89) second fields 9-24 9-26 9-36 function keys 9-24 9-26 9-38 purpose 9-35

Skipping jobs 6-17 SMFILE parameter record (Statistical Report)


Sort Input Files (GSCPSB10) fields 9-28 function keys 9-30

Sorting input files defined 1-2 reason 4-10

State Counts how 6-27

State Counts Report 8-66 StateProvince Counts Report

defined 1-5 12-6 example 12-6

StateZIP Code Counts job parameter example A-21

Statistical Report 8-67 BREAK parameter record (break level) B-2 Column Definition (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP3)

8-52 Column Selection (PRINTn) Screen (GSCPRP30) 8-52 component diagram 2-5 CONST parameter record (constants) B-5 Define Headers for Columns Screen example 8-47

8-48 define break levels 7-11 define columns 7-17 define constant values 7-9 define data to move 7-14 define headers 7-6 defined 1-5 12-7 DETL parameter record (detail file field) B-6 example 12-7 HEAD parameter record (header) B-16 move data to line descriptions (MOVE) B-19 Move Data to Print Line (MOVE) Screen

(GSCPRP25) example 8-50

MOVE parameter record (moves) B-19 Output File Definition Screen (GSCPRP40) 8-57 Output File Definitions Screen (GSCPRP40) 8-57 PRINT parameter record (column totals) B-23 PRTDTL parameter record (detail printing) B-27 RECAL parameter record (recalculate total) B-28 re-define columns 7-20 Report Layout Screen 8-58 review layout 7-25 review report layout 8-58 select output file 7-22 system file names 7-29 9-4 work library file names 7-29

Statistics File counts defined 6-27 field totals DETL parameter record B-6 layout 15-3 record samples 6-29


control field length 6-28 fields 3-67 record samples 6-29

Submit Batch Job component overview 2-3 job at command line 13-2

Submit Batch Job Context Errors Screen (GSCPSB95) 9-23 example 8-60 exit routine parameters 9-7 first screen example 8-61 overview 9-2 overviewdiagram 9-3 second screen example 8-62 Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB88) first 9-31 Serial Numbering Screen (GSCPSB89) second 9-35 sort file names 9-5 Sort Input Files (GSCPSB10) 9-25 Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB02) first 9-9 Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB04) second 9-12 Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB06) third 9-17 work library files 9-6

Submit Batch job system file names 9-4

Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB02) first fields 9-10 function keys 9-11 purpose 9-9

Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB04) second

621 - 102002 I-12

I


Submit Batch Job Screen (GSCPSB06) third fields 9-19 purpose 9-17

Summary File 8-68 generating (SMFILE) A-57

System file names output files 9-4 Statistical Report files 7-29 9-4

System-defined heading 2-9

T Technical support

customer support 1-xxii Testing parameter records

TESTIT parameter record A-58 B-30 TESTIT parameter record

field-by-field A-58 B-30 purpose A-58 B-30

U UFT parameter record

example A-59 B-31 field-by-field A-59 B-31 purpose A-59 B-31

UHD parameter record example A-60 B-32 field-by-field A-60 B-32 purpose A-60 B-32

User-defined heading 2-9

W Work areas

defined 1-9 Input File Identification Details Screen (GSCPID05)

3-25 input record 4-2 M Match Code File records 4-12 M processing explanation 3-35

M record placement 3-35 Match Code File 4-2 Match Code File Details Screen (GSCPID15) 3-35 N clearing 3-5 3-27 3-28 N clearing explanation 3-26 N processing explanation 3-26 user tasks 4-2 Z processing explanation 3-46 ZIP Code File 4-2 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-46

Work library file names Input files 3-21 output files 9-6 Statistical Report files 7-29

Work With Jobs Screen (GSCPMM03) create new job fields 11-13 create new job function keys 11-14 fields 11-21 function keys 11-22 purpose 11-20

Write record immediately JOBCTL parameter record field A-31

Write Record Immediately field 3-27 3-28 3-29 Write record immediately field

defined 3-5

Z Z work area

processing explanation 3-46 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-46

ZDATA parameter record example A-62 field-by-field A-61 purpose A-61

ZIP Code File default record 4-8 default record (ZDATA) A-61 defined 1-12 example layout 8-5 handling duplicates (FILEZD) A-13 match code purpose 3-45 matching example 4-8 purpose 3-45 work area 4-2 work area example 4-8 ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID05) 8-20


I Index

ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) 3-45 ZIP Code location (ZIPINZ) A-65

ZIP Code file example contents 8-5



ZIP Code File Details Screen (GSCPID20) function keys 3-47 screen example 8-20 work area 3-46

ZIP Code location input files (ZIPIN) A-63 Match Code Files (ZIPINM) A-64 ZIP Code File (ZIPINZ) A-65

ZIPIN parameter record example A-63 field-by-field A-63 purpose A-63

ZIPINM parameter record example A-64 field-by-field A-64 purpose A-64

ZIPINZ parameter record example A-65 field-by-field A-65 purpose A-65

621 - 102002 I-14

Table of Contents

Before You Begin







Group 1 Web Site

Fax-on-Demand



Chapter 1



















Match Codes

Work Areas




ZIP Code File

Kill File


Applications

Job Sets


How Do They Work

Operands

Sample Applications


Match and Merge

Chapter Summary

Chapter 2



Screens


Release Number

DateTime Stamp

Job ID



Fields

Function Keys


Online Help

Chapter Summary

Chapter 3

Defining Input








Input Files

Sort Input Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Work Area N


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area Z

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 4

Input Files

Work Areas For Data


Input Files








Chapter 5



How Do They Work





Copy Parameters



Fields

Function Keys


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys



Comparing Data



For Converting Data

For Moving Data




Fields

Function Keys


Instruction Field




Converting Data

Moving Data


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Areas

Function Keys

Prompt Function

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 6


Comparing Data

Character Data

Packed Data





Non-packed

Packed

Converting Data

Moving Data

Branching to a Job


Sampling Records

For a Job Parameter




For a Job Parameter


Chapter 7












Component Overview


Work Library Files


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Function Keys

Chapter 8

Analyzing the Job


Define Input Files

Input File Layout

Input File Data


ZIP Code File Data



Submit Batch Job

Tutorial Steps

Creating the Job




The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


Define Break Levels





Submitting the Jobs

Reading Our Output

Output File A

Output File B

Output File C

Statistics File



Statistical Report

Output Summary File

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

Execution Log

Chapter 9

Component Overview


Sort Files

Work Library Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 10

Component Overview



Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 11

Overview


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 12

Report Overview

Run Control Totals


Job Control Totals




Statistical Report


Execution Log


Chapter 13


Running a Generalized Selection Plus Job - GSRUNJOB

Submitting a Generalized Selection Plus Job - GSSBMJOB






Appendix A


Example



EXITOP Parameters

Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files

Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example



Field-by-Field


Job Set Sampling

Field-by-Field








Field-by-Field


Sampling Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count

Appendix B

BREAK Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example

CONST Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example

DETL Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files


Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example

HEAD Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

MOVE Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example

PRINT Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Default Columns

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

RECAL Parameter Record (Custom Report - Optional)

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Statistical Report

Appendix C

Appendix D

File Layouts



Detail File Layout

Summary File Layout

Glossary

copy 2002 Group 1 Software Inc

All rights reserved Group 1 Group 1 Software the Group 1 logo The Marketing Software Company and Generalized Selection Plus are trademarks of Group 1 Software Inc All other trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective owners

You may make up to three copies of this publication without the express written permission of Group 1 Software for use at the authorized installation site Reproduction and distribution outside of the licensed site is strictly prohibited If you would like to make more than three copies you must contact the Group 1 Documentation Department for written permission The contents of this Guide are subject to the confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions in your license agreement with Group 1 Software

Group 1 Software makes a sincere effort to ensure that the information in our user guides is accurate at the time of publication If you think the information in this version of the Guide may have gotten out-of-date please contact Group 1 Technical Support at 800-367-6950 Group 1 products are warranted to perform as documented on hardware platforms running versionsreleases of operating systems subsystems compilers and facilities that are currently supported by their manufacturers Please see your license agreement for additional details

Address written requests to make copies of all or any part of this publication to

GROUP 1 SOFTWARE INC DOCUMENTATION DEPARTMENT STE 600 4200 PARLIAMENT PL LANHAM MD 20706-1844
















Table of Contents













621 - 102002 iv


















Table of Contents


















621 - 102002 vi

















Table of Contents

















621 - 102002 viii

Function Keys 7-60















Table of Contents
















621 - 102002 x




















Table of Contents



















621 - 102002 xii



















Table of Contents

















621 - 102002 xiv















GLOSSARY

INDEX


Table of Contents

621 - 102002 xvi

















xviii 621 - 102002








1

2










Part I Concepts







Part II User Tasks





















Part III Reference





621 - 102002 xx




























Group 1 Web Site



Fax-on-Demand



621 - 102002 xxii





FAX 301-918-0735









Thank you



xxiv 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1

















Data conversion



Seed name usage




Sample records










621 - 102002 1-2



























ZIP Code


621 - 102002 1-4


Z































621 - 102002 1-6






















Match Codes







621 - 102002 1-8


Work Areas



Move the data


Compare the data































ZIP Code File

Kill File



1-10 621 - 102002











+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+


Match code fields





ZIP Code File







+1+2+3+4+5+6+7




Kill File



1-12 621 - 102002


Kill File Record
















Applications




Output File 1

Output File 2

Output File 3


JOBST2 B JOBST2

JOBST3 C JOBST3


1-14 621 - 102002


Job Sets














Move data




How Do They Work













Operands


1-16 621 - 102002


Sample Applications




Target a market



















Qualified Prospects

Retail Exclusive


Qualified Prospects

(Output File A)


1-18 621 - 102002


Match and Merge











Software Packages


PC Inc

PC Inc

PC Inc

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Word

Power30

Graphics

Studio 30

Money

Vest 3

0




Chapter Summary





Sample records














1-20 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 2













Define Input Files



Submit Batch Job











621 - 102002 2-2























DefineSubmit Job


Instructions Job


Reports (Optional)



621 - 102002 2-4




Statistics File

Required



Statistical Report





Screens





Job ID

Fields





Function Keys


621 - 102002 2-6




Release number

Datetime stamp

Job ID



Fields

Function keys










Screen Number


Any 2-digit number





Release Number



DateTime Stamp



621 - 102002 2-8


Job ID






Fields





Function Keys















Online Help


2-10 621 - 102002

Chapter Summary 2

Chapter Summary



Define Input Files



Submit a Batch Job





2-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 3

Defining Your Input























621 - 102002 3-2

Defining Input 3

Defining Input



















Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 3-4
































621 - 102002 3-6








Input File Details









2 Press ltF11gt














621 - 102002 3-8













1 Press ltF7gt














3-10 621 - 102002








1 Press ltF10gt









451-500 More








3-12 621 - 102002













1 Press ltF10gt











3-14 621 - 102002








F12=Cancel











More








3-16 621 - 102002








F12=Cancel
























Seeded Codes



GREENBELT

GREENBELT

MD 20770

MD 20770





3-18 621 - 102002


























GSCPID15








(Screen 1)

GSCPID05


GSCPID10

DOWNgt

ltF3gt

Define Input Files


ltROLL ltF6gt


GSCPID12





(ZDATA)

GSCPID18


GSCPID50




(MDATA)

GSCPID18


GSCPID72


GSCPID71

Edit SEEDED Record

GSCPID61


3-20 621 - 102002




Input Files












Sort Input Files
















Kill File SRTIKLC

3-22 621 - 102002

3 Exit Routines

Exit Routines




Parameter EXITP1












Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





3-24 621 - 102002














Work Area N




Fields




IA File













3-26 621 - 102002




IB File



Optional










Optional

IC File



Optional










Optional

[JOBCTL]
















Function Keys













3-28 621 - 102002






















Fields







Required No default


C Character format

P Packed format






Required No default


C Character format

P Packed format






Required No default

3-30 621 - 102002








Required No default



Optional No default











Optional No default











Optional No default


Function Keys












3-32 621 - 102002











Work Area M























3-34 621 - 102002


Fields





Match Code File



Optional No default









Optional





C Character format

P Packed format






Optional No default






C Character format

P Packed format


Function Keys










3-36 621 - 102002









P

More




Work Area M























3-38 621 - 102002


Fields




Match Code File



Optional No default









Optional





Optional No default


C Character format

P Packed format




Function Keys








3-40 621 - 102002








001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450 451-500







501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999




Fields





Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

3-42 621 - 102002





Optional


Optional

Function Keys





























3-44 621 - 102002


Work Area Z

Fields





ZIP Code File



Optional No default









Optional No default

ZIP Code [ZIPINZ]




C Character format

P Packed format















Function Keys









3-46 621 - 102002








001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450

451-500

More









501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950

951-999

Bottom


3-48 621 - 102002


Fields





Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional

Function Keys








3-50 621 - 102002








Member FIRST




Fields






Optional No default










Function Keys







3-52 621 - 102002












Fields








Optional


Seed name record



Display only



Display only

3-54 621 - 102002


Function Keys

















F12=Cancel

3-56 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default

Function Keys


















3-58 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional N default

Function Keys





















3-60 621 - 102002


Fields







Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default

Function Keys

















More








501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999

Bottom


3-62 621 - 102002


Fields








Required


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

Function Keys








3-64 621 - 102002
















Fields












Function Keys







3-66 621 - 102002




3-68 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 4









Input Files



Work Areas For Data






621 - 102002 4-2








Input Files




20814 20674 20674

20852 20714 20675

20879 20720 20676








20714 20673

20720 20674

20879

4-4 621 - 102002




Input File C

20674

20675

20676

Input File B

20674

20714

20720


Input File A

20814

20852

20879







0+1+2+3+

B 20674


621 - 102002 4-6




Kill File

20714

20720

20879


20674

No match







ZIP Code File

20673

20674


20674

A match



621 - 102002 4-8



0+1+2+3+

120674








ZIP Code File

First record 20879

Second record 20674


20674

No match and larger



4-10 621 - 102002













0+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8



0+10+20+30+40+50+60+70+80

103985 Bill Robinson 301-939-9393





4-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 5



























621 - 102002 5-2









Move data




















End of Data




FILECD



MINCST









End of Data


621 - 102002 5-4

How Do They Work 5

How Do They Work






























Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 5-6






Option+1+2+3+4+5+6+









Function 1

F12=Cancel







Screen









Job description





621 - 102002 5-8








Function 2

F12=Cancel





80-byte parameter




screen





optionsRight










5-10 621 - 102002







Function

F12=Cancel

4 Press ltF12gt









End of Data






Move to a parameter


Copy a parameter

Delete a parameter

Move a parameter

Correct a parameter

Edit a parameter

Insert a parameter

Insert a remark




5-12 621 - 102002


Copy Parameters







End of Data












B End of Data









End of Data


5-14 621 - 102002











6 Change A to B












8 Change F to M

9 Press ltF6gt


5-16 621 - 102002























ltF3gt

Function Menu

GSCPJ145

Job Card Parameters

GSCPJ120


GSCPJI50





GSCPJI11

Prompt Function



ltF10gt

ltF12gt ltF15gt

Counts and Limits



GSCPJI30ltF12gt

ltF6gt


GSCPJI70



GSCPJI32


ltF9gt

ltF15gt

View Work Areas

GSCPJI80


GSCPVX11


5-18 621 - 102002


ltF12gt




GSCPJI11

ltF3gt

ltF15gt ltF6gt


GSCPIP10



GSCPIP10


GSCPIP10












5-20 621 - 102002








Fields
















Optional

5-22 621 - 102002


Function Keys















View 1







Selection __


5-24 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default



View 2







Fields






Required No default

5-26 621 - 102002


View 3






Member






Member




Fields






Required No default



Required No default




Function Keys






5-28 621 - 102002












Fields









Required No default

Function Keys




F3 Exit

F4 Prompt function



F10 Add function



5-30 621 - 102002





Function Menu



Function __



Fields









Required No default

Function Keys


5-32 621 - 102002




Job name




Job description









Job description




Fields








Default is 01






Optional No default










Optional No default

5-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys





















5-36 621 - 102002






+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+




Limit records _____


Fields









Optional No default






1 character





Optional No default

Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Function Keys









5-38 621 - 102002

























Comparing data












Comparing data



Converting data

Moving data

Skipping jobs

5-40 621 - 102002


Comparing Data






or






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






or






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area
















W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area



5-42 621 - 102002










W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit




For Converting Data









W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit


5-44 621 - 102002


For Moving Data








W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area

Type up to 3 digits





W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area























5-46 621 - 102002






+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + JOB001 02 LE N080 05-20714

















5-48 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default


Optional


Optional No default

First Operand














Optional No default











Required No default


Second Operand








Required No default







Optional No default

5-50 621 - 102002








NM or NNM




Branch Job GO

Moving Data MV


Required No default







OptionalNo default


A For AND

M For MA

O For OR



Optional No default



Function Keys










5-52 621 - 102002















Instruction Field








5-54 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field


































Converting Data




Moving Data


5-56 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field



Fields











Moving Data MV



Required No default



Function Keys









5-58 621 - 102002
















+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+




Limit records _____


Fields









Optional No default

5-60 621 - 102002





1 character





Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Function Keys























F12=Cancel

5-62 621 - 102002


Work Areas




D Not a work area






















Function Keys





5-64 621 - 102002

5 Prompt Function

Prompt Function



















Fields


5-66 621 - 102002

Prompt Function 5

Function Keys




F5 Refresh

F6 Update

F9 Work Areas


F15 LimitReports

F24 Field Search








_________________________________________________________________________________


Fields






Optional No default

5-68 621 - 102002


Function Keys
















Member _______


5-70 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Function Keys











5-72 621 - 102002













Fields





Optional No default




Optional

Function Keys








5-74 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 6


















Move data

Branch to jobs




621 - 102002 6-2

Comparing Data 6

Comparing Data









Character Data











Packed Data













+1+2+3+4+5+6+7



+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20770



621 - 102002 6-4

6 Comparing Data















Current System Date

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

930215

Current system date


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7






621 - 102002 6-6

6 Comparing Data




















+1+2+3

2370 Bellwood Drive



621 - 102002 6-8








optionsRight











Non-packed







Packed






6-10 621 - 102002






+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

1000












optionsRight





6-12 621 - 102002

Converting Data 6

Converting Data














+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

270 07F


ZIP Code packed












6-14 621 - 102002

6 Moving Data

Moving Data








+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20879

ZIP Code to move











optionsRight





6-16 621 - 102002


Branching to a Job



Skip to job INCLEV
























6-18 621 - 102002
























End of Data


6-20 621 - 102002




( 1 and 2 ) OR ( 3 and 4 ) AND ( 5 or 6 )













End of Data


6-22 621 - 102002

Sampling Records 6

Sampling Records



Fraction sampling



For a Job Parameter









Job description


1 Press ltF15gt









Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 01 005 INC A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 FRACTN 01 3333333 A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 0000100 A

6-24 621 - 102002

6 Sampling Records












1 Press ltF15gt









Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 02 010 E EQ N050 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 SALARY 02 5000000 GE N075 03-030


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 MARIED 02 0000060 EQ N080 01-M

6-26 621 - 102002




















6-28 621 - 102002















For a Job Parameter









Job description


1 Press ltF15gt

6-30 621 - 102002








Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 STE A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZIP A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZST A










optionsRight





1 Press ltF15gt

6-32 621 - 102002








Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZST EQ N065 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 STE EQ N065 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZIP EQ N065 01-F



6-34 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 7



















621 - 102002 7-2























Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 7-4







Constant Values














Constant Values






621 - 102002 7-6



















20714 1 6 3 2

20770 4 2 8 4

20771 6 3 2 5

20772 3 6 5 1

TOTAL 207 14 17 18 12

PAGE 1


621 - 102002 7-8








2 Constant Values












Constant Value 1 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9






7-10 621 - 102002








Constant Values














STA S = Single







7-12 621 - 102002





20714 1


20772 3


20814 8

20877 2


20879 9













STA S = Single





7-14 621 - 102002



Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move







More
















20714 1


20771 6 Code)

20772 3


20814 8


20879 9






7-16 621 - 102002








Constant Values




















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






7-18 621 - 102002





Constant Value



















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






7-20 621 - 102002






1 A P2 2 A P3 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15
















Constant Values






7-22 621 - 102002















1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15









7-24 621 - 102002








Constant Values
















7-26 621 - 102002




Component Overview


Headers

Break levels

Column totals





















GSCPRP15


GSCPRP35


GSCPRP05

ltF3gt


GSCPRP10


GSCPRP20


GSCPRP30


GSCPRP40


GSCPRP25


GSCPRP45

2 ltF12gt ltF12gt 2

ltF12gt ltF10gt


ltF6gtltF6gt ltF6gt

ltF6gtltF6gt

ltF12gt 2 ltF6gt


GSCPRP31


2 ltF12gt ltF6gt



GSCPRP65


GSCPRP46




ltF13gt

ltF14gt


7-28 621 - 102002










Work Library Files















_ Constant Values





7-30 621 - 102002


Fields







Default is blank




Default is blank













Default is blank



Function Keys








7-32 621 - 102002














Fields







Default is blanks




Default is blanks

7-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys

















2 200 3 300 4 400 5

6 7 8 9


7-36 621 - 102002


Fields




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7 numeric digits












No default

Function Keys


















STA S = Single




7-38 621 - 102002


Fields






Default is N





No default



No default



D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D









No default



No default



D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D





No default



No default


D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D

7-40 621 - 102002


Function Keys




















1 1 7 TOTAL P 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

More


7-42 621 - 102002


Fields





No default

MOVE Functions


No default



No default







No default




No default





Default is blank








P Perform this move


Default is blank




P Perform this move


Default is blank




P Perform this move


Default is blank






Default is blank

7-44 621 - 102002


Function Keys





















7-46 621 - 102002


Fields











Default is blank




None



None









None

Function Keys






7-48 621 - 102002









1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






Fields






A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


No default







No default

7-50 621 - 102002







Default is 0





Default is N


None

Function Keys

















1 2 3 4


7-52 621 - 102002


Fields




Equations 1-4


A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

No default






No default

Function Keys



















7-54 621 - 102002


Fields








No default

Function Keys
















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 A 04 6 M H1 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15


7-56 621 - 102002


Fields






A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


No default








No default



Function Keys







7-58 621 - 102002









Break line(s)





Function Keys






7-60 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 8

Example Batch Job













8 Example Batch Job


621 - 102002 8-2

Analyzing the Job 8

Analyzing the Job









Define Input Files


Input File Layout




8 Example Batch Job

Input File Data



621 - 102002 8-4

Analyzing the Job 8




ZIP Code File Data


+1+2 01960 07601 13783 14534 32571 45169 57366 69337 91342 91980 92304 92704 95446






8 Example Batch Job

Submit Batch Job





621 - 102002 8-6

Tutorial Steps 8

Tutorial Steps


1 Create the Job







8 Submit the jobs

9 Read the output



8 Example Batch Job

Creating the Job











Option 6



621 - 102002 8-8

8 Creating the Job












Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TUTOR







8 Example Batch Job



Create New Job








Create New Job






8-10 621 - 102002

Creating the Job 8







Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job








Submit Batch Job



8-12 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job






















8-14 621 - 102002








151015202530354045505560657075

















8 Example Batch Job






F6=Save F12=Cancel

7 Press ltF12gt







Submit Batch Job

3=Exit F12=PrevScrn


8-16 621 - 102002










Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job











8-18 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job












8-20 621 - 102002









Bottom





8 Example Batch Job







Submit Batch Job



8-22 621 - 102002














Submit Batch Job


The Job



8 Example Batch Job








8-24 621 - 102002




Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel



8 Example Batch Job









Job description




8-26 621 - 102002


The Instructions






Function 2

F12=Cancel

ltENTERgt



8 Example Batch Job







optionsRight








8-28 621 - 102002







Function

F12=Cancel

8 Press ltF12gt






End of Data




8 Example Batch Job




Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel


8-30 621 - 102002


The Job









Job description





8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions






Function 2

F12=Cancel


8-32 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job






Function 2

F12=Cancel












8-34 621 - 102002










Function __

F12=Cancel



8 Example Batch Job










8-36 621 - 102002



ltENTERgt










8 Example Batch Job







End of Data






8-38 621 - 102002
















8 Example Batch Job















End of Data



8-40 621 - 102002


The Job







End of Data









8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions







End of Data



2 Change the F to M

8-42 621 - 102002








End of Data








8 Example Batch Job







End of Data







8-44 621 - 102002









End of Data









Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job







Column totals

Output Summary File








Submit Batch Job



8-46 621 - 102002







Constant Values
















8 Example Batch Job






Define Break Levels






Constant Values






8-48 621 - 102002








STA S = Single









8 Example Batch Job








STA S = Single





8-50 621 - 102002



Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move







More









8 Example Batch Job







Constant Values






8-52 621 - 102002











8 Example Batch Job





1 A 01 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15









8-54 621 - 102002










8 Example Batch Job





1 A 02 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15







8-56 621 - 102002








Constant Values







8 Example Batch Job







Constant Values





1 Press ltF14gt

8-58 621 - 102002












8 Example Batch Job

Submitting the Jobs










2 Submit Batch Job



8-60 621 - 102002









Statistical Report

Specify Job details


More




8 Example Batch Job










8-62 621 - 102002


Reading Our Output





4 Statistics File


6 Summary File



10 Execution Log


8 Example Batch Job

Output File A



Output File B



Output File C



8-64 621 - 102002


Statistics File








8 Example Batch Job






Total for US 11

State Counts Report







Total for US 5

State Counts Report


8-66 621 - 102002


Statistical Report




15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 2 0


3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0

TOTAL PA 4 0

91980 0 2 91987 0 1

TOTAL 919 0 3

96704 0 1


TOTAL CA 0 4

TOTAL 4 4

Statistical Report




8 Example Batch Job

Output Summary File












8-68 621 - 102002


Run Control Totals



12012001










8 Example Batch Job

Job Control Totals



12012001






8-70 621 - 102002


Execution Log







8 Example Batch Job




Figure 8-17 Example Execution Log of 2

8-72 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 9















Component Overview






Test the parameters










621 - 102002 9-2



Submit Batch Job


GSCPSB02


GSCPSB04

ltF3gt


GSCPSB06

ltF10gt ltF12gt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

Sort Input Files

GSCPSB10

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB89

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB88


ltF21gt

ltF12gt

ltF21gt ltF12gt
























621 - 102002 9-4


Sort Files






Work Library Files











621 - 102002 9-6

9 Exit Routines

Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1












Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





621 - 102002 9-8




Select functions

Submit a job









Statistical Report

Specify Job details


More




Fields



























9-10 621 - 102002












Function Keys



















9-12 621 - 102002


Record Length Field








Fields




Output File 1-OA













No default







Output File 2-OB





9-14 621 - 102002












No default







Output File 3-OC













No default











Function Keys










9-16 621 - 102002















Record Length Field






9-18 621 - 102002


Fields




Output file 4-OD













No default








Output file 5-OE

















No default













Optional Default is









Optional No default






9-20 621 - 102002








Function Keys









9-22 621 - 102002












Fields


Function Keys







9-24 621 - 102002












Fields









Function Keys








9-26 621 - 102002








Fields








Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default





Optional No default




Optional No default


1 Sort Kill File


Optional No default

9-28 621 - 102002
































Function Keys








9-30 621 - 102002










More




Fields




Output File 1-OA


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Output File 2-OB


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-32 621 - 102002




Optional No default

Output File 3-OC


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys








9-34 621 - 102002










Bottom




Fields




Output File 4-OD


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Output File 5-OE


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-36 621 - 102002




Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys








9-38 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 0








Component Overview













ltF6gt

ltF11gt ltF12gt



10-2 621 - 102002




System header

Main header


System footer

























Heading 1 Heading 2


10-4 621 - 102002















Fields






Optional No default












Function Keys







10-6 621 - 102002









15101520253035404550556065707 5




Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default

Function Keys







10-8 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 1














Overview





Copy Jobs screen



Rename Jobs screen





GSCPMM06



GSCPDS01






Opt 4

Opt 6 Opt 2

Any Component


11-2 621 - 102002





View 1







Selection




Fields








Optional

No default

11-4 621 - 102002


View 2

Fields












Required No default



View 3






Member FIRST


11-6 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default



Required No default




Function Keys















F6=Save F12=Cancel

11-8 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default



Required No default



Required No default

Function Keys















F12=PrevScrn

Fields


Function Keys





11-10 621 - 102002





Copy Jobs





F12=Cancel



Fields








Required No default





Function Keys





11-12 621 - 102002





Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TEST1



F12=Cancel

Fields





Required No default



Function Keys







Create New Job





11-14 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default







Function Keys


















11-16 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default

Function Keys











Rename Jobs




F12=Cancel

11-18 621 - 102002


Fields







Required No default

Function Keys















11-20 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default











Optional No default



Function Keys

















11-22 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 2

Generated Reports










Report Overview







Run Control Totals











12-2 621 - 102002




EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

3

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

A

35

R

EC

OR

DS

P

RO

CE

SS

ED

35

D

UP

ES

-

F

IL

E

A

6

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

B

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

C

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

M

AT

CH

F

IL

E

1

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

Z

IP

F

IL

E

13

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

18

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

K

IL

L

FI

LE

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

P

UR

GE

D

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

RE

AD

35

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

PR

OC

ES

SE

D

35

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

1

18

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

2

29

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

3

5

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

4

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

5

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

MA

ST

ER

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

DU

PL

IC

AT

ES

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

ST

AT

S

FI

LE

2

6

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

RU

N

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

3




Job Control Totals





12-4 621 - 102002




EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

L

IM

IT

AT

IO

NS

O

PE

RA

TI

ON

C

ON

D

ES

CR

C-

LV

L

C

TR

C

OU

NT

Z

MA

TC

H

01

A

0

0

00

1

8

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z0

00

0

1-

1

00

0

0

18

F

EM

AL

E

01

Z

ST

B

0

0

01

2

9

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

A

ND

0

0

00

3

4

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N0

79

0

5-

40

00

0

00

0

0

29

M

IN

CS

T

01

Z

ST

0

02

I

NC

C

0

0

02

5

M

IN

CS

T

02

E

Q

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N

06

8

02

-N

Y

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N0

68

0

2-

CA

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

4








GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

ST

AT

E

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

MA

SS

AC

HU

SE

TT

S

1

0

60

-0

69

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

0

70

-0

89

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

1

00

-1

49

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

5

2

06

-2

19

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

VI

RG

IN

IA

1

3

20

-3

39

FL

OR

ID

A

3

4

30

-4

59

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

MI

NN

ES

OT

A

1

57

0-

57

7

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

6

30

-6

58

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

NE

BR

AS

KA

1

8

00

-8

16

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

7

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5


12-6 621 - 102002


Statistical Report








20814 1 2 3 1 20877-33404

20877-42387 20877-53427 20877-54637 20877-68938 20877 1 1 2 1 20878-33495 20878-36040 20878-38933 20878-39049 20878-40272 20878-53939 20878-55037 20878-60382 20878-61058 20878-69372 20879 5 1 3 2 TOTAL 208 7 3 8 4




1



- - - - - -

Execution Log









1

12-8 621 - 102002

Execution Log 12












12-10 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 3



















13-2 621 - 102002




Processing details

Output files












More













13-4 621 - 102002







More
















More



13-6 621 - 102002








13-8 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X A
















Optional No default



Optional No default












621 - 102002 A-2


Example






+1+2+3+4+5+6+ DUPCTL^050^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^CÊ









EXITOP Parameters









621 - 102002 A-4


Field-by-Field







Required No default


Optional No default

Example











The exit routine




File Names


Input Files











621 - 102002 A-6


Output Files










Exit Routines



Input Exit Routines









Parameter EXITP1










621 - 102002 A-8


Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4







Field-by-Field











One required

None required

Optional

Optional






None required

Automatic

Automatic

Optional

Optional

A-10 621 - 102002













Required No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default



Example







A-12 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field












S 3-digit SCF match



Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FILEZD^^^^





Field-by-Field












Optional No default





Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FLCODE^^^150

A-14 621 - 102002






Field-by-Field










Optional No default

Example














Field-by-Field



Positions

1-6

Field Name

KEYWORD

Description


Comments

Required

A-16 621 - 102002





The job set name









Job Set Sampling







Field-by-Field





Required No default


Required No default













Optional No default









Optional No default

A-18 621 - 102002






Optional No default






Required No default





Optional No default





Optional No default


Optional No default



















A-20 621 - 102002






































A-22 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field






Required No default



Required No default

















Optional No default





Optional No default




Optional No default



Optional No default

A-24 621 - 102002







Optional No default


Comparing Data




NM or NNM





Move Data MV

Skip Jobs GO


Required No default










Required No default














Required No default





Required No default


A-26 621 - 102002












Optional No default









Required No default




Required No default





AND

OR





Optional No default








+1+2+3+4+5+6+ COMPAR^02^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^LT^^N080^05-20714

Sampling Example







+1+2+3+4+5+6+ NTHREC^02^^^^^010Ê^^^^^^^^^^^GE^^N015^05-20879^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ÂND

A-28 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











A-30 621 - 102002


Field-by-Field















Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ JOBCTL^^^W






Field-by-Field





A-32 621 - 102002





Field-by-Field










Field-by-Field








I (I=Input File)

Required




Required No default



C Character format

P Packed format




A-34 621 - 102002


Example









+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCHI^012C05^020C08






A-36 621 - 102002


Field-by-Field








1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Required




Required No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Required No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default








Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format


A-38 621 - 102002






Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default



Example










+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCH2^010C05^015C07

A-40 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field












A Positions 1-50

B Positions 51-100

C Positions 101-150

D Positions 151-200

E Positions 201-250

F Positions 251-300

G Positions 301-350

H Positions 351-400

I Positions 401-450

J Positions 451-500

K Positions 501-550

L Positions 551-600

M Positions 601-650

N Positions 651-700

O Positions 701-750

P Positions 751-800

Q Positions 801-850

R Positions 851-900

S Positions 901-950

T Positions 951-999

Required No default



Optional No default

A-42 621 - 102002


Example










Field-by-Field






Required No default


XLG Execution log



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PAGESZ^050^XLG

A-44 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required No default



























Required No default



Required No default

Example



A-46 621 - 102002






DA$$$





DAVID

DANNY







Field-by-Field












Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default

Example



A-48 621 - 102002









Field-by-Field












Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default

Example



A-50 621 - 102002









Field-by-Field







Required No default




Required No default



Required No default

A-52 621 - 102002


Example





+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02^Z^20990





Field-by-Field












Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQERR^B

A-54 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field






A B C D or E

Required No default



Required No default



Required No default



C Character data

P Packed data




Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default











+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQUNA^080^9^C^010000000^000000010^000000005

A-56 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











Optional No default

Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SMFILE^06^024






Field-by-Field





A-58 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example










Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example



A-60 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field








Required No default



Optional No default



Example





A-62 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPIN^^055^P





Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINM^055^C

A-64 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINZ^015^P



Reports



Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count Report


A-66 621 - 102002

Reports A



SP

10

V

06

0

1M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

PA

RA

ME

TE

R

LI

ST

IN

G

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

A

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

B

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

OU

T1

L

00

14

6

00

14

6F

IL

ED

F

GS

PO

UT

2

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

DU

PS

L

00

14

6

00

14

6 Z

IP

IN

1

33

C

FL

CO

DE

1

42

MA

TC

HC

1

33

0

5D

UP

CT

L

14

5

C

C

SE

QE

RR

I

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

PA

RM

S

FO

LL

OW

B

EG

IN

J

OB

D

EF

IN

IT

IO

N

FO

R

JO

B

Z

IP

00

AZ

IP

00

A

01

Z

ST

A

Z

IP

00

A

02

E

Q

N0

00

0

1-

A

BE

GI

N

JO

B

DE

FI

NI

TI

ON

F

OR

J

OB

ZI

P0

0B

ZI

P0

0B

0

1

ZS

T

B

ZI

P0

0B

0

2

EQ

N

00

0

01

-B

JO

B

PA

RA

ME

TE

RS

E

ND

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP


5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

01

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1



--

--

--

--

-

-

--

--

--

--

--

Job Request Summary


GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

R

EQ

UE

ST

S

UM

MA

RY

2 04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

FI

LE

N

AM

E

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

GS

PI

NA

IN

PU

T

FI

LE

A

G

SP

ZI

P

I

NP

UT

Z

IP

F

IL

E

GS

PO

UT

1

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

1

F

IL

EG

SP

OU

T2

OU

TP

UT

N

AM

E

AD

DR

ES

S

2

FI

LE

GS

PO

UT

3

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

3

F

IL

EG

SP

ZS

TA

T

O

UT

PU

T

RE

PO

RT

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

RE

QU

ES

T

SU

MM

AR

Y

2

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

U


A-68 621 - 102002

Reports A

Run Control Totals


GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

03

0

2

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FT

OT

AL

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

F

EM

AL

E

MA

LE

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

2

6

TO

TA

L

OU

TP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

SU

MM

AR

Y

FI

LE

15

GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US




Job Control Totals


GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

LI

MI

TA

TI

ON

S

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

CO

N

DE

SC

R

C-

LV

L

CT

R

CO

UN

T

ZM

AT

CH

0

1

A

00

0

0

18

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z

00

0

01

-1

0

0

00

1

8

FE

MA

LE

0

1

ZS

T

B

00

0

1

29

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

AN

D

00

0

0

34

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N

07

9

05

-4

00

00

00

0

0

29

MI

NC

ST

0

1

ZS

T

00

2

IN

C

C

00

0

2

5

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N0

68

0

2-

NY

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

06

8

02

-C

A

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS


A-70 621 - 102002

Reports A

State Count


GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

M

AS

SA

CH

US

ET

TS

1

06

0-

06

9

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

07

0-

08

9

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

10

0-

14

9

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

P

EN

NS

YL

VA

NI

A

5

20

6-

21

9

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

V

IR

GI

NI

A

1

32

0-

33

9

FL

OR

ID

A

3

43

0-

45

9

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

M

IN

NE

SO

TA

1

5

70

-5

77

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

63

0-

65

8

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

N

EB

RA

SK

A

1

80

0-

81

6

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

C

AL

IF

OR

NI

A

7

U

NI

TE

D

ST

AT

ES

T

OT

AL

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US




GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

1

00

-1

49

N

EW

Y

OR

K

2

90

0-

96

1

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

3

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

5

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US


A-72 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X B













621 - 102002 B-2


Field-by-Field








3 Minor break

Required No default




Required No default



Maximum is 20

Required No default




D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced




Example








INC 20-40

20714 20770 20771 20772

1 4

6 3



20814 20877 20878 20879

8 2 8 9





621 - 102002 B-4







Field-by-Field







Required No default


Required No default

Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ CONST1^0000003








The values used

Field-by-Field







01 09 17

02 10 18

03 11 19

04 12 20

05 13 21

06 14 22

07 15 23

08 16 24

Required No default

621 - 102002 B-6




12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68

FUNCTION TO PERFORM


A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide



13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70










Example









621 - 102002 B-8





The exit routine




File Names


Input Files













Output Files

















B-10 621 - 102002


Exit Routines



Input Exit Routines









Parameter EXITP1










Parameter EXITP2







R

W


NA

C NA


B-12 621 - 102002


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





Field-by-Field









No default

All are optional














Required No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default

B-14 621 - 102002


Example














Field-by-Field













Required No default


Required No default

B-16 621 - 102002


Example








Customer Totals



20714 1 6 3

20770 4 2 8

20771 6 3 2

20772 3 6 5

TOTAL 207 14 17 18








Field-by-Field










Optional No default

Example



B-18 621 - 102002





Field-by-Field







Optional No default



Required No default





Required No default




Optional No default


Optional No default





Data to be Moved






Required No default



























B-20 621 - 102002


Example












INC 20-40

20714 1 Minor Level 20770 4

20771 6 20772 3


20814 8


2 8

20879 9




B-22 621 - 102002




Default Columns











999999999 999999999 999999999

999999999 999999999

999999999






Field-by-Field








Required No default



Required No default





Optional No default

B-24 621 - 102002




12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68



A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


Required No default

13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70







Required No default



Example







+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRINT1^2^NÂ01^SC1^H01ÂH2^MC2

B-26 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRTDTL^D






Field-by-Field






Required No default

12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68



A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

Required No default

B-28 621 - 102002




13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70





Required No default

Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ RECAL2^^^^ÂC3






Field-by-Field





B-30 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example










Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example



B-32 621 - 102002

Reports B

Reports



Job Request Summary

Statistical Reports

Run Control Totals







GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

RS

UM

L0

01

32

S

TE

P

2H

EA

D1

A

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FH

EA

D2

A

TO

TA

L

DE

SC

RI

PT

IO

N

FE

MA

LE

MA

LE

H

EA

D3

A

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

ST

EP

3

BR

EA

K3

0

01

0

5

SB

RE

AK

2

00

1

03

BR

EA

K1

S

TA

0

2

S

TE

P

4M

OV

EM

N

00

1

05

0

01

P

M

OV

EI

N

00

1

07

-3

-D

IG

IT

P

MO

VE

I2

0

09

0

3

00

1

P

MO

VE

MJ

0

01

0

5-

TO

TA

L

P

M

OV

EM

2

00

7

19

S

TF

P

M

OV

EF

T

00

1

10

-F

IN

AL

T

OT

P

ST

EP

5

PR

IN

T1

0

N

A

01

PR

IN

T2

0

N

A

02

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP

UF

T1

A

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Defin

e fil

es

Gen

eral

ized

Sel

ectio

n Pl

uspr

ints

an

F

for f

ixed

-leng

th re

cord

s an

dan

L

for v

aria

ble-

leng

th re

cord

s

Hea

derF

oote

r par

amet

er re

cord

file

(GSG

1PXT

) con

tent

s

Title

from

hea

derf

oote

rpa

ram

eter

reco

rd fi

le (G

SG1P

XT)

Foot

er fr

om h

eade

rfoo

ter

para

met

er re

cord

(GSG

1PXT

)

Defin

e Co

lum

n To

tals

Def

ine

Min

or I

nter

med

iate

an

d M

ajor

Bre

ak L

evel

s

Def

ine

Rep

ort

Line

Des

crip

tion

and

Colu

mn

Tota

l Hea

ding

s

Def

ine

Line

Des

crip

tions

B-34 621 - 102002

Reports B

Statistical Report



INC 20-40 NY AND CA

01960 1 0

3-DIGIT 019 1 0


06075 1 0

3-DIGIT 060 1 0


07601 1 0

3-DIGIT 076 1 0


13783 3 1

3-DIGIT 137 3 1

14534 0 1

3-DIGIT 145 0 1

TOTAL NEW YORK 3 2

15227 1 0 15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 3 0

15090 1 0

3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0


20818 1 0

3-DIGIT 208 1 0








INC 20-40 NY AND CA

TOTAL MARYLAND 1 0

23457 1 0

3-DIGIT 234 1 0

TOTAL VIRGINIA 1 0

33149 1 0

3-DIGIT 331 1 0

32571 1 0

3-DIGIT 325 1 0

33935 1 0

3-DIGIT 339 1 0

TOTAL FLORIDA 3 0

45169 1 0

3-DIGIT 451 1 0

TOTAL OHIO 1 0

55120 1 0

3-DIGIT 551 1 0

TOTAL MINNESOTA 1 0

57366 1 0

3-DIGIT 573 1 0


65270 1 0

3-DIGIT 652 1 0

TOTAL MISSOURI 1 0

69337 1 0




B-36 621 - 102002

Reports B



INC 20-40 NY AND CA

3-DIGIT 693

TOTAL NEBRASKA

81657

3-DIGIT 816

TOTAL COLORADO


3-DIGIT 919

92304

3-DIGIT 923

92704

3-DIGIT 927

95446

3-DIGIT 954

TOTAL CALIFORNIA

FINAL TOT

1

1

1

1

1

4 1

5

1

1

0

0

1

1

7

64

0

0

0

0

0

2 0

2

0

0

1

1

0

0

3

5





B-38 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X C

Common Questions











C Common Questions











621 - 102002 C-2

A P P E N D I X D

Record Layouts




D Record Layouts

File Layouts








+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+



20706

20714







621 - 102002 D-2



































D Record Layouts




































621 - 102002 D-4






































D Record Layouts










621 - 102002 D-6


Detail File Layout






























D Record Layouts

Summary File Layout




^^^^^1632

-5635 would be

^^^^-5635














78-106 Character 29

621 - 102002 D-8

G L O S S A R Y














GL














GL-2 621 - 102002

GL








GL

GL-4 621 - 102002

Index


A Add

















7-19 8-52 fields 7-50 7-51 purpose 7-49







I Index

























D Data


621 - 102002 I-2

I
























Defining


I Index













E Edit










F Features


621 - 102002 I-4

I




























I Index

I Ignore













621 - 102002 I-6

I

















K Kill File



L Layout



M M work area



I Index



























621 - 102002 I-8

I

N N work area







defined 3-6 Output







P Page size





I Index














Recalculate









Release number 2-8







621 - 102002 I-10

I





S Sampling records































I Index

























621 - 102002 I-12

I






T Technical support








W Work areas








defined 3-5

Z Z work area





I Index










621 - 102002 I-14

Table of Contents

Before You Begin







Group 1 Web Site

Fax-on-Demand



Chapter 1



















Match Codes

Work Areas




ZIP Code File

Kill File


Applications

Job Sets


How Do They Work

Operands

Sample Applications


Match and Merge

Chapter Summary

Chapter 2



Screens


Release Number

DateTime Stamp

Job ID



Fields

Function Keys


Online Help

Chapter Summary

Chapter 3

Defining Input








Input Files

Sort Input Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Work Area N


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area Z

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 4

Input Files

Work Areas For Data


Input Files








Chapter 5



How Do They Work





Copy Parameters



Fields

Function Keys


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys



Comparing Data



For Converting Data

For Moving Data




Fields

Function Keys


Instruction Field




Converting Data

Moving Data


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Areas

Function Keys

Prompt Function

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 6


Comparing Data

Character Data

Packed Data





Non-packed

Packed

Converting Data

Moving Data

Branching to a Job


Sampling Records

For a Job Parameter




For a Job Parameter


Chapter 7












Component Overview


Work Library Files


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Function Keys

Chapter 8

Analyzing the Job


Define Input Files

Input File Layout

Input File Data


ZIP Code File Data



Submit Batch Job

Tutorial Steps

Creating the Job




The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


Define Break Levels





Submitting the Jobs

Reading Our Output

Output File A

Output File B

Output File C

Statistics File



Statistical Report

Output Summary File

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

Execution Log

Chapter 9

Component Overview


Sort Files

Work Library Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 10

Component Overview



Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 11

Overview


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 12

Report Overview

Run Control Totals


Job Control Totals




Statistical Report


Execution Log


Chapter 13









Appendix A


Example



EXITOP Parameters

Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files

Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example



Field-by-Field


Job Set Sampling

Field-by-Field








Field-by-Field


Sampling Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count

Appendix B


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files


Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Default Columns

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Statistical Report

Appendix C

Appendix D

File Layouts



Detail File Layout

Summary File Layout

Glossary
















Table of Contents













621 - 102002 iv


















Table of Contents


















621 - 102002 vi

















Table of Contents

















621 - 102002 viii

Function Keys 7-60















Table of Contents
















621 - 102002 x




















Table of Contents



















621 - 102002 xii



















Table of Contents

















621 - 102002 xiv















GLOSSARY

INDEX


Table of Contents

621 - 102002 xvi

















xviii 621 - 102002








1

2










Part I Concepts







Part II User Tasks





















Part III Reference





621 - 102002 xx




























Group 1 Web Site



Fax-on-Demand



621 - 102002 xxii





FAX 301-918-0735









Thank you



xxiv 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1

















Data conversion



Seed name usage




Sample records










621 - 102002 1-2



























ZIP Code


621 - 102002 1-4


Z































621 - 102002 1-6






















Match Codes







621 - 102002 1-8


Work Areas



Move the data


Compare the data































ZIP Code File

Kill File



1-10 621 - 102002











+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+


Match code fields





ZIP Code File







+1+2+3+4+5+6+7




Kill File



1-12 621 - 102002


Kill File Record
















Applications




Output File 1

Output File 2

Output File 3


JOBST2 B JOBST2

JOBST3 C JOBST3


1-14 621 - 102002


Job Sets














Move data




How Do They Work













Operands


1-16 621 - 102002


Sample Applications




Target a market



















Qualified Prospects

Retail Exclusive


Qualified Prospects

(Output File A)


1-18 621 - 102002


Match and Merge











Software Packages


PC Inc

PC Inc

PC Inc

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Customized mailing

Word

Power30

Graphics

Studio 30

Money

Vest 3

0




Chapter Summary





Sample records














1-20 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 2













Define Input Files



Submit Batch Job











621 - 102002 2-2























DefineSubmit Job


Instructions Job


Reports (Optional)



621 - 102002 2-4




Statistics File

Required



Statistical Report





Screens





Job ID

Fields





Function Keys


621 - 102002 2-6




Release number

Datetime stamp

Job ID



Fields

Function keys










Screen Number


Any 2-digit number





Release Number



DateTime Stamp



621 - 102002 2-8


Job ID






Fields





Function Keys















Online Help


2-10 621 - 102002

Chapter Summary 2

Chapter Summary



Define Input Files



Submit a Batch Job





2-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 3

Defining Your Input























621 - 102002 3-2

Defining Input 3

Defining Input



















Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 3-4
































621 - 102002 3-6








Input File Details









2 Press ltF11gt














621 - 102002 3-8













1 Press ltF7gt














3-10 621 - 102002








1 Press ltF10gt









451-500 More








3-12 621 - 102002













1 Press ltF10gt











3-14 621 - 102002








F12=Cancel











More








3-16 621 - 102002








F12=Cancel
























Seeded Codes



GREENBELT

GREENBELT

MD 20770

MD 20770





3-18 621 - 102002


























GSCPID15








(Screen 1)

GSCPID05


GSCPID10

DOWNgt

ltF3gt

Define Input Files


ltROLL ltF6gt


GSCPID12





(ZDATA)

GSCPID18


GSCPID50




(MDATA)

GSCPID18


GSCPID72


GSCPID71

Edit SEEDED Record

GSCPID61


3-20 621 - 102002




Input Files












Sort Input Files
















Kill File SRTIKLC

3-22 621 - 102002

3 Exit Routines

Exit Routines




Parameter EXITP1












Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





3-24 621 - 102002














Work Area N




Fields




IA File













3-26 621 - 102002




IB File



Optional










Optional

IC File



Optional










Optional

[JOBCTL]
















Function Keys













3-28 621 - 102002






















Fields







Required No default


C Character format

P Packed format






Required No default


C Character format

P Packed format






Required No default

3-30 621 - 102002








Required No default



Optional No default











Optional No default











Optional No default


Function Keys












3-32 621 - 102002











Work Area M























3-34 621 - 102002


Fields





Match Code File



Optional No default









Optional





C Character format

P Packed format






Optional No default






C Character format

P Packed format


Function Keys










3-36 621 - 102002









P

More




Work Area M























3-38 621 - 102002


Fields




Match Code File



Optional No default









Optional





Optional No default


C Character format

P Packed format




Function Keys








3-40 621 - 102002








001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450 451-500







501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999




Fields





Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

3-42 621 - 102002





Optional


Optional

Function Keys





























3-44 621 - 102002


Work Area Z

Fields





ZIP Code File



Optional No default









Optional No default

ZIP Code [ZIPINZ]




C Character format

P Packed format















Function Keys









3-46 621 - 102002








001-050 051-100 101-150 151-200 201-250 251-300 301-350 351-400 401-450

451-500

More









501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950

951-999

Bottom


3-48 621 - 102002


Fields





Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional

Function Keys








3-50 621 - 102002








Member FIRST




Fields






Optional No default










Function Keys







3-52 621 - 102002












Fields








Optional


Seed name record



Display only



Display only

3-54 621 - 102002


Function Keys

















F12=Cancel

3-56 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default

Function Keys


















3-58 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional N default

Function Keys





















3-60 621 - 102002


Fields







Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default

Function Keys

















More








501-550 551-600 601-650 651-700 701-750 751-800 801-850 851-900 901-950 951-999

Bottom


3-62 621 - 102002


Fields








Required


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional






Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional


Optional

Function Keys








3-64 621 - 102002
















Fields












Function Keys







3-66 621 - 102002




3-68 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 4









Input Files



Work Areas For Data






621 - 102002 4-2








Input Files




20814 20674 20674

20852 20714 20675

20879 20720 20676








20714 20673

20720 20674

20879

4-4 621 - 102002




Input File C

20674

20675

20676

Input File B

20674

20714

20720


Input File A

20814

20852

20879







0+1+2+3+

B 20674


621 - 102002 4-6




Kill File

20714

20720

20879


20674

No match







ZIP Code File

20673

20674


20674

A match



621 - 102002 4-8



0+1+2+3+

120674








ZIP Code File

First record 20879

Second record 20674


20674

No match and larger



4-10 621 - 102002













0+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8



0+10+20+30+40+50+60+70+80

103985 Bill Robinson 301-939-9393





4-12 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 5



























621 - 102002 5-2









Move data




















End of Data




FILECD



MINCST









End of Data


621 - 102002 5-4

How Do They Work 5

How Do They Work






























Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 5-6






Option+1+2+3+4+5+6+









Function 1

F12=Cancel







Screen









Job description





621 - 102002 5-8








Function 2

F12=Cancel





80-byte parameter




screen





optionsRight










5-10 621 - 102002







Function

F12=Cancel

4 Press ltF12gt









End of Data






Move to a parameter


Copy a parameter

Delete a parameter

Move a parameter

Correct a parameter

Edit a parameter

Insert a parameter

Insert a remark




5-12 621 - 102002


Copy Parameters







End of Data












B End of Data









End of Data


5-14 621 - 102002











6 Change A to B












8 Change F to M

9 Press ltF6gt


5-16 621 - 102002























ltF3gt

Function Menu

GSCPJ145

Job Card Parameters

GSCPJ120


GSCPJI50





GSCPJI11

Prompt Function



ltF10gt

ltF12gt ltF15gt

Counts and Limits



GSCPJI30ltF12gt

ltF6gt


GSCPJI70



GSCPJI32


ltF9gt

ltF15gt

View Work Areas

GSCPJI80


GSCPVX11


5-18 621 - 102002


ltF12gt




GSCPJI11

ltF3gt

ltF15gt ltF6gt


GSCPIP10



GSCPIP10


GSCPIP10












5-20 621 - 102002








Fields
















Optional

5-22 621 - 102002


Function Keys















View 1







Selection __


5-24 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default



View 2







Fields






Required No default

5-26 621 - 102002


View 3






Member






Member




Fields






Required No default



Required No default




Function Keys






5-28 621 - 102002












Fields









Required No default

Function Keys




F3 Exit

F4 Prompt function



F10 Add function



5-30 621 - 102002





Function Menu



Function __



Fields









Required No default

Function Keys


5-32 621 - 102002




Job name




Job description









Job description




Fields








Default is 01






Optional No default










Optional No default

5-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys





















5-36 621 - 102002






+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+




Limit records _____


Fields









Optional No default






1 character





Optional No default

Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Function Keys









5-38 621 - 102002

























Comparing data












Comparing data



Converting data

Moving data

Skipping jobs

5-40 621 - 102002


Comparing Data






or






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






or






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area
















W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area



5-42 621 - 102002










W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit




For Converting Data









W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area






W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area


Type 1 digit


5-44 621 - 102002


For Moving Data








W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area

Type up to 3 digits





W User work area

X User work area

Y User work area























5-46 621 - 102002






+ 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + JOB001 02 LE N080 05-20714

















5-48 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default


Optional


Optional No default

First Operand














Optional No default











Required No default


Second Operand








Required No default







Optional No default

5-50 621 - 102002








NM or NNM




Branch Job GO

Moving Data MV


Required No default







OptionalNo default


A For AND

M For MA

O For OR



Optional No default



Function Keys










5-52 621 - 102002















Instruction Field








5-54 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field


































Converting Data




Moving Data


5-56 621 - 102002

5 Instruction Field



Fields











Moving Data MV



Required No default



Function Keys









5-58 621 - 102002
















+1+2+3+4+5+6++7+




Limit records _____


Fields









Optional No default

5-60 621 - 102002





1 character





Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Function Keys























F12=Cancel

5-62 621 - 102002


Work Areas




D Not a work area






















Function Keys





5-64 621 - 102002

5 Prompt Function

Prompt Function



















Fields


5-66 621 - 102002

Prompt Function 5

Function Keys




F5 Refresh

F6 Update

F9 Work Areas


F15 LimitReports

F24 Field Search








_________________________________________________________________________________


Fields






Optional No default

5-68 621 - 102002


Function Keys
















Member _______


5-70 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Function Keys











5-72 621 - 102002













Fields





Optional No default




Optional

Function Keys








5-74 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 6


















Move data

Branch to jobs




621 - 102002 6-2

Comparing Data 6

Comparing Data









Character Data











Packed Data













+1+2+3+4+5+6+7



+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20770



621 - 102002 6-4

6 Comparing Data















Current System Date

+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

930215

Current system date


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7






621 - 102002 6-6

6 Comparing Data




















+1+2+3

2370 Bellwood Drive



621 - 102002 6-8








optionsRight











Non-packed







Packed






6-10 621 - 102002






+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

1000












optionsRight





6-12 621 - 102002

Converting Data 6

Converting Data














+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

270 07F


ZIP Code packed












6-14 621 - 102002

6 Moving Data

Moving Data








+1+2+3+4+5+6+7


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7

20879

ZIP Code to move











optionsRight





6-16 621 - 102002


Branching to a Job



Skip to job INCLEV
























6-18 621 - 102002
























End of Data


6-20 621 - 102002




( 1 and 2 ) OR ( 3 and 4 ) AND ( 5 or 6 )













End of Data


6-22 621 - 102002

Sampling Records 6

Sampling Records



Fraction sampling



For a Job Parameter









Job description


1 Press ltF15gt









Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 01 005 INC A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 FRACTN 01 3333333 A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 0000100 A

6-24 621 - 102002

6 Sampling Records












1 Press ltF15gt









Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 NTHREC 02 010 E EQ N050 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 SALARY 02 5000000 GE N075 03-030


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 MARIED 02 0000060 EQ N080 01-M

6-26 621 - 102002




















6-28 621 - 102002















For a Job Parameter









Job description


1 Press ltF15gt

6-30 621 - 102002








Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 STE A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZIP A


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 01 ZST A










optionsRight





1 Press ltF15gt

6-32 621 - 102002








Fraction of record

Limit records




+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZST EQ N065 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 STE EQ N065 01-F


+1+2+3+4+5+6+7 GENDER 02 ZIP EQ N065 01-F



6-34 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 7



















621 - 102002 7-2























Submit Batch Job



621 - 102002 7-4







Constant Values














Constant Values






621 - 102002 7-6



















20714 1 6 3 2

20770 4 2 8 4

20771 6 3 2 5

20772 3 6 5 1

TOTAL 207 14 17 18 12

PAGE 1


621 - 102002 7-8








2 Constant Values












Constant Value 1 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9






7-10 621 - 102002








Constant Values














STA S = Single







7-12 621 - 102002





20714 1


20772 3


20814 8

20877 2


20879 9













STA S = Single





7-14 621 - 102002



Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move







More
















20714 1


20771 6 Code)

20772 3


20814 8


20879 9






7-16 621 - 102002








Constant Values




















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






7-18 621 - 102002





Constant Value



















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 S 04 6 M H1 7 D C1 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






7-20 621 - 102002






1 A P2 2 A P3 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15
















Constant Values






7-22 621 - 102002















1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15









7-24 621 - 102002








Constant Values
















7-26 621 - 102002




Component Overview


Headers

Break levels

Column totals





















GSCPRP15


GSCPRP35


GSCPRP05

ltF3gt


GSCPRP10


GSCPRP20


GSCPRP30


GSCPRP40


GSCPRP25


GSCPRP45

2 ltF12gt ltF12gt 2

ltF12gt ltF10gt


ltF6gtltF6gt ltF6gt

ltF6gtltF6gt

ltF12gt 2 ltF6gt


GSCPRP31


2 ltF12gt ltF6gt



GSCPRP65


GSCPRP46




ltF13gt

ltF14gt


7-28 621 - 102002










Work Library Files















_ Constant Values





7-30 621 - 102002


Fields







Default is blank




Default is blank













Default is blank



Function Keys








7-32 621 - 102002














Fields







Default is blanks




Default is blanks

7-34 621 - 102002


Function Keys

















2 200 3 300 4 400 5

6 7 8 9


7-36 621 - 102002


Fields




1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7 numeric digits












No default

Function Keys


















STA S = Single




7-38 621 - 102002


Fields






Default is N





No default



No default



D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D









No default



No default



D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D





No default



No default


D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced

Default is D

7-40 621 - 102002


Function Keys




















1 1 7 TOTAL P 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

More


7-42 621 - 102002


Fields





No default

MOVE Functions


No default



No default







No default




No default





Default is blank








P Perform this move


Default is blank




P Perform this move


Default is blank




P Perform this move


Default is blank






Default is blank

7-44 621 - 102002


Function Keys





















7-46 621 - 102002


Fields











Default is blank




None



None









None

Function Keys






7-48 621 - 102002









1 A 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15






Fields






A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


No default







No default

7-50 621 - 102002







Default is 0





Default is N


None

Function Keys

















1 2 3 4


7-52 621 - 102002


Fields




Equations 1-4


A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

No default






No default

Function Keys



















7-54 621 - 102002


Fields








No default

Function Keys
















1 A 01 2 A 02 3 H 01 4 A 03 5 A 04 6 M H1 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15


7-56 621 - 102002


Fields






A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


No default








No default



Function Keys







7-58 621 - 102002









Break line(s)





Function Keys






7-60 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 8

Example Batch Job













8 Example Batch Job


621 - 102002 8-2

Analyzing the Job 8

Analyzing the Job









Define Input Files


Input File Layout




8 Example Batch Job

Input File Data



621 - 102002 8-4

Analyzing the Job 8




ZIP Code File Data


+1+2 01960 07601 13783 14534 32571 45169 57366 69337 91342 91980 92304 92704 95446






8 Example Batch Job

Submit Batch Job





621 - 102002 8-6

Tutorial Steps 8

Tutorial Steps


1 Create the Job







8 Submit the jobs

9 Read the output



8 Example Batch Job

Creating the Job











Option 6



621 - 102002 8-8

8 Creating the Job












Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TUTOR







8 Example Batch Job



Create New Job








Create New Job






8-10 621 - 102002

Creating the Job 8







Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job








Submit Batch Job



8-12 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job






















8-14 621 - 102002








151015202530354045505560657075

















8 Example Batch Job






F6=Save F12=Cancel

7 Press ltF12gt







Submit Batch Job

3=Exit F12=PrevScrn


8-16 621 - 102002










Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job











8-18 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job












8-20 621 - 102002









Bottom





8 Example Batch Job







Submit Batch Job



8-22 621 - 102002














Submit Batch Job


The Job



8 Example Batch Job








8-24 621 - 102002




Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel



8 Example Batch Job









Job description




8-26 621 - 102002


The Instructions






Function 2

F12=Cancel

ltENTERgt



8 Example Batch Job







optionsRight








8-28 621 - 102002







Function

F12=Cancel

8 Press ltF12gt






End of Data




8 Example Batch Job




Function Menu



Function 1

F12=Cancel


8-30 621 - 102002


The Job









Job description





8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions






Function 2

F12=Cancel


8-32 621 - 102002















8 Example Batch Job






Function 2

F12=Cancel












8-34 621 - 102002










Function __

F12=Cancel



8 Example Batch Job










8-36 621 - 102002



ltENTERgt










8 Example Batch Job







End of Data






8-38 621 - 102002
















8 Example Batch Job















End of Data



8-40 621 - 102002


The Job







End of Data









8 Example Batch Job

The Instructions







End of Data



2 Change the F to M

8-42 621 - 102002








End of Data








8 Example Batch Job







End of Data







8-44 621 - 102002









End of Data









Submit Batch Job




8 Example Batch Job







Column totals

Output Summary File








Submit Batch Job



8-46 621 - 102002







Constant Values
















8 Example Batch Job






Define Break Levels






Constant Values






8-48 621 - 102002








STA S = Single









8 Example Batch Job








STA S = Single





8-50 621 - 102002



Minor Break Move

Interm Break Move

Major Break Move

Final Total Move







More









8 Example Batch Job







Constant Values






8-52 621 - 102002











8 Example Batch Job





1 A 01 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15









8-54 621 - 102002










8 Example Batch Job





1 A 02 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15







8-56 621 - 102002








Constant Values







8 Example Batch Job







Constant Values





1 Press ltF14gt

8-58 621 - 102002












8 Example Batch Job

Submitting the Jobs










2 Submit Batch Job



8-60 621 - 102002









Statistical Report

Specify Job details


More




8 Example Batch Job










8-62 621 - 102002


Reading Our Output





4 Statistics File


6 Summary File



10 Execution Log


8 Example Batch Job

Output File A



Output File B



Output File C



8-64 621 - 102002


Statistics File








8 Example Batch Job






Total for US 11

State Counts Report







Total for US 5

State Counts Report


8-66 621 - 102002


Statistical Report




15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 2 0


3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0

TOTAL PA 4 0

91980 0 2 91987 0 1

TOTAL 919 0 3

96704 0 1


TOTAL CA 0 4

TOTAL 4 4

Statistical Report




8 Example Batch Job

Output Summary File












8-68 621 - 102002


Run Control Totals



12012001










8 Example Batch Job

Job Control Totals



12012001






8-70 621 - 102002


Execution Log







8 Example Batch Job





8-72 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 9















Component Overview






Test the parameters










621 - 102002 9-2



Submit Batch Job


GSCPSB02


GSCPSB04

ltF3gt


GSCPSB06

ltF10gt ltF12gt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

ltPAGE DOWNgt

ltPAGE UPgt

Sort Input Files

GSCPSB10

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB89

Serial Numbering

GSCPSB88


ltF21gt

ltF12gt

ltF21gt ltF12gt
























621 - 102002 9-4


Sort Files






Work Library Files











621 - 102002 9-6

9 Exit Routines

Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1












Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





621 - 102002 9-8




Select functions

Submit a job









Statistical Report

Specify Job details


More




Fields



























9-10 621 - 102002












Function Keys



















9-12 621 - 102002


Record Length Field








Fields




Output File 1-OA













No default







Output File 2-OB





9-14 621 - 102002












No default







Output File 3-OC













No default











Function Keys










9-16 621 - 102002















Record Length Field






9-18 621 - 102002


Fields




Output file 4-OD













No default








Output file 5-OE

















No default













Optional Default is









Optional No default






9-20 621 - 102002








Function Keys









9-22 621 - 102002












Fields


Function Keys







9-24 621 - 102002












Fields









Function Keys








9-26 621 - 102002








Fields








Optional No default




Optional No default




Optional No default





Optional No default




Optional No default


1 Sort Kill File


Optional No default

9-28 621 - 102002
































Function Keys








9-30 621 - 102002










More




Fields




Output File 1-OA


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Output File 2-OB


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-32 621 - 102002




Optional No default

Output File 3-OC


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys








9-34 621 - 102002










Bottom




Fields




Output File 4-OD


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default

Output File 5-OE


Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default

9-36 621 - 102002




Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


C Character format

P Packed format



Optional No default



Optional No default


Optional No default



Function Keys








9-38 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 0








Component Overview













ltF6gt

ltF11gt ltF12gt



10-2 621 - 102002




System header

Main header


System footer

























Heading 1 Heading 2


10-4 621 - 102002















Fields






Optional No default












Function Keys







10-6 621 - 102002









15101520253035404550556065707 5




Fields






Optional No default



Optional No default

Function Keys







10-8 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 1














Overview





Copy Jobs screen



Rename Jobs screen





GSCPMM06



GSCPDS01






Opt 4

Opt 6 Opt 2

Any Component


11-2 621 - 102002





View 1







Selection




Fields








Optional

No default

11-4 621 - 102002


View 2

Fields












Required No default



View 3






Member FIRST


11-6 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default



Required No default




Function Keys















F6=Save F12=Cancel

11-8 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default



Required No default



Required No default

Function Keys















F12=PrevScrn

Fields


Function Keys





11-10 621 - 102002





Copy Jobs





F12=Cancel



Fields








Required No default





Function Keys





11-12 621 - 102002





Work with Jobs B

New Job ID TEST1



F12=Cancel

Fields





Required No default



Function Keys







Create New Job





11-14 621 - 102002


Fields






Required No default







Function Keys


















11-16 621 - 102002


Fields








Optional No default

Function Keys











Rename Jobs




F12=Cancel

11-18 621 - 102002


Fields







Required No default

Function Keys















11-20 621 - 102002


Fields






Optional No default











Optional No default



Function Keys

















11-22 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 2

Generated Reports










Report Overview







Run Control Totals











12-2 621 - 102002




EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

3

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

A

35

R

EC

OR

DS

P

RO

CE

SS

ED

35

D

UP

ES

-

F

IL

E

A

6

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

B

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

G

SP

IN

C

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

M

AT

CH

F

IL

E

1

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

Z

IP

F

IL

E

13

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

M

AT

CH

ED

18

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

K

IL

L

FI

LE

0

I

NP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

P

UR

GE

D

0

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

RE

AD

35

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

PR

OC

ES

SE

D

35

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

1

18

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

2

29

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

3

5

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

4

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

FI

LE

5

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

MA

ST

ER

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

DU

PL

IC

AT

ES

F

IL

E

0

TO

TA

L

RE

CO

RD

S

OU

TP

UT

ST

AT

S

FI

LE

2

6

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

RU

N

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

3




Job Control Totals





12-4 621 - 102002




EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

L

IM

IT

AT

IO

NS

O

PE

RA

TI

ON

C

ON

D

ES

CR

C-

LV

L

C

TR

C

OU

NT

Z

MA

TC

H

01

A

0

0

00

1

8

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z0

00

0

1-

1

00

0

0

18

F

EM

AL

E

01

Z

ST

B

0

0

01

2

9

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

A

ND

0

0

00

3

4

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N0

79

0

5-

40

00

0

00

0

0

29

M

IN

CS

T

01

Z

ST

0

02

I

NC

C

0

0

02

5

M

IN

CS

T

02

E

Q

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N

06

8

02

-N

Y

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N0

68

0

2-

CA

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS

4








GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

ST

AT

E

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

MA

SS

AC

HU

SE

TT

S

1

0

60

-0

69

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

0

70

-0

89

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

1

00

-1

49

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

PE

NN

SY

LV

AN

IA

5

2

06

-2

19

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

VI

RG

IN

IA

1

3

20

-3

39

FL

OR

ID

A

3

4

30

-4

59

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

MI

NN

ES

OT

A

1

57

0-

57

7

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

6

30

-6

58

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

NE

BR

AS

KA

1

8

00

-8

16

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

7

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5


12-6 621 - 102002


Statistical Report








20814 1 2 3 1 20877-33404

20877-42387 20877-53427 20877-54637 20877-68938 20877 1 1 2 1 20878-33495 20878-36040 20878-38933 20878-39049 20878-40272 20878-53939 20878-55037 20878-60382 20878-61058 20878-69372 20879 5 1 3 2 TOTAL 208 7 3 8 4




1



- - - - - -

Execution Log









1

12-8 621 - 102002

Execution Log 12












12-10 621 - 102002

C H A P T E R 1 3



















13-2 621 - 102002




Processing details

Output files












More













13-4 621 - 102002







More
















More



13-6 621 - 102002








13-8 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X A
















Optional No default



Optional No default












621 - 102002 A-2


Example






+1+2+3+4+5+6+ DUPCTL^050^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^CÊ









EXITOP Parameters









621 - 102002 A-4


Field-by-Field







Required No default


Optional No default

Example











The exit routine




File Names


Input Files











621 - 102002 A-6


Output Files










Exit Routines



Input Exit Routines









Parameter EXITP1










621 - 102002 A-8


Parameter EXITP2








W NA

C NA


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4







Field-by-Field











One required

None required

Optional

Optional






None required

Automatic

Automatic

Optional

Optional

A-10 621 - 102002













Required No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default



Example







A-12 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field












S 3-digit SCF match



Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FILEZD^^^^





Field-by-Field












Optional No default





Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ FLCODE^^^150

A-14 621 - 102002






Field-by-Field










Optional No default

Example














Field-by-Field



Positions

1-6

Field Name

KEYWORD

Description


Comments

Required

A-16 621 - 102002





The job set name









Job Set Sampling







Field-by-Field





Required No default


Required No default













Optional No default









Optional No default

A-18 621 - 102002






Optional No default






Required No default





Optional No default





Optional No default


Optional No default



















A-20 621 - 102002






































A-22 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field






Required No default



Required No default

















Optional No default





Optional No default




Optional No default



Optional No default

A-24 621 - 102002







Optional No default


Comparing Data




NM or NNM





Move Data MV

Skip Jobs GO


Required No default










Required No default














Required No default





Required No default


A-26 621 - 102002












Optional No default









Required No default




Required No default





AND

OR





Optional No default








+1+2+3+4+5+6+ COMPAR^02^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^LT^^N080^05-20714

Sampling Example







+1+2+3+4+5+6+ NTHREC^02^^^^^010Ê^^^^^^^^^^^GE^^N015^05-20879^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ÂND

A-28 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











A-30 621 - 102002


Field-by-Field















Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ JOBCTL^^^W






Field-by-Field





A-32 621 - 102002





Field-by-Field










Field-by-Field








I (I=Input File)

Required




Required No default



C Character format

P Packed format




A-34 621 - 102002


Example









+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCHI^012C05^020C08






A-36 621 - 102002


Field-by-Field








1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Required




Required No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Required No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default








Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format


A-38 621 - 102002






Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default




Optional No default



C Character format

P Packed format




Optional No default



Example










+1+2+3+4+5+6+ MATCH2^010C05^015C07

A-40 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field












A Positions 1-50

B Positions 51-100

C Positions 101-150

D Positions 151-200

E Positions 201-250

F Positions 251-300

G Positions 301-350

H Positions 351-400

I Positions 401-450

J Positions 451-500

K Positions 501-550

L Positions 551-600

M Positions 601-650

N Positions 651-700

O Positions 701-750

P Positions 751-800

Q Positions 801-850

R Positions 851-900

S Positions 901-950

T Positions 951-999

Required No default



Optional No default

A-42 621 - 102002


Example










Field-by-Field






Required No default


XLG Execution log



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PAGESZ^050^XLG

A-44 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required No default



























Required No default



Required No default

Example



A-46 621 - 102002






DA$$$





DAVID

DANNY







Field-by-Field












Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default

Example



A-48 621 - 102002









Field-by-Field












Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default



Optional No default

Example



A-50 621 - 102002









Field-by-Field







Required No default




Required No default



Required No default

A-52 621 - 102002


Example





+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEEDED^02^Z^20990





Field-by-Field












Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQERR^B

A-54 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field






A B C D or E

Required No default



Required No default



Required No default



C Character data

P Packed data




Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default











+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SEQUNA^080^9^C^010000000^000000010^000000005

A-56 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











Optional No default

Example




+1+2+3+4+5+6+ SMFILE^06^024






Field-by-Field





A-58 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example










Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example



A-60 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field








Required No default



Optional No default



Example





A-62 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPIN^^055^P





Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINM^055^C

A-64 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field







Required



C Character format



Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ ZIPINZ^015^P



Reports



Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count Report


A-66 621 - 102002

Reports A



SP

10

V

06

0

1M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

PA

RA

ME

TE

R

LI

ST

IN

G

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

A

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

IN

B

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

OU

T1

L

00

14

6

00

14

6F

IL

ED

F

GS

PO

UT

2

L0

01

46

0

01

46

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

DU

PS

L

00

14

6

00

14

6 Z

IP

IN

1

33

C

FL

CO

DE

1

42

MA

TC

HC

1

33

0

5D

UP

CT

L

14

5

C

C

SE

QE

RR

I

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

PA

RM

S

FO

LL

OW

B

EG

IN

J

OB

D

EF

IN

IT

IO

N

FO

R

JO

B

Z

IP

00

AZ

IP

00

A

01

Z

ST

A

Z

IP

00

A

02

E

Q

N0

00

0

1-

A

BE

GI

N

JO

B

DE

FI

NI

TI

ON

F

OR

J

OB

ZI

P0

0B

ZI

P0

0B

0

1

ZS

T

B

ZI

P0

0B

0

2

EQ

N

00

0

01

-B

JO

B

PA

RA

ME

TE

RS

E

ND

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP


5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

01

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1



--

--

--

--

-

-

--

--

--

--

--

Job Request Summary


GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

R

EQ

UE

ST

S

UM

MA

RY

2 04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

FI

LE

N

AM

E

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

GS

PI

NA

IN

PU

T

FI

LE

A

G

SP

ZI

P

I

NP

UT

Z

IP

F

IL

E

GS

PO

UT

1

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

1

F

IL

EG

SP

OU

T2

OU

TP

UT

N

AM

E

AD

DR

ES

S

2

FI

LE

GS

PO

UT

3

O

UT

PU

T

NA

ME

A

DD

RE

SS

3

F

IL

EG

SP

ZS

TA

T

O

UT

PU

T

RE

PO

RT

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

JO

B

RE

QU

ES

T

SU

MM

AR

Y

2

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

U


A-68 621 - 102002

Reports A

Run Control Totals


GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

03

0

2

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FT

OT

AL

D

ES

CR

IP

TI

ON

F

EM

AL

E

MA

LE

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

TO

TA

L

IN

PU

T

RE

CO

RD

S

S

TA

TS

F

IL

E

2

6

TO

TA

L

OU

TP

UT

R

EC

OR

DS

SU

MM

AR

Y

FI

LE

15

GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

R

UN

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US




Job Control Totals


GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

G

SP

10

V

06

0

2M

00

G

EN

S

EL

EC

T

PL

US

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

J

OB

C

ON

TR

OL

T

OT

AL

S

4

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

ID

C

D

LI

MI

TA

TI

ON

S

OP

ER

AT

IO

N

CO

N

DE

SC

R

C-

LV

L

CT

R

CO

UN

T

ZM

AT

CH

0

1

A

00

0

0

18

ZM

AT

CH

0

2

EQ

Z

00

0

01

-1

0

0

00

1

8

FE

MA

LE

0

1

ZS

T

B

00

0

1

29

F

EM

AL

E

02

G

E

N0

77

0

1-

F

AN

D

00

0

0

35

FE

MA

LE

0

2

GE

N

07

9

05

-2

00

00

AN

D

00

0

0

34

FE

MA

LE

0

2

LE

N

07

9

05

-4

00

00

00

0

0

29

MI

NC

ST

0

1

ZS

T

00

2

IN

C

C

00

0

2

5

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

07

7

01

-M

A

ND

0

0

00

2

2

MI

NC

ST

0

2

(E

Q

N0

68

0

2-

NY

M

A

01

0

0

4

MI

NC

ST

0

2

EQ

N

06

8

02

-C

A

)

01

0

0

7

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

JO

B

CO

NT

RO

L

TO

TA

LS


A-70 621 - 102002

Reports A

State Count


GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

0

10

-0

27

M

AS

SA

CH

US

ET

TS

1

06

0-

06

9

CO

NN

EC

TI

CU

T

1

07

0-

08

9

NE

W

JE

RS

EY

1

10

0-

14

9

NE

W

YO

RK

3

1

50

-1

96

P

EN

NS

YL

VA

NI

A

5

20

6-

21

9

MA

RY

LA

ND

1

2

20

-2

46

V

IR

GI

NI

A

1

32

0-

33

9

FL

OR

ID

A

3

43

0-

45

9

OH

IO

1

5

50

-5

67

M

IN

NE

SO

TA

1

5

70

-5

77

S

OU

TH

D

AK

OT

A

1

63

0-

65

8

MI

SS

OU

RI

1

6

80

-6

93

N

EB

RA

SK

A

1

80

0-

81

6

CO

LO

RA

DO

1

9

00

-9

61

C

AL

IF

OR

NI

A

7

U

NI

TE

D

ST

AT

ES

T

OT

AL

2

9

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

5

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US




GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

04

2

0

20

01

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

LU

S

TU

TO

RI

AL

J

OB

JO

B

SC

F

RA

NG

E

S

TA

TE

C

OU

NT

1

00

-1

49

N

EW

Y

OR

K

2

90

0-

96

1

CA

LI

FO

RN

IA

3

UN

IT

ED

S

TA

TE

S

TO

TA

L

5

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PR

OC

ES

SI

NG

ST

AT

E

CO

UN

TS

6

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US


A-72 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X B













621 - 102002 B-2


Field-by-Field








3 Minor break

Required No default




Required No default



Maximum is 20

Required No default




D Double-spaced

S Single-spaced




Example








INC 20-40

20714 20770 20771 20772

1 4

6 3



20814 20877 20878 20879

8 2 8 9





621 - 102002 B-4







Field-by-Field







Required No default


Required No default

Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ CONST1^0000003








The values used

Field-by-Field







01 09 17

02 10 18

03 11 19

04 12 20

05 13 21

06 14 22

07 15 23

08 16 24

Required No default

621 - 102002 B-6




12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68

FUNCTION TO PERFORM


A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide



13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70










Example









621 - 102002 B-8





The exit routine




File Names


Input Files













Output Files

















B-10 621 - 102002


Exit Routines



Input Exit Routines









Parameter EXITP1










Parameter EXITP2







R

W


NA

C NA


B-12 621 - 102002


Parameter EXITP3







Parameter EXITP4





Field-by-Field









No default

All are optional














Required No default



Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default


Optional No default

B-14 621 - 102002


Example














Field-by-Field













Required No default


Required No default

B-16 621 - 102002


Example








Customer Totals



20714 1 6 3

20770 4 2 8

20771 6 3 2

20772 3 6 5

TOTAL 207 14 17 18








Field-by-Field










Optional No default

Example



B-18 621 - 102002





Field-by-Field







Optional No default



Required No default





Required No default




Optional No default


Optional No default





Data to be Moved






Required No default



























B-20 621 - 102002


Example












INC 20-40

20714 1 Minor Level 20770 4

20771 6 20772 3


20814 8


2 8

20879 9




B-22 621 - 102002




Default Columns











999999999 999999999 999999999

999999999 999999999

999999999






Field-by-Field








Required No default



Required No default





Optional No default

B-24 621 - 102002




12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68



A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide


Required No default

13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70







Required No default



Example







+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRINT1^2^NÂ01^SC1^H01ÂH2^MC2

B-26 621 - 102002




Field-by-Field











Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ PRTDTL^D






Field-by-Field






Required No default

12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68



A Add

S Subtract

M Multiply

D Divide

Required No default

B-28 621 - 102002




13-14 17-18 21-22 25-26 29-30 33-34 37-38 41-42 45-46 49-50 53-54 57-58 61-62 65-66 69-70





Required No default

Example


+1+2+3+4+5+6+ RECAL2^^^^ÂC3






Field-by-Field





B-30 621 - 102002







Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example










Field-by-Field









Required No default


Required No default

Example



B-32 621 - 102002

Reports B

Reports



Job Request Summary

Statistical Reports

Run Control Totals







GS

P9

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

R

EP

OR

TI

NG

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

ST

EP

1

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

ZS

TA

T

F0

01

00

FI

LE

DF

G

SP

RS

UM

L0

01

32

S

TE

P

2H

EA

D1

A

TO

TA

LS

B

Y

ZI

P

AN

D

SC

FH

EA

D2

A

TO

TA

L

DE

SC

RI

PT

IO

N

FE

MA

LE

MA

LE

H

EA

D3

A

I

NC

2

0-

40

N

Y

AN

D

CA

ST

EP

3

BR

EA

K3

0

01

0

5

SB

RE

AK

2

00

1

03

BR

EA

K1

S

TA

0

2

S

TE

P

4M

OV

EM

N

00

1

05

0

01

P

M

OV

EI

N

00

1

07

-3

-D

IG

IT

P

MO

VE

I2

0

09

0

3

00

1

P

MO

VE

MJ

0

01

0

5-

TO

TA

L

P

M

OV

EM

2

00

7

19

S

TF

P

M

OV

EF

T

00

1

10

-F

IN

AL

T

OT

P

ST

EP

5

PR

IN

T1

0

N

A

01

PR

IN

T2

0

N

A

02

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

R

EC

OR

DS

F

RO

M

FI

LE

G

SP

AU

XH

EA

DE

R

OP

EN

S

YS

TE

MS

G

SP

UF

T1

A

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

5

10

1

5

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

5

50

5

5

60

6

5

70

7

5

80

GS

P1

0

V0

6

02

M0

0

GE

N

SE

LE

CT

P

LU

S

G

EN

ER

AL

IZ

ED

S

EL

EC

TI

ON

P

RO

CE

SS

IN

G

P

AR

AM

ET

ER

L

IS

TI

NG

1

GE

NE

RA

LI

ZE

D

SE

LE

CT

IO

N

PL

US

Defin

e fil

es

Gen

eral

ized

Sel

ectio

n Pl

uspr

ints

an

F

for f

ixed

-leng

th re

cord

s an

dan

L

for v

aria

ble-

leng

th re

cord

s

Hea

derF

oote

r par

amet

er re

cord

file

(GSG

1PXT

) con

tent

s

Title

from

hea

derf

oote

rpa

ram

eter

reco

rd fi

le (G

SG1P

XT)

Foot

er fr

om h

eade

rfoo

ter

para

met

er re

cord

(GSG

1PXT

)

Defin

e Co

lum

n To

tals

Def

ine

Min

or I

nter

med

iate

an

d M

ajor

Bre

ak L

evel

s

Def

ine

Rep

ort

Line

Des

crip

tion

and

Colu

mn

Tota

l Hea

ding

s

Def

ine

Line

Des

crip

tions

B-34 621 - 102002

Reports B

Statistical Report



INC 20-40 NY AND CA

01960 1 0

3-DIGIT 019 1 0


06075 1 0

3-DIGIT 060 1 0


07601 1 0

3-DIGIT 076 1 0


13783 3 1

3-DIGIT 137 3 1

14534 0 1

3-DIGIT 145 0 1

TOTAL NEW YORK 3 2

15227 1 0 15235 1 0 15237 1 0

3-DIGIT 152 3 0

15090 1 0

3-DIGIT 150 1 0

19460 1 0

3-DIGIT 194 1 0


20818 1 0

3-DIGIT 208 1 0








INC 20-40 NY AND CA

TOTAL MARYLAND 1 0

23457 1 0

3-DIGIT 234 1 0

TOTAL VIRGINIA 1 0

33149 1 0

3-DIGIT 331 1 0

32571 1 0

3-DIGIT 325 1 0

33935 1 0

3-DIGIT 339 1 0

TOTAL FLORIDA 3 0

45169 1 0

3-DIGIT 451 1 0

TOTAL OHIO 1 0

55120 1 0

3-DIGIT 551 1 0

TOTAL MINNESOTA 1 0

57366 1 0

3-DIGIT 573 1 0


65270 1 0

3-DIGIT 652 1 0

TOTAL MISSOURI 1 0

69337 1 0




B-36 621 - 102002

Reports B



INC 20-40 NY AND CA

3-DIGIT 693

TOTAL NEBRASKA

81657

3-DIGIT 816

TOTAL COLORADO


3-DIGIT 919

92304

3-DIGIT 923

92704

3-DIGIT 927

95446

3-DIGIT 954

TOTAL CALIFORNIA

FINAL TOT

1

1

1

1

1

4 1

5

1

1

0

0

1

1

7

64

0

0

0

0

0

2 0

2

0

0

1

1

0

0

3

5





B-38 621 - 102002

A P P E N D I X C

Common Questions











C Common Questions











621 - 102002 C-2

A P P E N D I X D

Record Layouts




D Record Layouts

File Layouts








+1+2+3+4+5+6+7+



20706

20714







621 - 102002 D-2



































D Record Layouts




































621 - 102002 D-4






































D Record Layouts










621 - 102002 D-6


Detail File Layout






























D Record Layouts

Summary File Layout




^^^^^1632

-5635 would be

^^^^-5635














78-106 Character 29

621 - 102002 D-8

G L O S S A R Y














GL














GL-2 621 - 102002

GL








GL

GL-4 621 - 102002

Index


A Add

















7-19 8-52 fields 7-50 7-51 purpose 7-49







I Index

























D Data


621 - 102002 I-2

I
























Defining


I Index













E Edit










F Features


621 - 102002 I-4

I




























I Index

I Ignore













621 - 102002 I-6

I

















K Kill File



L Layout



M M work area



I Index



























621 - 102002 I-8

I

N N work area







defined 3-6 Output







P Page size





I Index














Recalculate









Release number 2-8







621 - 102002 I-10

I





S Sampling records































I Index

























621 - 102002 I-12

I






T Technical support








W Work areas








defined 3-5

Z Z work area





I Index










621 - 102002 I-14

Table of Contents

Before You Begin







Group 1 Web Site

Fax-on-Demand



Chapter 1



















Match Codes

Work Areas




ZIP Code File

Kill File


Applications

Job Sets


How Do They Work

Operands

Sample Applications


Match and Merge

Chapter Summary

Chapter 2



Screens


Release Number

DateTime Stamp

Job ID



Fields

Function Keys


Online Help

Chapter Summary

Chapter 3

Defining Input








Input Files

Sort Input Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Work Area N


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Work Area M

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Area Z

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 4

Input Files

Work Areas For Data


Input Files








Chapter 5



How Do They Work





Copy Parameters



Fields

Function Keys


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys



Comparing Data



For Converting Data

For Moving Data




Fields

Function Keys


Instruction Field




Converting Data

Moving Data


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Work Areas

Function Keys

Prompt Function

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 6


Comparing Data

Character Data

Packed Data





Non-packed

Packed

Converting Data

Moving Data

Branching to a Job


Sampling Records

For a Job Parameter




For a Job Parameter


Chapter 7












Component Overview


Work Library Files


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Function Keys

Chapter 8

Analyzing the Job


Define Input Files

Input File Layout

Input File Data


ZIP Code File Data



Submit Batch Job

Tutorial Steps

Creating the Job




The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


The Job

The Instructions


Define Break Levels





Submitting the Jobs

Reading Our Output

Output File A

Output File B

Output File C

Statistics File



Statistical Report

Output Summary File

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

Execution Log

Chapter 9

Component Overview


Sort Files

Work Library Files

Exit Routines

Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4


Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Record Length Field

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 10

Component Overview



Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 11

Overview


View 1

Fields

View 2

Fields

View 3

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys


Fields

Function Keys

Chapter 12

Report Overview

Run Control Totals


Job Control Totals




Statistical Report


Execution Log


Chapter 13









Appendix A


Example



EXITOP Parameters

Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files

Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example



Field-by-Field


Job Set Sampling

Field-by-Field








Field-by-Field


Sampling Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field



Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Job Request Summary

Run Control Totals

Job Control Totals

State Count

Appendix B


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


File Names

Input Files

Output Files


Exit Routines

Input Exit Routines



Parameter EXITP1

Parameter EXITP2

Parameter EXITP3

Parameter EXITP4

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Default Columns

Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field


Field-by-Field

Example


Field-by-Field

Example

Reports


Statistical Report

Appendix C

Appendix D

File Layouts



Detail File Layout

Summary File Layout

Glossary

· 2019. 4. 15. · © 2002 group 1 software, inc. all rights reserved. group 1, group 1 software,...

Documents